2020 NISSAN LEAF®
2020
LEAF
®
OWNER’S MANUAL
ZE1-D
ZE1-D
Printing : October 2019
Publication No.: OM20EA 0ZE1U0
Printed in the U.S.A.
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.
OWNER’S MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
The information contained within this supplement updates the following information in the 2020
NISSAN Leaf Owner’s manual.
In “APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM” in the “EV Overview”
section of the Owner’s manual.
Please read carefully and keep in the vehicle.
Printing: March 2020
Publication No. SU20EA 0ZE1U0
The sound starts when the vehicle speed is
less than 22 mph (35 km/h) while decelerating.
WARNING
LEV2060
APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND
FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM
The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system is a function that uses
sound to alert pedestrians of the presence
of the vehicle when it is being driven at a
low speed.
When the vehicle starts to move, it produces a sound.
The sound stops when the vehicle speed is
more than 25 mph (40 km/h) while accelerating.
• If the sound cannot be heard, pedestrians may not notice the oncoming
vehicle, which may cause an accident
resulting in serious injury or death. It
is recommended that you immediately visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for VSP system inspection.
• If the VSP system OFF warning light
illuminates while the power switch is
in the ON position, or in the READY to
drive position, it may indicate the VSP
system is not functioning properly.
Have the VSP system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service. For additional information,
refer to “Approaching Vehicle Sound
for Pedestrians (VSP) system OFF
warning light” in the “Instruments
and controls” section of this manual.
NOTE:
The volume of the (VSP) sound cannot be
raised or lowered.
FOREWORD
This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance
of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many
miles of driving pleasure. Please read
through this manual before operating your
vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties
covering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing
your vehicle. Additionally, a separate
Customer Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S.
only) will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle, as
well as clarify your rights under your
state’s lemon law.
In addition to factory installed options, your
vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed prior to delivery. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details
concerning the particular accessories with
which your vehicle is equipped. It is important that you familiarize yourself with all
disclosures, warnings, cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such
accessories prior to operating the vehicle
and/or accessory. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY
details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped.
A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer knows your
vehicle best. When you require any service
or have any questions, we will be glad to
assist you with the extensive resources
available to us.
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe
operation of your vehicle.
WARNING
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS!
Follow these important driving rules to
help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
for you and your passengers!
• NEVER drive under the influence of
alcohol or drugs.
• ALWAYS observe posted speed limits
and never drive too fast for conditions.
• ALWAYS give your full attention to
driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that
could distract you.
• ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems.
Pre-teen children should be seated in
the rear seat.
• ALWAYS provide information about
the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle.
• ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual
for important safety information.
WHEN READING THE MANUAL
MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may
even violate governmental regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from modification
may not be covered under NISSAN
warranties.
WARNING
Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses
the port during normal driving, for example remote insurance company
monitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or engine reprogramming, may cause interference or damage to vehicle systems. We do not
recommend or endorse the use of any
aftermarket OBD plug-in devices, unless specifically approved by NISSAN.
The vehicle warranty may not cover
damage caused by any aftermarket
plug-in device.
This manual includes information for all
features and equipment available on this
model. Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depending on model, trim
level, options selected, order, date of production, region or availability. Therefore,
you may find information about features or
equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle.
All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at
the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the
right to change specifications, performance, design or component suppliers
without notice and without obligation.
From time to time, NISSAN may update or
revise this manual to provide Owners with
the most accurate information currently
available. Please carefully read and retain
with this manual all revision updates sent
to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle. Current versions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and any
updates can also be found in the Owner
section of the NISSAN website at https://
owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/
navigation/manualsGuide. If you have
questions concerning any information in
your Owner's Manual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. For contact information, re-
fer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner’s Manual.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT
THIS MANUAL
You will see various symbols in this manual.
They are used in the following ways:
WARNING
This is used to indicate the presence of
a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be
followed precisely.
CAUTION
This is used to indicate the presence of
a hazard that could cause minor or
moderate personal injury or damage to
your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,
the procedures must be followed carefully.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
those above indicate movement or action.
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to
those above call attention to an item in the
illustration.
SIC0697
If you see the symbol above, it means “Do
not do this” or “Do not let this happen”.
If you see a symbol similar to those above
in an illustration, it means the arrow points
to the front of the vehicle.
[ ]: Indicates a key/item displayed on the
screen.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE
ADVISORY
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries, may contain perchlorate material.
The following advisory is provided: “Perchlorate Material - special handling may
apply. For additional information, refer
to www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.”
© 2019 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.
All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any
form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan North America, Inc.
NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM
NISSAN CARES ...
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle
and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer is always available to assist you with
all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your
– Vehicle identification number (attached
P.O. Box 685003
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer cannot assist
to the top of the instrument panel on the
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
you with or you would like to provide
driver's side)
or via e-mail at:
NISSAN directly with comments or
[email protected]
– Date of purchase
tions, please contact the NISSAN Con– Current odometer reading
For Canadian customers
sumer Affairs Department using our tollNissan Canada Inc.
– Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer’s
free number:
5290 Orbitor Drive
name
For U.S. customers
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
– Your comments or questions
1-877-NOGASEV
or via e-mail at:
OR
(1-877-664-2738)
[email protected]
You
can
write
to
NISSAN
with
the
informaFor Canadian customers
If you prefer, visit us at:
tion at:
1-800-387-0122
www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)
or
For U.S. customers
The Consumer Affairs Department will ask
www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)
Nissan
North
America,
Inc.
for the following information:
Consumer
Affairs
Department
– Your name, address, and telephone
number
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
Table of
contents
Illustrated table of contents
0
EV Overview
EV
Charging
CH
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1
Instruments and controls
2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments
3
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4
Starting and driving
5
In case of emergency
6
Appearance and care
7
Maintenance and do-it yourself
8
Technical and consumer information
9
Index
10
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2
Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3
Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4
Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8
Meters and Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
LII2621
0-2 Illustrated table of contents
Rear head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7)
Child restraint anchor points (for top
tether strap child restraint) (P. 1-21)
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover air bags (P. 1-43)
Rear-outboard seat-mounted sideimpact supplemental air bags (P. 1-43)
Front head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7)
Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) and
shoulder height adjuster (P. 1-10, 1-43)
Front seats (P. 1-2)
Supplemental front-impact air bags
(P. 1-43)
Driver and passenger supplemental
knee airbags (P. 1-43)
Occupant classification sensor (weight
sensor) (P. 1-43)
Front seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bags (P. 1-43)
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system (P. 1-21)
EXTERIOR FRONT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
LIC3856
Charge port lid/Charging lid switch
(P. 3-21)
Hood (P. 3-18)
Wiper and washer switch/Switch operation (P. 2-46)
Blade replacement (P. 8-14)
Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-11)
Outside mirrors/Switch operation
(P. 3-25)
Side camera (if so equipped) (P. 4-11)
Power windows (P. 2-66)
Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-4)
Doors (P. 3-4)
Keys (P. 3-2)
Door locks (P. 3-4)
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system (P. 3-7)
Security system (P. 2-43)
Wheels and tires (P. 8-28, 9-4)
Flat tire(P. 6-3)
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(P. 2-19, 5-4, 6-3)
Headlight and turn signal lights/Switch
operation (P. 2-49)
Bulb replacement (P. 8-24)
LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
(if so equipped) (P. 2-53)
Fog lights/Switch operation
(if so equipped) (P. 2-55)
Bulb replacement (P. 8-24)
License plate installation (P. 9-9)
Front view camera (if so equipped)
(P. 4-11)
Illustrated table of contents 0-3
EXTERIOR REAR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
LII2622
0-4 Illustrated table of contents
Rear wiper and washer switch (P. 2-46)
Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-11)
High-mounted stop light (P. 8-24)
Rear window defroster (P. 2-48)
Rear combination lights (P. 8-24)
Bulb replacement (P. 8-24)
Rear sonar sensors (P. 5-134, 5-163)
Rear reflex reflector
Rear hatch (P. 3-19)
Rear view camera (P. 4-3, 4-11)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Emergency tire puncture repair kit
(P. 6-3)
Map lights (P. 2-69)
Switch operation (P. 2-69)
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
microphone*
Sunglasses holder (P. 2-61)
Sun visors (P. 3-24)
Inside rearview mirror (P. 3-25)
HomeLink® (if so equipped) (P. 2-71)
Front cup holders (P. 2-61)
Console box (P. 2-61)
USB/iPod® charging port (P. 4-43)
Cargo area (P. 2-61)
Tonneau cover (if so equipped) (P. 2-61)
EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) (P. CH-5)
*For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual (for Leaf)
LII2623
Illustrated table of contents 0-5
COCKPIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
LII2624
0-6 Illustrated table of contents
TRIP RESET switch for twin trip
odometer (P. 2-6)
Instrument brightness control switch
(P. 2-54)
Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and
turn signal switch (P. 2-49)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(left side)
—Audio control*
—Vehicle information display controls
(P. 2-25)
Steering wheel (P. 5-156)
Power steering system (P. 5-156)
Horn (P. 2-55)
Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-43)
Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-46)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(right side)
—Cruise control switches (if so
equipped) (P. 5-66)
—Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-69)
—ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-92)
—Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
control*
Shift lever (P. 5-15)
ECO switch (P. 2-55)
e-Pedal switch (P. 5-22)
Console box (P. 2-61)
9.
10.
11.
12.
Parking brake (switch type)
(if so equipped) (P. 5-19)
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
lever(P. 3-23)
Lower instrument panel switches
(P. 3-21)
—Charge port lid switch (P. 3-21)
—Immediate charge switch (P. 2-58)
—Heated steering wheel switch
(if so equipped) (P. 2-57)
—Steering Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-92)
—Dynamic driver assistance switch
(if so equipped) (P. 5-92, 5-31, 5-47)
Fuse box cover (P. 8-18)
*For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® manual (for Leaf)
Illustrated table of contents 0-7
INSTRUMENT PANEL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
LII2625
0-8 Illustrated table of contents
Vents (P. 4-27)
Meters and gauges (P. 2-5)
Center multi-function control panel*
Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)
Rear window and outside mirror (if so
equipped) defroster switch (P. 2-48)
Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P. 1-43)
Glove box (P. 2-61)
Passenger supplemental knee airbag
(P. 1-43)
Heater and air conditioner control
(P. 4-28)
Power outlet (P. 2-61)
Front heated seat switches
(if so equipped) (P. 2-56)
USB connection port*
Push-button power switch (P. 5-10)
Front passenger air bag status light
(P. 1-43)
Driver supplemental knee air bag
(P. 1-43)
Hood release handle (P. 3-18)
METERS AND GAUGES
1.
2.
3.
Vehicle information display (P. 2-25)
Clock (P. 2-13)
Outside air temperature (P. 2-12)
Li-ion battery available charge gauge
(P. 2-9)
Driving range (P. 2-9)
Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-6)
Indicator for timer (P. CH-43)
Power meter (P. 2-8)
Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-14)
Turn signal/Hazard indicator light
(P. 2-49)
READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-23)
ECO mode indicator (P. 2-13)
Speedometer (P. 2-6)
LIC3861
Illustrated table of contents 0-9
MOTOR COMPARTMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
LDI3464
0-10 Illustrated table of contents
Fuse/Fusible link holder (P. 8-18)
Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10)
12-volt battery (P. 8-12)
Fuse holder (P. 8-18)
Windshield-washer fluid reservoir
(P. 8-11)
Fuse/Fusible link holder (P. 8-18)
Coolant reservoir cap (P. 8-8)
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Warning
light
Name
12-volt battery
charge warning
light
or
Anti-lock Braking
System (ABS)
warning light
Page
Warning
light
2-15
or
Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) with Pedestrian Detection
system warning
light
Brake system
warning light (yellow)
Page
2-17
Warning
light
Name
Page
Electric Vehicle
(EV) system warning light
2-19
Low tire pressure
warning light
2-19
Master warning
light (red/yellow)
2-20
Power steering
warning light
2-21
Rear Automatic
Braking (RAB)
warning light
2-21
Seat belt warning
light
2-21
2-16
or
Approaching Vehicle Sound for
Pedestrians (VSP)
OFF system
warning light
Name
Brake warning
light (red)
2-17
2-16
or
2-16
Electronic parking
brake system
warning light (yellow) (if so
equipped)
Electric shift control system warning light
2-18
2-18
Illustrated table of contents 0-11
Warning
light
Indicator
light
or
Name
Page
Supplemental air
bag warning light
2-21
Name
Page
Electronic parking
brake indicator
light
Exterior light indicator light
Front fog light indicator light (if so
equipped)
2-22
Indicator
light
Name
Page
Name
Page
Front passenger
air bag status
light
2-22
Security indicator
light
2-24
High Beam Assist
indicator light
2-22
Slip indicator light
2-24
High beam indicator light (blue)
2-22
Turn signal/
hazard indicator
lights
2-24
Plug-in indicator
light
2-23
Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) OFF
indicator light
2-24
Power limitation
indicator light
2-23
READY to drive
indicator light
2-23
2-22
2-22
0-12 Illustrated table of contents
Indicator
light
EV Overview
The EV (Electric Vehicle) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2
Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2
Driving with a discharged Li-ion battery . . . . .EV-3
Charging the 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5
Li-ion battery warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5
High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8
High-voltage components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8
Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9
Emergency shut-off system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-10
EV characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-11
Noise and vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-11
Life with an EV (scene guide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-12
Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-12
Before driving your vehicle
(models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . EV-15
Checking Li-ion battery charging
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-15
Operating the climate control system
before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-16
Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-17
Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-18
Charging after driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-21
Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-22
Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-22
Improve driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-22
Li-ion battery life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23
Li-ion battery maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-24
EV unique information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-24
Meters and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-24
Approaching Vehicle Sound for
Pedestrians (VSP) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-27
Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-28
LED headlight (low beam)
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-28
Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-28
THE EV (Electric Vehicle) SYSTEM
The LEAF is an electric vehicle. Some of the
vehicle’s systems operate differently and
have different operating characteristics
than vehicles equipped with an internal
combustion engine. It is important to carefully review the entire Owner's Manual for
this reason. The main difference is the LEAF
is powered by electricity. The LEAF does not
require and it is not capable of using gasoline like a vehicle powered by a traditional
internal combustion engine. The LEAF uses
electricity stored in the lithium ion (Li-ion)
battery. The vehicle’s Li-ion battery must
be charged with electricity before the vehicle can be driven. As the vehicle operates,
the Li-ion battery gradually discharges. If
the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged, the vehicle will not operate until it
is re-charged.
This vehicle uses two types of batteries.
One is the 12-volt battery that is the same
as the battery in vehicles powered by
gasoline engines, the other is the Li-ion
battery (high voltage).
The 12-volt battery provides power to the
vehicle systems and features such as the
audio system, supplemental restraint systems, headlights and windshield wipers.
EV-2 EV Overview
LI-ION BATTERY
The Li-ion battery provides power to the
electric motor (traction motor) that moves
the vehicle.
The Li-ion battery also charges the 12-volt
battery.
The vehicle must be plugged in for the Liion battery to be charged. Additionally, the
vehicle system can extend the vehicle
range by converting driving force into electricity that is stored in the Li-ion battery
while the vehicle is decelerating or being
driven downhill. This is called regenerative
braking. This vehicle is considered to be an
environmentally friendly vehicle because it
does not emit exhaust gases, such as carbon dioxide and nitrogen oxide.
WARNING
Your vehicle contains a sealed Li-ion
high voltage battery. If the Li-ion battery is disposed of improperly, there is a
risk of severe burns and electrical
shock that may result in serious injury
or death and there is also a risk of environmental damage.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the Li-ion battery:
• Do not expose the vehicle to extreme
ambient temperatures for extended
periods.
• Do not store the vehicle in temperatures below −13°F (−25°C) for more
than seven days.
• Do not leave the vehicle for more
than 14 days where the Li-ion battery
available charge gauge reaches a
zero or near zero.
• Do not use the Li-ion battery for any
other purpose.
NOTE:
• If the outside temperature is −13°F
(−25°C) or less, the Li-ion battery may
freeze and it cannot be charged or provide power to run the vehicle. Move the
vehicle to a warm location.
• The capacity of the Li-ion battery in
your vehicle to hold a charge will, like
all such batteries, decrease with time
and usage. As the battery ages and capacity decreases, this will result in a
decrease from the vehicle’s initial mileage range. This is normal, expected,
and not indicative of any defect in your
Li-ion battery.
• The Li-ion battery has limited service
life, and when its charging capacity
falls below a specific level, the EV system warning light will illuminate. Owners should bring their vehicle in for inspection
and
possible
battery
replacement.
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for information about recycling or disposal of
the Li-ion battery. Do not attempt to
recycle or dispose of the Li-ion battery
yourself.
DRIVING WITH A DISCHARGED
LI-ION BATTERY
When a destination is set in the navigation
system (if so equipped) that exceeds the
available vehicle range, the navigation system automatically searches the location of
nearby charging stations. When the nearby
charging station locations are displayed,
charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible.
Warning lights illuminate on the instrument panel and messages are displayed
on the vehicle information display to inform you that the Li-ion battery charge is
low. Instructions are also displayed on the
navigation system screen (if so equipped)
to direct you to nearby charging stations.
The vehicle's range is very limited when
these warning lights illuminate and messages are displayed. Follow the instructions on the navigation system screen (if so
equipped) and immediately charge the vehicle at the nearest charging station.
There are three levels of information that
will be displayed as the Li-ion battery becomes discharged:
1. The following warning lights illuminate
on the instrument panel and messages
are displayed on the vehicle information
display at the same time to indicate low
Li-ion battery charge:
LEV2062
• The low battery charge indicator
• The master warning light
• The “Battery charge is low, Charge
now” warning message is displayed
on the vehicle information display.
• Messages are displayed on the navigation system screen (if so equipped).
EV Overview EV-3
• For additional information, refer to
“Low battery charge indicator” in the
“Instruments and controls” section of
this manual.
LEV2063
1 .
• The driving range flashes O
NOTE:
Due to traffic conditions, it may be difficult to get to the charging station
suggested by the navigation system
(if so equipped). If the Li-ion battery is
almost completely discharged, drive
directly to the nearest charging station.
EV-4 EV Overview
LEV2064
2. If the vehicle is driven and the Li-ion battery continues to discharge, the driving
range on the instrument panel changes
2 .
to “— — —” O
Messages are displayed on the navigation system screen (if so equipped). For
additional information, refer to “Li-ion
battery available charge gauge” in the
“Instruments and controls” section of
this manual.
3. When the power limitation indicator
illuminates, traction motor
light
output is limited resulting in reduced vehicle speed. Stop the vehicle in a safe
location before the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged and
there is no power available to drive the
vehicle. Contact Roadside Assistance
Service shown in your NISSAN Warranty
Information Booklet. For additional information, refer to “If the Li-ion battery
becomes completely discharged” in the
“In case of emergency” section of this
manual.
While vehicle is driven
LI-ION BATTERY WARMER
The Li-ion battery charges the 12-volt battery as necessary when the power switch
is in the READY to drive position.
For models with 40 kWh battery
CHARGING THE 12-VOLT BATTERY
When the EV system is off for an extended
time, the 12-volt battery may be automatically charged for a short period of time on a
regular basis.
The 12-volt battery is charged automatically using electricity stored in the Li-ion
battery.
When the 12-volt battery is being charged,
the charge status indicator light on the instrument panel flashes (except when
charging the Li-ion battery or the power
switch is in the READY to drive position). For
additional information, refer to “Charging
status indicator lights” in the “Charging”
section of this manual.
The 12-volt battery is not charged in the
following conditions.
• When the power switch is in the ACC position.
• When the power switch is in the ON position and the shift position is in the N (Neutral) position.
While the vehicle is not in use
CAUTION
The Li-ion battery warmer does not operate if the available Li-ion battery
charge is less than approximately 15%
and the charger is not connected to the
vehicle. To help prevent the Li-ion battery from freezing, do not leave the vehicle in an environment if temperatures
may go below -1°F (-17°C) unless the vehicle is connected to a charger.
The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent
the Li-ion battery from freezing and helps to
prevent significant reductions in the Li-ion
battery output when the temperature is cold.
The Li-ion battery warmer automatically
turns on when the Li-ion battery temperature is approximately -1°F (-17°C) or colder.
The Li-ion battery warmer automatically
turns off when the Li-ion battery temperature is approximately 14°F (-10°C) or higher.
The Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical
power from an external source when a
charger is connected to the vehicle. The
Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical
power from the Li-ion battery when the
charger is not connected to the vehicle.
EV Overview EV-5
NOTE:
• Connect the charger to the vehicle and
place the power switch in the OFF position when parking the vehicle if temperatures may go below -1°F (-17°C). This
provides external power to the Li-ion
battery warmer when it operates and
does not discharge the Li-ion battery.
• The charging status indicator lights illuminate in a specific pattern when the
Li-ion battery warmer operates. The
charging status indicator lights use the
same pattern to indicate 12-volt battery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer operation or Remote Climate Control operation (models with Navigation
System). The charging status indicator
lights do not change if the Li-ion battery warmer operates at the same time
as the above features. For additional
information, refer to “Charging status
indicator lights” in the “Charging” section of this manual.
• The Li-ion battery warmer uses Li-ion
battery power to operate, even if the
vehicle is connected to a charger when:
– The vehicle's power switch is in the
ON position.
– There is no electrical power being
supplied to the charging equipment.
EV-6 EV Overview
• When the Li-ion battery warmer is already in operation using an external
power source, it will continue to use the
external power even if the power
switch is placed in the ON position.
• Vehicle driving range is reduced if the
Li-ion battery warmer operates (Li-ion
battery temperature approximately
-1°F (-17°C) or colder) while driving the
vehicle. You may need to charge the
Li-ion battery sooner than in warmer
temperatures.
• The Li-ion battery requires more time
to charge when the Li-ion battery
warmer operates.
• The predicted charging time displayed
on the meter and navigation system (if
so equipped) increases when the Li-ion
battery warmer operates.
• Climate control performance is reduced when using the Climate Ctrl.
Timer or Remote Climate Control
(models with Navigation System) while
the Li-ion battery warmer operates.
• The Li-ion battery may not charge to
the expected level using the charging
timer while the Li-ion battery warmer
operates.
For models with 62 kWh battery
CAUTION
The Li-ion battery warmer does not operate if the normal charger is not connected to the vehicle. To help prevent
the Li-ion battery from freezing, do not
leave the vehicle in an environment if
temperatures may go below -4°F
(-20°C) unless the vehicle is connected
to a charger.
The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent
the Li-ion battery from freezing when the
temperature is cold. The Li-ion battery
warmer automatically turns on when the
Li-ion battery temperature is approximately -4°F (-20°C) or colder and outside
temperature is approximately -11°F (-24°C)
or colder. The Li-ion battery warmer automatically turns off when the Li-ion battery
temperature is approximately 0°F (-18°C) or
higher, or outside temperature is approximately -8°F (-22°C) or higher.
The Li-ion battery warmer operates when
the normal charger is connected to the
vehicle, and it automatically uses electrical
power from either the external source or
from the Li-ion battery.
NOTE:
• Connect the charger to the vehicle and
place the power switch in the OFF position when parking the vehicle if temperatures may go below -4°F (-20°C).
The Li-ion battery warmer automatically uses electrical power from either
the external source or from the Li-ion
battery, based on the amount of remaining Li-ion battery.
• The charging status indicator lights illuminate in a specific pattern when the
Li-ion battery warmer operates. The
charging status indicator lights use the
same pattern to indicate 12–volt battery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer operation or Remote Climate Control operation (models with Navigation
System). The charging status indicator
lights do not change if the Li-ion battery warmer operates at the same time
as the above features. For additional
information, refer to “Charging status
indicator lights” in the “Charging” section of this manual.
• The automatic climate control automatically turns on when the Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical power
from the Li-ion battery. This is not a
malfunction. When the Li-ion battery
warmer operates, the temperature inside the vehicle may be warmed up.
• The Li-ion battery will be automatically
charged when the Li-ion battery
warmer uses electrical power from an
extended source. When outside temperature goes below -4°F (-20°C) for
many days, frequent Li-ion battery
warmer operation may occur, and
more electric power will be charged
from an external source. Do not connect the normal charger to the vehicle
if you do not want to turn on the Li-ion
battery warmer. In this case, do not
leave the vehicle in an environment if
temperatures may go below -4°F
(-20°C).
• When the Li-ion battery warmer is already in operation using an external
source, it will continue to use the external power even if the power switch is
placed in the ON position.
• The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if
the power switch is placed in the ON
position while the Li-ion battery
warmer is using electrical power from
the Li-ion battery. To turn on the Li-ion
battery warmer again, place the power
switch in the OFF position.
• The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if
the charging connector is removed
from the normal charger while the Liion battery warmer is operating. To
turn on the Li-ion battery warmer
again, connect the charging connector
to the vehicle. The Li-ion battery
warmer will operate again after about
1 hour.
• The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if
the charging connector of the quick
charger is connected to the vehicle
while the Li-ion battery warmer is operating. To turn on the Li-ion battery
warmer again, remove the charging
connector of the quick charger from
the vehicle.
• The Li-ion battery requires more time
to charge to the expected level when
the Li-ion battery warmer operates.
EV Overview EV-7
HIGH VOLTAGE PRECAUTIONS
• The predicted charging time displayed
on the meter increases when the Li-ion
battery warmer uses electrical power
from the Li-ion battery.
• The Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Climate Control (models with Navigation
System) does not turn on while the Liion battery warmer operates. This is
not a malfunction.
• The charging timer or remote charge
(models with Navigation System) does
not turn on while the Li-ion battery
warmer operates. This is not a malfunction.
• The Li-ion battery may not be charged
to the expected level using the charging timer while the Li-ion battery
warmer operates.
• If the Li-ion battery warmer automatically stops because of the Li-ion battery temperature or outside temperature change, charging will continue
until the Li-ion battery is fully charged.
EV-8 EV Overview
HIGH-VOLTAGE COMPONENTS
WARNING
• The EV system uses high voltage up
to approximately DC 400 volt. The
system can be hot during and after
starting and when the vehicle is shut
off. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature. Follow the warning labels that are attached to the vehicle.
• Never disassemble, remove or replace high-voltage parts and cables
as well as their connectors because
they can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious
injury or death. High-voltage cables
are colored orange. The vehicle high
voltage system has no user serviceable parts. It is recommended that
you take your vehicle to a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for any necessary maintenance.
ROAD ACCIDENT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING
LEV2092
1. Traction motor and reduction gear
5. Li-ion battery
2. Traction motor inverter
6. Service plug
In case of a collision:
• If your vehicle is drivable, pull your
vehicle off the road, push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever, apply the parking brake and turn the EV
system off.
• Check your vehicle to see if there are
exposed high-voltage parts or
cables. For their locations, refer to
“High voltage components” in this
section. To avoid personal injury,
never touch high-voltage wiring,
connectors, and other high-voltage
parts, such as inverter unit and Li-ion
battery. An electric shock may occur
if exposed electric wires are visible
when viewed from inside or outside
of your vehicle. Therefore, never
touch exposed electric wires.
• If the vehicle receives a strong impact to the floor while driving, stop
the vehicle in a safe location and
check the floor.
3. Power delivery module (PDM) (Charger,
DC/DC converter, junction box)
4. High-voltage wire harnesses (colored
orange)
EV Overview EV-9
• Leaks or damage to the Li-ion battery may result in a fire. If you discover them, contact emergency services immediately. Since the fluid
leak may be lithium manganate from
the Li-ion battery, never touch the
fluid leak inside or outside the vehicle. If the fluid contacts your skin or
eyes, wash it off immediately with a
large amount of water and receive
immediate medical attention to help
avoid serious injury.
• If a fire occurs in the EV, leave the
vehicle as soon as possible. Only use
a type ABC, BC or C fire extinguisher
that is meant for use on electrical
fires. Using a small amount of water
or the incorrect fire extinguisher can
result in serious injury or death from
electrical shock.
• If your vehicle needs to be towed, do
it with the front wheels raised. If the
front wheels are on the ground when
towing, the traction motor may generate electricity. This may damage
the components of the EV system
and cause a fire.
• If you are not able to safely assess
the vehicle due to vehicle damage, do
not touch the vehicle. Leave the vehicle and contact emergency services. Advise first responders that
this is an electric vehicle.
• In the event of an accident that requires body repair and painting, the
Li-ion battery pack and high voltage
parts such as the inverter, including
the wire harness, should be removed
prior to painting. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service. Li-ion battery
packs exposed to heat in the paint
booth will experience capacity loss.
Damaged Li-ion battery packs may
also pose safety risks to untrained
mechanics and repair personnel.
EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SYSTEM
The emergency shut-off system is activated and the high-voltage system automatically turns off in the following conditions:
- Front and side collisions in which the air
bags are deployed.
- Certain rear collisions.
- Certain EV system malfunctions.
EV-10 EV Overview
For the above collisions and certain other
EV system malfunctions, the READY to drive
indicator light will turn off. For additional
information, refer to “Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this
manual.
The emergency shut-off activates for the
above collisions to minimize risk of an
event that could cause injury or an accident. If the emergency shut-off system activates, the EV system may not be switched
to the READY to drive position; it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer. Even if the power switch is
switched to the READY to drive position, the
system may shut-off suddenly. Therefore,
drive cautiously to the nearest certified repair facility; it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for service.
EV CHARACTERISTICS
WARNING
• Pay special attention to pedestrians.
Because there is no engine noise, pedestrians may not know the vehicle
is approaching, moving or about to
move, and may step into the path of
vehicle travel.
• When leaving the vehicle, be sure to
turn off the EV system.
• Be sure to push the P (Park) position
switch on the shift lever and apply
the parking brake when parking because the vehicle can move when the
READY to drive indicator light is ON.
When the READY to drive indicator
light is ON, do not leave your vehicle
in a shift position other than the P
(Park) position.
• Keep the brake pedal depressed until
you are ready to drive. When the vehicle is in the D (Drive) position, B or R
(Reverse) position, if you release the
brake pedal and do not depress the
accelerator, the vehicle will creep and
may start abruptly. This may cause
serious injury or death.
NOTE:
• The vehicle cannot run with a discharged Li-ion battery. Repeated acceleration consumes more power from
the Li-ion battery than driving at a
steady speed.
• This vehicle is equipped with a regenerative brake system. The primary purpose of the regenerative brake system
is to provide some power to recharge
the Li-ion battery and extend driving
range. A secondary benefit is “engine
braking” that operates based on Li-ion
battery conditions.
• In the D (Drive) position, when the accelerator pedal is released, the regenerative brake system provides some
deceleration.
• When you put the shift lever in the B
mode and take your foot off the accelerator pedal, more regenerative brake
is applied than in the D (Drive) position.
• Less deceleration is provided by the regenerative brake system when the Liion battery is fully charged. The regenerative brake is automatically reduced
when the Li-ion battery is fully charged
to prevent the Li-ion battery from becoming overcharged. The regenerative
brake is also automatically reduced
when the battery temperature is high/
low (indicated by the red/blue zones
on the Li-ion battery temperature
gauge) to prevent Li-ion battery damage.
• The brake pedal should be used to slow
or stop the vehicle depending on traffic
or road conditions. The vehicle brakes
are not affected by the regenerative
brake system operation.
NOISE AND VIBRATION
You might experience the following noise
or vibration as a normal characteristic of
this vehicle:
• Traction motor noise from the motor
compartment.
• Water pump and radiator fan noise while
charging.
EV Overview EV-11
LIFE WITH AN EV (scene guide)
• Compressor and radiator fan noise when
the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate
control (models with Navigation System)
is used.
• Relay operation noise and vibration at
start-up and shut-down of the EV system
(power switch placed in the ON and OFF
position).
• Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP).
EV-12 EV Overview
This section provides a brief explanation
for the most important LEAF functions. For
additional information, refer to the specific
sections of this manual for detailed explanations of the vehicle features and operation.
CHARGING THE LI-ION BATTERY
WARNING
The EV system uses a high voltage current. Failure to follow the proper handling instructions may cause serious
injury or death. Be sure to read the
“Charging” section and follow the procedures and guidelines described.
LTI2429
EV Overview EV-13
LTI2438
*1: V2X (Vehicle to Everything); The EV supplies electric power to a home or a building,
etc. e.g. Vehicle to Home (V2H), Vehicle to
Building (V2B), Vehicle to Grid (V2G), Vehicle
to Load (V2L), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V).
EV-14 EV Overview
BEFORE DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE
(models with Navigation System)
The Li-ion battery charging status and the
Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) operation can be checked using an internet
enabled smart phone or personal computer at home. You may also choose to
have SMS messages (text messages) sent
to a cellular phone. Additionally, the vehicle’s heater and air conditioner can be set
to operate using the Climate Ctrl. Timer
function or A/C-heater remote function, if
necessary. For additional information, refer
to “Remote climate control” in the “Monitor,
climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems” section of this manual.
NOTE:
• To check the Li-ion battery charging
status or to use the remote heater and
air conditioner using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer, the following conditions must be
met:
– The vehicle must be located in a cellular phone or smart phone coverage area.
– The internet enabled cellular phone
or smart phone must be located in a
cellular phone or smart phone coverage area.
– The computer must be connected to
the internet.
– A cellular phone must be used to
communicate with the vehicle.
– A cellular phone capable of text messaging must be used to receive text
message regarding vehicle charge
status.
• The remote heater and cooler can adjust the in-cabin temperature.
• When the charge connector is disconnected from the vehicle, the heater and
air conditioner operates using vehicle
Li-ion battery electric power.
• If the remote heater and air conditioner function and Li-ion battery
charging are performed at the same
time, Li-ion battery charging will take
longer than usual due to the power
used to heat or cool the vehicle.
LEV2046
CHECKING LI-ION BATTERY
CHARGING STATUS
The Li-ion battery charge status can be
checked on the NISSAN Data Center website via an internet enabled smart phone or
personal computer.
If the Li-ion battery is not sufficiently
charged, you can start charging the Li-ion
battery via the remote charge function. For
additional information, refer to “Charging
related remote function” in the “Charging”
section of this manual.
EV Overview EV-15
OPERATING THE CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM BEFORE
DRIVING
The vehicle’s heating and air conditioning
system can be turned on via remote control with an internet enabled smart phone
or personal computer.
LEV2047
LEV2046
This allows the interior of the vehicle to be
heated or cooled while the vehicle is charging. This reduces the load on the Li-ion battery while the vehicle is being driven and
can help increase the vehicle driving range.
For additional information, refer to “Remote
climate control” in the “Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems”
section of this manual.
Notification of the Li-ion battery
warmer operation (if so equipped)
You can be notified with the status of the
Li-ion battery warmer operation on the
NISSAN Data Center website via an internet
enabled smart phone or personal computer.
When the power switch is in the OFF position and the charge connector is not connected, if the Li-ion battery warmer starts
or stops, it notifies you to connect the charger to the vehicle.
For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual (for Leaf).
EV-16 EV Overview
5. Check the Li-ion battery level and the
estimated driving range shown on the
meter. For additional information, refer
to “Driving range” in the “Instruments
and controls” section of this manual.
NOTE:
LEV2066
STARTING YOUR VEHICLE
1 .
1. Depress the brake pedal O
2 .
2. Push the power switch O
3. Check that the READY to drive indicator
3 illuminates. For additional inforlight O
mation, refer to “READY to drive indicator
light” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual.
4. For models with Navigation System: If
route guidance is necessary, enter the
destination in the navigation system.
For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual (for Leaf).
• For additional information, refer to
“Range” in this section.
• Before driving, compare the driving
distance to the destination displayed
on the navigation system screen (if so
equipped) with the estimated driving
range shown on the meter. Determine
if it will be necessary to charge the Liion battery before or while driving to
your planned destination.
• If it is necessary to charge the Li-ion
battery, use the navigation system (if
so equipped) to search for available
charging stations on your planned
driving route.
LEV2093
EV Overview EV-17
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
1 .
1. Depress the brake pedal O
2 .
2. Release the parking brake O
3 into the D (Drive)
3. Move the shift lever O
position. When released, the shift lever
returns to its original center position.
4. Confirm that the vehicle is in the D (Drive)
position. The indicator next to the “D” by
the shift lever illuminates and “D” is displayed on the meter.
5. Release the brake pedal.
EV-18 EV Overview
LEV2067
LEV2051
6. Depress the accelerator pedal and start
driving.
These are the following gear positions for
driving the vehicle forward:
• Use the D (Drive) position for optimum
driving performance.
• Use the B mode for downhill driving.
When the B mode is used, more regenerative brake is applied when the accelerator pedal is released in comparison to
the D (Drive) position.
For additional information, refer to “Driving
the vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
NOTE:
The regenerative brake converts the vehicle's forward motion to electric power
to help slow the vehicle.
Use the ECO mode for maximum vehicle
range and for city driving. The ECO mode
helps reduce power consumption by reducing acceleration when compared to
the same accelerator pedal position in the
D (Drive) position (normal mode).
LIC3945
If the low battery charge indicator
illuminates yellow, the Li-ion battery charge
is too low for travel. For additional information, refer to "Li-ion battery available
charge gauge" in the “Instruments and
controls” section of this manual. Charge
the Li-ion battery as soon as possible.
EV Overview EV-19
4. If a parking lot is equipped with charging
facilities, charge the Li-ion battery as
necessary. For additional information,
refer to the “Charging” section of this
manual.
LEV2068
Parking the vehicle
1. When stopping the vehicle, apply the
foot brake, then push the P (Park) posi1 on the shift lever. Confirm
tion switch O
that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position
by checking the shift indicator located
near the shift lever or on the vehicle information display.
EV-20 EV Overview
2 . For models
2. Apply the parking brake O
with the pedal type, firmly depress the
parking brake. For models with the
switch type, the electronic parking brake
is applied automatically (or for manual
operation, pull the electronic parking
brake switch up).
3. Push the power switch
position.
3
O
to the OFF
3. Connect the charge connector to the
vehicle.
4. When the charging timer is turned on,
charging starts at the set time. When the
charging timer is not turned on, charging starts immediately.
NOTE:
LEV2099
CHARGING AFTER DRIVING
Charging the Li-ion battery
When you return home, connect the vehicle to the charging device installed at
your home or the EVSE plugged to outlet
using the normal charge connector.
1. When the power switch is turned off, the
settings of the charging timer, and the
Climate Ctrl. Timer and the charge connector lock functions are displayed on
the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” in the “Instruments and
controls” section of this manual.
Charge the vehicle or set the charging
timer function to have the vehicle charge
at a specific time. For additional information, refer to “Charging timer” in the “Charging” section of this manual.
2. Open the charge port lid and charge
port cap. For additional information, refer to “Charge port lid” in the “Pre-driving
checks and adjustments” section of this
manual.
• Charging can be started remotely, even
if the charging timer is set up.
• When you have forgotten to connect
the charge connector at home, there is
a function that can notify you via a text
message capable cellular phone, internet enabled smart phone or personal
computer. For additional information,
refer to “Charging related remote function” in the “Charging” section of this
manual (models with Navigation System).
• NISSAN recommends that you connect
the normal charge cable when getting
out of the vehicle, even if it is not going
to be used. By doing this, you can get
the most out of the remote climate
control (models with Navigation System) and Climate Ctrl. Timer functions
the next time you use the vehicle.
EV Overview EV-21
EFFICIENT USE OF YOUR VEHICLE
RANGE
The distance you can drive the vehicle
(range) varies considerably depending
upon available charge, weather, temperature, usage, battery age, topography, and
driving style.
Refer to the Monroney label (window
sticker) for the official EPA range. Your actual range will vary and could be significantly less, either initially or as the battery
ages and with use over time. For additional
information, refer to “Improve driving
range” in this section for information on the
factors that affect vehicle range and how
to use the vehicle to maximize vehicle
range.
IMPROVE DRIVING RANGE
Vehicle range depends on a number of factors.
Actual vehicle range will vary depending
upon:
• Speed,
• Vehicle load,
• Electrical load from vehicle accessories,
• Traffic and road conditions,
• Distance driven without stopping,
• Usage,
EV-22 EV Overview
•
•
•
•
•
Driving style,
Battery age,
Weather or temperature,
Topography,
Charging habits.
NISSAN recommends the following driving habits to help maximize vehicle
range:
Before driving:
• Follow recommended periodic maintenance.
• Keep tires inflated to correct pressure.
• Keep wheels in correct alignment.
• Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin
while the vehicle is charging.
• Remove unnecessary cargo from the vehicle.
While driving:
• Drive in ECO mode
–– The ECO mode helps reduce power
consumption by reducing acceleration
when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive) position (normal mode).
• Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruising speeds with constant accelerator positions or by using cruise control when
appropriate.
• Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently
press and release the accelerator pedal
for acceleration and deceleration.
• Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.
• Avoid extending highway driving with
multiple quick charges.
• Avoid frequent stopping and braking.
Maintain a safe distance behind other vehicles.
• Turn off the air conditioner/heater when
it is not necessary.
• Select a moderate temperature setting
for heating or cooling to help reduce
power consumption.
• Use the air conditioner/heater and close
windows to reduce drag when cruising at
highway speed.
• Vehicle range may be substantially reduced in extremely cold conditions (for
example, -4°F (-20°C)).
• Using the climate control system to heat
the cabin when the outside temperature
is below 32°F (0°C) uses more electricity
and affects vehicle range more than
when using the heater when the temperature is above 32°F (0°C).
• When it is cold, use the steering wheel
heater in substitution for the heater/air
conditioner. The steering wheel heater
consumes less power than the heater/
air conditioner.
• Release the accelerator pedal to slow
down and do not apply the brakes when
traffic and road conditions allow.
–– This vehicle is equipped with a regenerative brake system. The primary purpose of the regenerative brake system
is to provide some power to recharge
the Li-ion battery and extend driving
range. A secondary benefit is “engine
braking” that operates based on Li-ion
battery conditions. In the D (Drive) position, when the accelerator is released,
the regenerative brake system provides some deceleration and some
power to the Li-ion battery.
LI-ION BATTERY LIFE
The Li-ion battery's ability to hold a charge,
like all batteries, decreases with battery
age and usage which results in decreased
vehicle range when compared to the vehicle range when the vehicle was new. This
is normal and expected, and does not indicate a malfunction of the vehicle or Li-ion
battery.
The Li-ion battery's ability to hold a charge
can be affected by how you drive the vehicle, store the vehicle, how you charge the
Li-ion battery and Li-ion battery temperature during vehicle operation and charging.
To maximize the battery's useful life, use
the following driving and charging habits
where possible:
• Avoid exposing a vehicle to extreme ambient temperatures for extended periods.
• Avoid storing a vehicle in temperatures
below −13°F (−25°C) for more than seven
days.
• Avoid leaving your vehicle for more than
14 days where the Li-ion battery available
charge gauge reaches a zero or near zero
(state of charge).
• Allow the vehicle and Li-ion battery to
cool down after use before charging.
• Park/store your vehicle in cool locations
out of direct sunlight and away from heat
sources.
• Avoid sustained high battery temperatures (caused, for example, by exposure
to very high ambient temperatures or extending highway driving with multiple
quick charges [if so equipped]) .
• Use the normal charging or trickle charging methods to charge the Li-ion battery
and minimize the use of public Fast
Charge or Quick Charger.
• Moderate driving.
• Use of ECO mode.
• Do not operate the charging timer repeatedly while the charge connector is
connected to the vehicle after the Li-ion
battery charging is completed. Doing so
may discharge the 12-volt battery.
• The power of the Li-ion battery can be
checked on the Li-ion battery available
charge gauge. For additional information,
refer to “Li-ion battery available charge
gauge” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual.
EV Overview EV-23
EV UNIQUE INFORMATION
LI-ION BATTERY MAINTENANCE
METERS AND INDICATORS
In addition to the regular maintenance recommended by NISSAN, the LEAF requires
some special Li-ion battery inspections.
• For additional information, refer to the
NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet for
significant limitations, exclusions and
possible voiding of your warranty resulting from failure to have these necessary
inspections, repairs and/or adjustments
performed.
• For additional information, refer to the
NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide
for a detailed explanation of the Li-ion
battery inspection and intervals.
Various meters and gauges related to the
EV functions are displayed in the vehicle
information display.
LEV2084
Meter
Master warning light
1
The master warning light (red or yellow) O
illuminates when messages are displayed
on the vehicle information display.
For additional information, refer to “Master
warning light (red/yellow)” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
EV-24 EV Overview
LEV2085
LEV2055
LIC3937
Li-ion battery temperature gauge
Power meter
Driving range
2 displays the temperature of
This gauge O
the Li-ion battery.
This meter displays the actual traction motor power consumption and the regenerative brake power provided to the Li-ion battery.
This indicator displays the estimated driving range (calculated based on a program
that accounts for current driving style and
operational conditions) that can be driven
before recharging is necessary.
For additional information, refer to “Li-ion
battery temperature gauge” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
For additional information, refer to “Power
meter” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual.
For additional information, refer to “Driving
range” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual.
EV Overview EV-25
3. 12-volt battery charge warning light
4. Plug-in indicator light
5. READY to drive indicator light
6. Power limitation indicator light
7. EV system warning light
8. Electric shift control system warning
light
9. Brake system warning light (yellow)
10. Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system OFF warning light
For additional information, refer to “Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual.
LIC3938
Li-ion battery available charge gauge
This indicator displays the available Li-ion
battery capacity remaining to drive the vehicle.
For additional information, refer to “Li-ion
battery available charge gauge” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this
manual.
The EV unique information is displayed on
the vehicle information display as well. For
additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” in the “Instruments and
controls” section of this manual.
EV-26 EV Overview
LEV2102
Warning and indicator lights
The EV system uses the following EV specific warning and indicator lights:
1. Master warning light (red)
2. Master warning light (yellow)
The sound starts when the vehicle speed is
less than 16 mph (25 km/h) while decelerating.
The sound stops when the vehicle stops.
If you wish to make the sound of the VSP
system louder, it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service. It is not possible to make the sound
lower.
The sound does not stop with the vehicle in
the R (Reverse) position even if the vehicle
stops.
WARNING
LEV2060
APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND
FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM
The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system is a function that uses
sound to alert pedestrians of the presence
of the vehicle when it is being driven at a
low speed.
When the vehicle starts to move, it produces a sound.
The sound stops when the vehicle speed is
more than 19 mph (30 km/h) while accelerating.
• If the sound cannot be heard, pedestrians may not notice the oncoming
vehicle, which may cause an accident
resulting in serious injury or death. It
is recommended that you immediately visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for VSP system inspection.
• If the VSP system OFF warning light
illuminates while the power switch is
in the ON position, or in the READY to
drive position, it may indicate the VSP
system is not functioning properly.
Have the VSP system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service. For additional information,
refer to “Approaching Vehicle Sound
for Pedestrians (VSP) system OFF
warning light” in the “Instruments
and controls” section of this manual.
EV Overview EV-27
For additional information, refer to “Driving
the vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
LED HEADLIGHT (low beam) (if so
equipped)
This vehicle uses an LED headlight for the
headlight low beam. The LED headlight has
the following features:
• Low power consumption
• The shape is very compact.
LEV2051
ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL
SYSTEM
This vehicle is equipped with an electric
shift control system. This control system
has three features:
• Smooth and easy shift lever operation.
• To place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, push the P (Park) position switch on
the shift lever.
• The vehicle automatically applies the P
(Park) position when the power switch is
placed in the OFF position.
EV-28 EV Overview
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer to replace the headlight.
DRIVING RANGE
On the vehicle information display or navigation system screen (if so equipped), you
can check the estimated distance the vehicle may be driven with the available Li-ion
battery charge. For additional information,
refer to the NissanConnect® Manual (for
Leaf).
Charging
Precautions on charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-2
Types of charge and how to charge the Li-ion
battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-5
How to normal charge (AC 220–240
volt) by charging device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-9
How to trickle charge (AC 110–120 volt)
by L1 EVSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-11
How to trickle charge (AC 110–120 volt)
by L1 & L2 EVSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-18
How to normal charge (AC 220–240
volt) by L1 & L2 EVSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-26
How to quick charge (if so equipped) . . . . . . CH-35
How to charge/discharge using quick
charge port (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-38
Charge connector lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-41
Charging methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-43
Charging timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-43
Timer Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-46
Immediate charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-48
Charging related remote function
(models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . CH-49
Charging related indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-50
Charging status indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . CH-50
EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply
Equipment) control box indicator light . . . . . CH-53
Charging troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-56
PRECAUTIONS ON CHARGING
WARNING
• If you use any medical electric devices, such as an implantable cardiac
pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator, check with the
electric medical device manufacturer concerning the effects that
charging may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the
operation.
• Make sure there is no water or foreign materials in the charge port,
charge connector, or electrical plug,
and that they are not damaged or
affected by rust or corrosion. If any of
these conditions are noticeable, do
not charge the Li-ion battery. This
may result in a short circuit or electric
shock and could cause a fire which
may result in serious personal injury
or death.
• To avoid serious personal injury or
death when the Li-ion battery is
charging, be aware of the following
precautions.
CH-2 Charging
– Do not touch the metal contacts of
the charge port, charge connector, electrical plug or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter.
– Do not touch the vehicle and EVSE
when there is lightning.
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on, or
drag the cable.
• Make sure the charge connector is
removed from the charge port before
starting your vehicle. If the charge
connector is only partially engaged
and the connector latch is unlocked,
it is possible to place the EV in the
READY to drive position.
• Do not touch the plug or the Genuine
NISSAN Adapter if they are wet or
with wet hands. Do not put the plug
or the Genuine NISSAN Adapter in
water, liquid or snow. This may cause
an electric shock which may result in
serious personal injury or death.
• Do not disassemble or modify the
charge port, the EVSE or the Genuine
NISSAN Adapter. This may cause a
fire or an electric shock which may
result in serious personal injury or
death.
• If you notice an unusual odor, smoke
or abnormal noises coming from the
vehicle, stop charging immediately.
• Be careful not to allow your hands,
hair, jewelry or clothing to come into
contact with, or get caught in, the
traction motor cooling fan. The cooling fan can start at any time during
charging.
• Do not use extension cords or adapters unless they are Genuine NISSAN
parts.
• Do not use the Genuine NISSAN
Adapter with any devices except the
Genuine NISSAN EVSE.
• Do not allow an unattended child to
handle or use this product.
• Use the EVSE with outlet and wiring
installed
according
to
the
regulations/standards.
• Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener
on the bottom of the luggage board.
If the case suddenly becomes loose,
it may cause serious injury or death.
LCH2136
CAUTION
• To prevent damage to the charging
equipment:
– Do not close the charge port lid
without closing the charge port
cap.
– Do not subject the charging
equipment to impact.
– Do not store and use charging
equipment in locations where the
temperature is over 185°F (85°C)
• Make sure the charge port cap is
closed on the charge port when
charging is finished. If the charge
port lid is closed when the charge
port cap is open, water or foreign
materials may enter the charge port.
• Do not charge when a vehicle body
cover is in use. This may cause damage to the charge connector.
• Do not attempt to perform a jump
start on the 12-volt battery at the
same time that the Li-ion battery is
being charged. Doing so may damage the vehicle or charging equipment and could cause an injury. For
additional information, refer to
“Jump starting” in the “In case of
emergency” section of this manual.
• In normal charging (AC 220 - 240 volt)
and trickle charging (AC 110 - 120 volt)
using the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) provided with the vehicle, NISSAN recommends using an
AC 220 - 240 volt, 50A and an AC 110120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical circuit and outlet. The dedicated circuit
is used to help prevent circuit damage or the circuit breaker from tripping due to the high draw of charging
the Li-ion battery. If the dedicated
circuit is not used, the circuit may
cause adverse interference on MCB
(Moulded Circuit Board) and household electrical appliances such as
televisions and audio systems. If the
circuit is shared, and another electrical device is being used at the same
time the vehicle is charging, the
breaker may trip. A qualified electrician should install a dedicated circuit
if one is not already available.
Charging CH-3
NOTE:
• When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON
position, the Li-ion battery will not
start charging.
• For your safety, if the charge connector
is connected to the vehicle while the
power switch is in the READY to drive,
the vehicle will automatically switch to
the ON position. Because charging will
not be started while the power switch
is in this position, be sure to place the
power switch in the OFF position.
• When the ambient temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or less, charging time may be longer than normal and the level to which
the Li-ion battery can be charged may
be less than at higher temperatures.
• Do not operate the charging timer repeatedly while the charge connector is
connected to the vehicle after the Liion battery charging is completed. Doing so may discharge the 12-volt battery. For additional information, refer
to “Charging timer” in this section. If
the Li-ion battery becomes discharged, charge it immediately.
CH-4 Charging
• The power switch can be set to the ON
position and the climate control and
navigation system (if so equipped) can
be used while the Li-ion battery is
charging. However, because these operations consume Li-ion battery
power, it will take longer for the Li-ion
battery to become fully charged. Place
the power switch in the OFF position to
help reduce Li-ion battery charge time.
• If electrical power is interrupted while
charging, charging restarts automatically when the electrical power is restored.
• It is recommended to keep the charge
cable connected to save Li-ion battery
power, when the heater and air conditioner are operating with remote operation (models with Navigation System).
• If the charge port is frozen, melt the ice
using a hair dryer. After the ice has
melted, charge the Li-ion battery. Forcing the charge connector to connect
may cause a malfunction.
• If foreign materials have entered the
charge connector and charge port and
it is not possible to connect it, do not
attempt to force the connection. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer. Forcing the
charge connector to connect may
cause damage to the charging equipment and vehicle.
• There is a hole on the charge port for
water drainage. If the water drainage
hole becomes blocked, or if water gets
trapped inside the charge port, do not
charge. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
TYPES OF CHARGE AND HOW TO
CHARGE THE LI-ION BATTERY
LTI2429
Charging CH-5
LTI2438
*1: V2X (Vehicle to everything); The EV supplies electric power to a home or a building
etc. (e.g. Vehicle to home (V2H), Vehicle to
building (V2B), Vehicle to grid (V2G), Vehicle
to load (V2L), and Vehicle to vehicle (V2V)).
CH-6 Charging
This vehicle is an electric vehicle and it requires electricity to operate. The Li-ion battery is the only source of power to operate
the vehicle. It is important to conserve power
and plan your charging needs when you
drive to avoid completely discharging the
Li-ion battery and being unable to drive.
There are three methods available to
charge the Li-ion battery:
• Normal charge
• Trickle charge
• Quick charge (if so equipped)
• V2X charge/discharge (if so equipped)
The time to completely charge the vehicle
Li-ion battery varies based on the state of
charge of the Li-ion battery, condition and
age of the Li-ion battery, temperature of
the Li-ion battery, ambient temperature
and condition of the power source connected to the vehicle, and whether the
electric equipment (such as the air conditioner, which consumes electric power) is
used.
Normal charge
NISSAN recommends using normal charging for usual charging of the vehicle. Use of
quick charge should be minimized in order
to help prolong Li-ion battery life.
Normal charging uses L1 & L2 EVSE (Electric
Vehicle Supply Equipment), or an SAE J1772
compliant charging device connected to a
dedicated AC 220 - 240 volt circuit. L1 & L2
EVSE is provided with the vehicle (if so
equipped). The charging device is a home
charging dock installed in your home by a
qualified electrician. Contact your NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer. For additional information, refer to “How to normal charge” in
this section.
Trickle charge
Trickle charging is not recommended for
regular use because it takes more time
than normal charging. Trickle charge can
be used when it is necessary to perform an
emergency charge at a destination such
as a friend’s house.
Trickle charge uses the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) provided with the
vehicle or an SAE J1772 compliant cord set
to connect the vehicle to an AC 110–120 volt,
15A dedicated outlet. The outlet should be
protected by a circuit breaker to avoid
overloading the circuit or other electrical
hazard.
For additional information, refer to “How to
trickle charge” in this section.
Quick charge (if so equipped)
Quick charge capability is only available on
vehicles manufactured with the quick
charge option, which includes the quick
charge port. If your vehicle does not have
such a port, quick charging cannot be
used.
A vehicle equipped with a quick charge
port is compatible with most CHAdeMO
(Japanese industry standard) connectors
on charging stations. Charging stations
using this standard are UL certified and
safe to use in the US. While supported by
NISSAN, this connector may not become
the US SAE standard.
Quick charging is possible (even several
times a day). If the battery temperature is
near the red zone, in order to protect the
battery, power of the quick charging will be
limited.
Public charging:
This vehicle is compatible with any public
charging station that is SAE J1772 compliant. If you attempt to charge from a noncompliant charging station, you may not
receive a complete charge, or you may not
be able to charge at all due to hardware
and software differences. NISSAN is working with states, municipalities, utility companies and others to assist in the preparation of markets and infrastructure.
However, NISSAN makes no representations that public charging stations will be
available in locations where you wish to
operate the vehicle, nor can NISSAN predict
the period of time it may take for public
charging infrastructure to be developed in
your area. Depending on where you live or
drive, there may not be sufficient public
charging stations available to meet your
particular needs for driving range and
charging away from your home. Trip planning is therefore important, and you should
plan trips with these facts in mind.
Charging CH-7
Quick charge uses public charging stations (up to 50 kW of power [for 40 kWh
battery models] / 100 kW of power [for 62
kWh battery models]).
The time needed to charge the Li-ion battery from discharged (low battery charge
indicator light illuminated) to 80% charged
using the quick charger depends on many
factors including the Li-ion battery temperature and the type of quick charger
used.
It may take more time to charge the Li-ion
battery using the quick charger if the vehicle is parked in a cold location for a long
time.
It may take more time to charge the Li-ion
battery using the quick charger if the temperature of the Li-ion battery is high or low.
The Li-ion battery temperature gauge can
be used to estimate the approximate time
needed to charge the Li-ion battery to 80%.
If charging stops mid-charge, you can restart charging by pressing the start button
on the quick charger station again. Quick
charging is possible (even several times a
day). If the battery temperature is near the
red zone, in order to protect the battery,
power of the quick charging will be limited.
CH-8 Charging
LHA5087
For 40 kWh battery models
V2X charge/discharge (if so equipped)
V2X charge/discharge capability is only
available on vehicles manufactured with
the V2X charge/discharge option, which includes the quick charge port.
A vehicle equipped with a quick charge
port is compatible with most CHAdeMO
(Japanese industry standard) connectors
on charging stations.
Charging stations or V2X charging/
discharging devices using this standard
are UL certified and safe to use in the US.
While supported by NISSAN, this connector
LHA5184
For 62 kWh battery models*
*Subject to charging equipment
capability to output 100kW
may not become the US SAE standard. V2X
charging/discharging is possible (even
several times a day). If the battery temperature is near the red zone, in order to protect
the battery, power of the V2X charging/
discharging will be limited.
For additional information, consult a V2X
device manufacturer or a V2X charging/
discharging service provider.
Power limitation mode
This mode protects the health and operation of the vehicle's Li-ion battery. This
mode operates in certain extreme conditions (heat, cold, low state of charge). Power
available to vehicle systems, including its
traction motor, is limited resulting in limited
performance, acceleration and top speed.
Charging may be automatically terminated, especially with repeated quick
charging in extreme hot weather.
Checking Li-ion battery charge
The three methods for checking the
amount of charge are as follows:
• Check by using the Li-ion battery available charge gauge on the vehicle information display when the power switch is
placed in the ON position. For additional
information, refer to “Li-ion battery available charge gauge” and “Low battery
charge indicator” in the “Instruments and
controls” section of this manual.
• Check by using an internet enabled
smart phone or personal computer. For
additional information, refer to the
“NissanConnect® Manual (for Leaf).
• Check by using the charging status indicator light. For additional information, refer to “Charging status indicator lights” in
this section.
NOTE:
• During the charge operation, charge
continues when the power switch is
placed in the ON position.
• The Li-ion battery cannot be charged if
the quick charge connector and the
normal charge connector are connected at the same time. If another
charge connector is connected midcharge, charging will stop.
• For safety reasons, it is not possible to
switch to the READY to drive position
while a charge connector is connected.
• During charging, it is possible that the
radio may be inaudible due to noise by
the electromagnetic wave.
HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE (AC
220–240 volt) BY CHARGING
DEVICE
WARNING
• If you use any medical electric devices, such as an implantable cardiac
pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator, check with the
electric medical device manufacturer concerning the effects that
charging may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the
operation.
• Be sure to follow the precautions for
using the charging device that can be
installed in your home. Failing to do
so could result in serious injury or
death.
CAUTION
Do not use any charging equipment
that is not compatible with the LEAF.
Doing so could prevent the Li-ion battery from charging properly or could
result in damage to the vehicle or Li-ion
battery.
Charging CH-9
• Normal charge uses the charging device
(AC 220 - 240 volt, 16A or 32A) that can be
installed in your home to charge the Liion battery.
• Immediate charge, charging timer and
remote charge (models with Navigation
System) can be performed in the normal
charge mode. For additional information,
refer to “Charging methods” in this section.
• The charging equipment communicates
with the vehicle before Li-ion battery
charging starts. If this communication
does not occur because other equipment is used, the Li-ion battery will not
charge.
• NISSAN recommends that you connect
the charging device when getting out of
the vehicle, even if it is not going to be
used. By doing this, you can get the most
out of the remote climate control (models with Navigation System) and Climate
Ctrl. Timer functions the next time you
use the vehicle.
CH-10 Charging
To start normal charge:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start
charging.
3. Open the charge port lid and charge
port cap. For additional information, refer to “Charge port lid” and “Charge port
cap” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.
LCH2104
4. Connect the charge connector to the
charge port. If it is connected normally, a
beep will sound once.
5. If charging has started or if the battery is
waiting for the charging timer, a beep
will sound twice and the charging status
indicator light display will change. For
additional information, refer to “Charging status indicator lights” in this section.
NOTE:
To stop charging mid-charge, remove
the charge connector. Charging automatically stops.
HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE (AC
110–120 volt) BY L1 EVSE
WARNING
LCH2105
To stop normal charge:
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
refer to “Charge connector lock system”
in this section.
2. Press the button on the charge connector, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port
and properly store it.
3. Close the charge port cap.
• If you wear a pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm)
away from the EVSE.
• If you wear a pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator (ICD), check with the electric
medical device manufacturer concerning the effects that charging
may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation.
Charging may affect the operation.
• In order to avoid an electric shock or
fire due to a short circuit, connect to a
GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit
breaker and use a waterproof electrical ground socket.
• Discontinue EVSE use immediately if
plug or outlet becomes hot to the
touch or if you notice any unusual
odors.
• Never use extension cords or plug
adapters with EVSE.
• Always unplug the EVSE when not in
use.
• The NISSAN Genuine L1 EVSE charging device draws 12 amps continuously while charging the Li-ion battery with AC 110–120 volt outlet. Do
not plug in to any electrical circuit
unless it is inspected by a qualified
electrician to confirm that the electrical circuit can accept a 12 amp
draw. Any electrical circuit has a
much higher likelihood of being
compromised in the following conditions listed below.
– Improper use of the EVSE may result in a fire and serious injury or
death.
– Do not use the EVSE in structures
more than 40 years old.
4. After closing the charge port cap on the
charge port, close the charge port lid.
Charging CH-11
– Do not use the EVSE in structures
using fuse-based circuit protection. Use only with electrical circuits
protected
by
circuit
breakers.
– Do not use the EVSE on electrical
circuits with two-prong outlets.
– Do not use the EVSE if other devices are plugged into the same
circuit.
– When unplugging, be sure to pull
by the plug or the EVSE, not the
cord.
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or
drag the cable.
– Do not attach or detach the Genuine NISSAN Adapter while the
Genuine NISSAN Adapter is inserted into an outlet.
– Do not use the Genuine NISSAN
Adapter if the plug is not fully inserted and not locked.
– If you use the EVSE holder, handle
it with care to avoid injuries due to
contact with its edges or other
parts.
CH-12 Charging
– Do not use the EVSE if the cable or
cord is frayed, has broken insulation, or shows any other indications of damage.
– Stop using the EVSE immediately
if charging stops before completion when you move the plug or
cord.
– Do not use the EVSE if the control
box, plug, the EVSE or charge connector is broken, cracked, open,
corroded or shows any other indications of damage.
– Do not use the EVSE if the plug has
a loose connection with the outlet
or if the outlet is damaged or
rusted.
– Before you connect the EVSE, be
sure to check the rated current
shown on the EVSE to ensure that
the outlet and circuit have enough
current capacity to charge your
vehicle safely. If the capacity of
the outlet and circuit is not
enough, wiring may cause overheating or a fire.
– If in any doubt about the outlet
and circuit, consult a qualified
electrician.
– The EVSE has parts that may
spark inside. Do not use it where
gasoline, paint, or flammable liquids are used or stored.
– Do not use if a malfunction occurs
or if the EVSE has been damaged
in any manner. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for replacement.
– The EVSE contains no user serviceable parts. Do not attempt to
repair the EVSE, doing so will void
your warranty.
• Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener
on the bottom of the luggage board.
If the case suddenly becomes loose,
it may cause serious injury or death.
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine
NISSAN charging equipment to
charge the vehicle. Using nonNISSAN equipment could cause the
Li-ion battery to not charge correctly
and may damage the vehicle.
Precautions on storage
LCH2136
CAUTION
• Only charge using a standard AC 110 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet (for example, do not use an electric generator). Failure to do so may
cause charging to fail and could
cause damage to the vehicle or the
EVSE equipment due to power
surges.
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to direct sunlight.
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to wind or rain.
• Be sure to store the EVSE with the protective cap on to keep the terminal of the
charge connector away from dirt and
dust.
• Do not store the EVSE with the cable
and/or cord wound around the control
box.
• Do not store the EVSE in a condition in
which the cable and/or cord are twisted.
• The control box will become hot while the
EVSE is charging. This is not a
malfunction.
Charging CH-13
5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 110
- 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet.
If it is connected normally, the green light
on the EVSE control box indicator light
illuminates.
NOTE:
You can pass a rope through the holes
A in the control box in order to hang it
O
up while the Li-ion battery is charging.
Use the EVSE with the plug in an upright position (the cord should extend
down from the outlet).
LCH2106
To start trickle charging:
NOTE:
Charging timer, remote charge (models
with navigation system) and immediate
charge can be performed in the trickle
charge mode. For additional information, refer to “Charging methods” in this
section.
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
CH-14 Charging
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start
charging.
3. Open the charge port lid. For additional
information, refer to “Charge port lid” in
the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.
4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.
6. Open the charge port cap. For additional
information, refer to “Charge port cap” in
the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.
LCH2200
LCH2107
LCH2108
7. Remove the safety cap from the charge
connector.
9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion
battery is waiting for the charging timer,
a beep will sound twice and the charging status indicator light display will
change. For additional information, refer
to “Charging status indicator lights” in
this section.
10. When recharging outside, such as in
your driveway, use a commercially
available padlock attached in position
A to prevent theft.
O
8. Connect the charge connector to the
charge port. If it is connected normally, a
beep will sound once.
Charging CH-15
6. Store in its case.
NOTE: Perform the following procedure to store the EVSE in the case:
a. Wind the charge cable into a size that
will allow it to be stored in the case
(approximately 14 in (36 cm) in diameter). Winding the charge cable in the
direction shown below avoids shortening of cable life.
LCH2105
To stop trickle charge:
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
refer to “Charge connector lock system”
in this section.
2. Press the button on the charge connector, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port.
3. Close the charge port cap.
4. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.
5. Remove the electrical plug from the AC
110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical
outlet.
CH-16 Charging
LCH2138
b. Place the EVSE into the case.
LCH2110
LCH2139
LCH2137
c. Pass the lower side belt from the case
through the fastener on the bottom of
C .
the luggage board O
Charging CH-17
NOTE:
To stop charging mid-charge, remove
the charge connector. Charging automatically stops.
HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE (AC
110–120 volt) BY L1 & L2 EVSE
WARNING
LCH2206
D from the case to
d. Hang the hook O
the ring from the trim.
E with the hook-and-loop
e. Fix the belt O
fastener on the side of the case by
pulling the end of the belt.
WARNING
Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener on
the bottom of the luggage board. If the
case suddenly becomes loose, it may
cause serious injury or death.
7. After closing the cap on the charge port,
close the charge port lid.
CH-18 Charging
• If you wear a pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm)
away from the EVSE.
• If you use any medical electric devices, such as an implantable cardiac
pacemaker or an Implantable Cardiovascular Defibrillator (ICD), check
with the electric medical device
manufacturer concerning the effects
that charging may have on implanted devices before starting the
charge operation. Charging may affect the operation.
• In order to avoid an electric shock or
fire due to a short circuit, connect to a
GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit
breaker and use a waterproof electrical ground socket.
• Discontinue EVSE use immediately if
plug or outlet becomes hot to the
touch or if you notice any unusual
odors.
• Never use extension cords.
• Never use plug adapters other than
the Genuine NISSAN Adapter for
EVSE.
• Always unplug the EVSE when not in
use.
• The NISSAN Genuine L1 & L2 EVSE
draws 12 amps continuously while
charging the Li-ion battery with AC
110–120 volt outlet. Do not plug in to
any electrical circuit unless it is inspected by a qualified electrician to
confirm that the electrical circuit can
accept a 12 amp draw. Any electrical
circuit has a much higher likelihood
of being compromised in the following conditions listed below.
– Improper use of the EVSE may result in a fire and serious injury or
death.
– Do not use the EVSE in structures
more than 40 years old.
– Do not use the EVSE in structures
using fuse-based circuit protection. Use only with electrical circuits
protected
by
circuit
breakers.
– Do not use the EVSE on electrical
circuits with two-prong outlets.
– Do not use the EVSE if other devices are plugged into the same
circuit.
– When unplugging, be sure to pull
by the plug or the Genuine NISSAN
Adapter, not the cord.
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or
drag the cable.
– Do not attach or detach the Genuine NISSAN Adapter while the
Genuine NISSAN Adapter is inserted into an outlet.
– Do not use the Genuine NISSAN
Adapter if the plug is not fully inserted and not locked.
– If you use the EVSE holder, handle
it with care to avoid injuries due to
contact with its edges or other
parts.
– Do not use the EVSE or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter if the cable or
cord is frayed, has broken insulation, or shows any other indications of damage.
– Stop using the EVSE or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter immediately if
charging stops before completion
when you move the Genuine
NISSAN Adapter, the plug or the
cord.
– Do not use the EVSE or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter if the control box,
plug, Genuine NISSAN Adapter or
charge connector is broken,
cracked, open, corroded or shows
any other indications of damage.
– Do not use the EVSE or Genuine
NISSAN Adapter if the plug or
Genuine NISSAN Adapter has a
loose connection with the outlet
or if the outlet is damaged or
rusted.
– Before connecting the EVSE, be
sure to check the rated current
shown on the EVSE to ensure that
the outlet and circuit have enough
current capacity to charge your
vehicle safely. If the capacity of
the outlet and circuit is not
enough, wiring may cause overheating or a fire.
– If in any doubt about the outlet
and circuit, consult a qualified
electrician.
– The device has parts that may
spark inside. Do not use it where
gasoline, paint, or flammable liquids are used or stored.
– Do not use if a malfunction occurs
or if the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN
Adapter has been damaged in any
manner. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for replacement.
– The EVSE or Genuine NISSAN
Adapter contains no user serviceable parts. Do not attempt to repair the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN
Adapter, doing so will void your
warranty.
Charging CH-19
• Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener
on the bottom of the luggage board.
If the case suddenly becomes loose,
it may cause serious injury or death.
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine
NISSAN charging equipment to
charge the vehicle. Using nonNISSAN equipment could cause the
Li-ion battery to not charge correctly
and may damage the vehicle.
Precautions on storage
LCH2136
CAUTION
• Only charge using a standard AC 110 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet (for example, do not use an electric generator). Failure to do so maycause charging to fail and could
cause damage to the vehicle or the
EVSE due to power surges.
CH-20 Charging
• Do not store the EVSE and Genuine
NISSAN Adapter in a place exposed to
direct sunlight.
• Do not store the EVSE and Genuine
NISSAN Adapter in a place exposed to
wind or rain.
• Be sure to store the EVSE with the protective cap on to keep the terminal of the
charge connector away from dirt and
dust.
• Do not store the EVSE with the cable
and/or cord wound around the control
box.
• Do not store the EVSE in a condition in
which the cable and/or cord are twisted.
• The control box will become hot while the
EVSE is charging. This is not a
malfunction.
5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 110
- 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet
using a Genuine NISSAN Adapter. If it is
connected normally, the green light on
the EVSE control box indicator light
illuminates.
LCH2201
To start trickle charging:
NOTE:
Charging timer, remote charge (models
with navigation system) and immediate
charge can be performed in the trickle
charge mode. For additional information, refer to “Charging methods” in this
section.
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start
charging.
3. Open the charge port lid. For additional
information, refer to “Charge port lid” in
the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.
4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.
Charging CH-21
LCH2202
NOTE:
A
You can pass a rope through the holes O
on the control box to the holder in order
to hang it up while the Li-ion battery is
charging.
Use the EVSE with the plug in the upright position. (The cord should extend
down from the outlet.)
CH-22 Charging
LCH2200
LCH2107
6. Open the charge port cap. For additional
information, refer to “Charge port cap” in
the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.
7. Remove the safety cap from the charge
connector.
LCH2114
LCH2104
LCH2108
8. Connect the charge connector to the
charge port. If it is connected normally, a
beep will sound once.
10. When recharging outside, such as in
your driveway, use a commercially
available padlock attached in position
A to prevent theft.
O
9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion
battery is waiting for the charging timer,
a beep will sound twice and the charging status indicator light display will
change. For additional information, refer
to “Charging status indicator lights” in
this section.
Charging CH-23
LCH2105
LCH2138
To stop trickle charge:
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
refer to “Charge connector lock system”
in this section.
2. Press the button on the charge connector, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port.
3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.
4. Remove the electrical plug from the AC
110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical
outlet.
CH-24 Charging
LCH2110
5. Store in its case.
LCH2139
LCH2137
LCH2206
Perform the following procedure to
store the EVSE in the case.
3. Pass the lower side belt from the case
through the fastener on the bottom of
C .
the luggage board O
D from the case to the
4. Hang the hook O
ring from the trim.
NOTE:
1. Wind the charge cable into a size that will
allow it to be stored in the case (approximately 14 in (36 cm) in diameter). Winding
the charge cable in the direction shown
above avoids shortening of cable life.
2. Place the EVSE into the case.
E with the hook-and-loop
5. Fix the belt O
fastener on the case, pulling the belt
from the case.
WARNING
Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener on
the bottom of the luggage board. If the
case suddenly becomes loose, it may
cause serious injury or death.
1. After closing the cap on the charge port,
close the charge port lid.
Charging CH-25
NOTE:
To stop charging mid-charge, remove
the charge connector. Charging automatically stops.
HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE (AC
220–240 volt) BY L1 & L2 EVSE
WARNING
Please be sure to follow the warnings
below. Failure to do so may result in
serious injury or death.
• If you wear a pacemaker or an implantable cardiovascular defibrillator (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm)
away from the EVSE.
• If you use a pacemaker or an Implantable Cardiovascular Defibrillator (ICD), check with the electric
medical device manufacturer concerning the effects that charging
may have on implanted devices before starting the charge operation.
Charging may affect the operation.
• In order to avoid an electric shock or
fire due to a short circuit, connect to a
GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit
breaker and use a waterproof electrical ground socket.
CH-26 Charging
• Discontinue EVSE use immediately if
plug or outlet becomes hot to the
touch or if you notice any unusual
odors.
• Never use extension cords or plug
adpaters with EVSE.
• Never use plug adapters other than
the Genuine NISSAN Adapter for
EVSE.
• Always unplug the EVSE when not in
use.
• The NISSAN Genuine L1 & L2 EVSE
draws 30 amps continuously while
charging the Li-ion battery with AC
220–240 volt outlet. Do not plug in to
any electrical circuit unless it is inspected by a qualified electrician to
confirm that the electrical circuit can
accept a 30 amp draw. Any electrical
circuit has a much higher likelihood
of being compromised in the following conditions listed below.
– Improper use of the EVSE may result in a fire and serious injury or
death.
– Do not use the EVSE in structures
more than 40 years old.
– Do not use the EVSE in structures
using fuse-based circuit protection. Use only with electrical circuits
protected
by
circuit
breakers.
– Do not use the EVSE on electrical
circuits with two-prong outlets.
– Do not use the EVSE if other devices are plugged into the same
circuit.
– When unplugging, be sure to pull
by the plug and not the cord.
– Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or
drag the cable.
– If you use the EVSE holder, handle
it with care to avoid injuries due to
contact with its edges or other
parts.
– Do not use the EVSE if the cable or
cord is frayed, has broken insulation, or shows any other indications of damage.
– Stop using the EVSE immediately
if charging stops before completion when you move the plug or
the cord.
– Do not use the EVSE if the control
box, plug, the EVSE or charge connector is broken, cracked, open,
corroded or shows any other indications of damage.
– Do not use the EVSE if the plug has
a loose connection with the outlet
or if the outlet is damaged or
rusted.
– Before you connect the EVSE, be
sure to check the rated current
shown on the EVSE to ensure that
the outlet and circuit have enough
current capacity to charge your
vehicle safely. If the capacity of
the outlet and circuit is not
enough, wiring may cause overheating or a fire.
– If in any doubt about the outlet
and circuit, consult a qualified
electrician.
– The EVSE has parts that may
spark inside. Do not use it where
gasoline, paint, or flammable liquids are used or stored.
– Do not use if a malfunction occurs
or if the EVSE has been damaged
in any manner. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for replacement.
– The EVSE contains no user serviceable parts. Do not attempt to
repair the EVSE, doing so will void
your warranty.
• Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener
on the bottom of the luggage board.
If the case suddenly becomes loose,
it may cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
• Only charge using a standard AC 220
- 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical
outlet (for example, do not use an
electric generator). Failure to do so
may cause charging to fail and could
cause damage to the vehicle or the
EVSE due to power surges.
• NISSAN recommends using Genuine
NISSAN charging equipment to
charge the vehicle. Using nonNISSAN equipment could cause the
Li-ion battery to not charge correctly
and may damage the vehicle or the
EVSE.
LCH2136
Precautions on storage
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to direct sunlight.
• Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed
to wind or rain.
• Be sure to store the EVSE with the protective cap on to keep the terminal of the
charge connector away from dirt and
dust.
• Do not store the EVSE with the cable
and/or cord wound around the control
box.
Charging CH-27
• Do not store the EVSE in a condition in
which the cable and/or cord are twisted.
• The control box will become hot while the
EVSE is charging. This is not a malfunction.
• Normal charge (AC 220–240 volt) by L1 &
L2 EVSE is performed using an AC 220 —
240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet
using the L1 & L2 EVSE provided with the
vehicle.
LHA5095
NEMA 14–50 outlet and plug
• 120V/240V EVSE (L1/L2) plug must be connected to a NEMA 14–50 outlet that is connected to a single phase power supply obtained from a delta connection.
• If connected to another type of power supply, EVSE will not work normally.
CH-28 Charging
LHA5096
Correct electric outlet connection
If connected to three phase power supply, EVSE does not work normally.
Charging CH-29
LHA5094
Incorrect electric outlet connection
If EVSE is connected to this miswired outlet, EVSE does not work and the POWER
indicator light (orange) on the EVSE control box will blink.
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
To start normal charging
the power switch in the OFF position.
NOTE:
When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start
Charging timer, remote charge (models
charging.
with navigation system) and immediate
charge can be performed in the normal
3. Open the charge port lid. For additional
charge mode. For additional informainformation, refer to “Charge port lid” in
tion, refer to “Charging methods” in this
the “Pre-driving checks and adjustsection.
ments” section of this manual.
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
CH-30 Charging
LCH2201
4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.
5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 220
- 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet.
If it is connected normally, the green light
on the EVSE control box indicator light
illuminates.
LCH2202
6. Open the charge port cap. For additional
information, refer to “Charge port cap” in
the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.
NOTE:
You can pass a rope through the holes
A on the control box or place the conO
trol box to the holder in order to hang
it up while the Li-ion battery is
charging.Use the EVSE with the plug in
an upright position. (The cord should
extend down from the outlet.)
Charging CH-31
LCH2114
LCH2107
LCH2104
7. Remove the safety cap from the charge
connector.
8. Connect the charge connector to the
charge port. If it is connected normally, a
beep will sound once.
9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion
battery is waiting for the charging timer,
a beep will sound twice and the charging status indicator light display will
change. For additional information, refer
to “Charging status indicator lights” in
this section.
CH-32 Charging
LCH2108
10. When recharging outside, such as in
your driveway, use a commercially
available padlock attached in position
A to prevent theft.
O
LCH2138
To stop normal charging:
1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is
not engaged. For additional information,
refer to “Charge connector lock system”
in this section.
LCH2105
2. Press the button on the charge connector, release the lock and remove the
charge connector from the charge port.
3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.
4. Remove the electrical plug from the AC
220 - 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical
outlet.
Charging CH-33
LCH2110
LCH2139
LCH2137
3. Pass the ring of the lower side belt from
the case through the fastener on the
C .
bottom of the luggage board O
Perform the following procedure to store
the EVSE in the case:
1. Wind the charge cable into a size that will
allow it to be stored in the case (approximately 14 in (36 cm) in diameter). Winding
the charge cable in the direction shown
above avoids shortening the cable life.
5. Store in its case.
NOTE:
2. Place the EVSE into the case.
CH-34 Charging
NOTE:
NOTE:
To stop charging mid-charge, remove
the charge connector. Charging automatically stops.
• Quick charging is possible (even several times a day) if the battery temperature is not near the red zone. If the
battery temperature reaches the red
zone, in order to protect the battery,
quick charging is not allowed and the
power limitation mode will be triggered. For additional information, refer
to “Li-ion battery temperature gauge”
in the “EV Overview” and “Instruments
and controls” section of this manual.
• When the Li-ion battery available
charge and the Li-ion battery capacity
are shown on the quick charger unit,
the readings may differ from the Li-ion
battery available charge/capacity
reading shown on the vehicle’s display.
HOW TO QUICK CHARGE (if so
equipped)
Quick charge uses public charging stations (up to 50 kW of power [for 40 kWh
battery models] / 100 kW of power [for 62
kWh battery models]) to charge the battery
in a short period of time.
LCH2206
D from the case to the
4. Hang the hook O
ring from the trim.
E with the hook-and-loop
5. Fix the belt O
fastener on the case, pulling the belt
from the case.
WARNING
Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE
case securely through the fastener on
the bottom of the luggage board. If the
case suddenly becomes loose, it may
cause serious injury or death.
6. After closing the cap on the charge port,
close the charge port lid.
WARNING
• Always use a quick charger that is
compatible with the LEAF. Using an
incompatible quick charger may
cause a fire or malfunction resulting
in serious personal injury or death.
• Before starting the quick charge,
carefully read the instructions provided on the quick charger and make
sure the quick charge connector is
properly connected and locked. Failure to connect or operate the quick
charger correctly could cause damage to the vehicle or the charging
equipment.
Charging CH-35
LCH2115
To start charging:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place
the power switch in the OFF position.
When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start
charging.
3. Open the charge port lid and charge
port cap. For additional information, refer to “Charge port lid” and “Charge port
cap” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.
CH-36 Charging
LCH2116
1 with the groove of the charge
4. Align O
port and insert the charge connector.
LCH2117
CAUTION
Be sure to insert the charge connector
straight into the quick charge port right
up to the base. Failure to do so may
result in the Li-ion battery not charging
or could cause damage to the charging
equipment.
NOTE:
LCH2118
5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge
connector.
6. Follow the instructions on the quick
charge equipment. When the equipment is properly installed and ready to
charge a beep sounds twice and the
charging status indicator light will
change. For additional information, refer
to “Charge status indicator lights” in this
section.
Charging ends in the following situations:
• When charging is complete
• When the possible charge time set for the
quick charger is exceeded
• Charging may automatically stop even
if it is not completed.
• If charging stops mid-charge, you can
restart charging by pressing the start
button on the quick charger again.
• The charge connector is locked to the
charge port during charging and cannot be disconnected. Follow the instructions on the quick charge equipment to stop charging. Confirm
charging is stopped by looking at the
indicators on the instrument panel.
The charge connector can be disconnected from the vehicle when charging
is stopped.
• When quick charging, the Li-ion battery charging rate is slower as the percentage of available battery charge increases.
LCH2119
To finish charging:
1. Confirm charging is stopped by looking
at the indicators on the instrument
panel. The charge connector can be disconnected from the vehicle when charging is stopped.
2. Unlock the charge connector, remove
from the vehicle and properly store it.
3. Close the quick charge port cap.
4. Shut the charge port lid.
Charging CH-37
CAUTION
As the quick charge connector is
heavier in comparison to the other
charge connectors, allowing it to drop
could cause damage to the vehicle or
charge connector or personal injury.
When removing the connector, be sure
to pull it out straight and as carefully as
possible.
HOW TO CHARGE/DISCHARGE
USING QUICK CHARGE PORT (if so
equipped)
V2X (vehicle to everything) enables the EV
to supply electric power to a home or a
building, etc.
“V2X” includes all of the following:
• Vehicle to home (V2H)
• Vehicle to building (V2B)
• Vehicle to grid (V2G)
• Vehicle to load (V2L)
• Vehicle to vehicle (V2V)
V2X charge/discharge uses a V2X device.
CH-38 Charging
WARNING
• Always use a quick charger/V2X device that is compatible with the LEAF.
Using
an
incompatible
quick
charger/V2X device may cause a fire
or malfunction resulting in serious
personal injury or death.
• Before starting the quick charge/V2X
charge, carefully read the instructions provided on the quick charger/
V2X device and make sure the quick
charge connector is properly connected and locked. Failure to connect
or operate the quick charger correctly could cause damage to the vehicle or the charging equipment.
NOTE:
• Charging/discharging using quick
charge port is possible (even several
times a day) if the battery temperature
is not near the red zone. If the battery
temperature reaches the red zone, in
order to protect the battery, charging/
discharging is not allowed and the
power limitation mode will be triggered. For additional information, refer
to “Li-ion battery temperature gauge”
in the “EV Overview” and “Instruments
and controls” section of this manual.
• When the Li-ion battery available
charge/discharge and the Li-ion battery capacity are shown on the quick
charger unit or V2X device, the readings may differ from the Li-ion battery
available charge/discharge/capacity
reading shown on the vehicle’s display.
LCH2115
To start charging/discharging:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position and
apply the parking brake.
2. When charging/discharging the Li-ion
battery, place the power switch in the
OFF position. When the power switch is
in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will
not start charging/discharging.
LCH2116
1 with the groove of the charge
4. Align O
port and insert the charge connector.
LCH2117
CAUTION
Be sure to insert the charge connector
straight into the quick charge port right
up to the base. Failure to do so may result in the Li-ion battery not charging/
discharging or could cause damage to
the charging equipment.
3. Open the charge port lid and charge
port cap. For additional information, refer to “Charge port lid” and “Charge port
cap” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.
Charging CH-39
• When the possible charge time set for the
quick charger is exceeded
NOTE:
LCH2118
5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge
connector.
6. Follow the instructions on the quick
charge equipment, or the V2X device, to
start charging. When the equipment or
V2X is properly installed and ready to
charge/discharge, a beep sounds twice
and the charging status indicator light
will change. For additional information,
refer to “Charge status indicator lights” in
this section.
Charging/discharging ends in the following situations:
• When charging is complete
CH-40 Charging
• Charging/discharging may automatically stop even if it is not completed.
• If charging stops mid-charge, you can
restart charging by pressing the start
button on the quick charger again.
• The charge connector is locked to the
charge
port
during
charging/
discharging and cannot be disconnected. Follow the instructions on the
quick charge equipment or the V2X device to stop charging/discharging.
Confirm
charging/discharging
is
stopped by looking at the indicators on
the instrument panel. The charge connector can be disconnected from the
vehicle when charging is stopped.
• When V2X charging, the Li-ion battery
charging rate is slower as the percentage of available battery charge increases.
LCH2119
To finish charging/discharging:
1. Confirm
charging/discharging
is
stopped by looking at the indicators on
the instrument panel. The charge connector can be disconnected from the
vehicle when charging/discharging is
stopped.
2. Unlock the charge connector, remove
from the vehicle and properly store it.
3. Close the quick charge port cap.
4. Shut the charge port lid.
button until the pre3. Press the
ferred mode of AUTO, LOCK or UNLOCK,
is selected and then press the OK
button.
NOTE:
The charge connector lock can be activated when the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position and the charge connector
is connected. The charge connector lock
will not be activated if the charge connector is not properly connected.
AUTO mode
LHA5081
CHARGE CONNECTOR LOCK
SYSTEM
The normal or trickle charge connector
can be locked to the normal charge port.
To select AUTO mode, push the up and
down switch until "AUTO" is selected and
then press the OK button. The indicator
light for "AUTO" will illuminate.
Perform the following steps and the
charge connector lock mode can be selected:
When AUTO mode is selected, the charge
connector is locked while charging is in
process. The charge connector will be unlocked automatically when charging is
complete.
button to select “EV
1. Press the
settings” and then press the OK button.
LOCK mode
button until “Chg.
2. Press the
Connector Lock” is selected and then
press the OK button.
To select the LOCK mode, push the up and
down switch until "LOCK" is selected and
then press the OK button. The indicator
light for "LOCK" will illuminate.
When LOCK mode is selected, the charge
connector will remain locked. The charge
connector will be unlocked when UNLOCK
mode is selected or temporary unlock operation is performed.
UNLOCK mode
To select UNLOCK mode, push the up and
down switch until "UNLOCK" is selected
and then press the OK button. The indicator light for "UNLOCK" will illuminate.
When UNLOCK mode is selected, the
charge connector will remain unlocked.
Temporary unlock mode
When the charge connector lock system is
in the AUTO or LOCK mode, the charge
connector lock can be unlocked temporarily by using the NISSAN Intelligent Key® or
the charge port lid switch.
Charging CH-41
The charge connector lock can also be unlocked for 30 seconds when unlocking a
door or the rear hatch (in this case, the
charging status indicator light does not
operate). If the lock is operated again within
30 seconds after unlocking the door/rear
hatch, the charge connector lock is locked
again.
LCH2009
LIC3808
Unlock operation using Intelligent
Key
Unlock operation using charge
port lid switch
1. Press the charge port lid opener button
on the Intelligent Key for more than 1
second.
1. Push the charge port lid switch.
2. The charging status indicator light
flashes three times and a beep sounds
three times. The charge connector lock
is unlocked for 30 seconds.
3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector
lock is locked.
CH-42 Charging
2. The charging status indicator light
flashes three times and a beep sounds
three times. The charge connector lock
is unlocked for 30 seconds.
3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector
lock is locked.
CHARGING METHODS
NOTE:
CHARGING TIMER
• Depending on the charging station, the
lock mechanism established by local
standards may not be compatible with
your vehicle. It may not be possible for
the charge connector to lock to your
vehicle.
• When the power source is cut off while
charging in AUTO mode, the connector
will be continuously locked for 5 minutes, then it will be released.
• When timer charging is set with AUTO
mode, the connector will not lock until
charging is started.
• When the following system(s) are operated individually or the 12-volt battery
is being charged, the charging connector lock will not lock:
– Climate Ctrl. Timer
– Remote climate control (if so
equipped)
– Li-ion battery warmer (if so
equipped)
Use charging timer to schedule when the
Li-ion battery charges. The vehicle automatically begins charging at the scheduled
times when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle. The timers do not
need to be reset each time the Li-ion battery needs charging.
LCH2143
If the charge connector cannot be
unlocked
1. Place power switch in the OFF position.
2. Open the hood.
The charging timer can save two timer settings that include the charging start time
and end time. The charging timer can be
applied to the timer settings for each day
of the week (models with Navigation System).
The vehicle automatically begins charging
at the scheduled times when the charge
connector is connected to the vehicle. The
timers do not need to be reset each time
the Li-ion battery needs to be charged.
3. Insert a flat head screwdriver or suitable
tool into the screw that is located on the
front of the hood lock.
4. Turn it clockwise to release the charge
connector lock.
5. Remove the charge connector.
Charging CH-43
button to set “Hour”
5. Press the
and then press the OK button.
button to set “Min6. Press the
ute” and then press the OK button.
button to select “End
7. Press the
time” and then press the OK button.
button to set “Hour”
8. Press the
and then press the OK button.
button to set “Min9. Press the
ute” and then press the OK button.
LCH2144
1. Press the
button to select “EV
settings” and then press the OK button.
button to select
2. Press the
“Charge Timer1” or “Charge Timer2” and
then press the OK button.
button to select
3. Press the
“Timer” and then press the OK button.
The indicator light will turn on when the
timer setting is turned on.
button until to select
4. Press the
“Start time” and then press the OK
button.
CH-44 Charging
10. Models with Navigation System: Press
button to select the days
the
of the week you wish to activate the
charging timer and then press the OK
button. Press the Back button to return
to the previous display.
11. After the setting is complete, place the
power switch in the OFF position, and
then connect the charge connector to
the vehicle.
NOTE:
• Always place the power switch in the
OFF position after setting the charging
timers. When the power switch in the
ON position, the Li-ion battery will not
start charging.
• Charging stations that are used to perform normal charging may be
equipped with timer functions. If the
charging timer function and the vehicle timer are both set, and the two
timers are not set to operate at the
same time, it is possible that the charger will not start or the battery will not
be charged to the level expected.
• The Li-ion battery may not charge to
the expected level using the charging
timer while the Li-ion battery warmer
(if so equipped) operates.
• Charging timer is performed according
to the current time setting of the clock
on the vehicle information display.
When setting the charging timer function, be sure to check that the current
time displayed is correct.
• To turn off the charging timer function,
select "Timer" on the charge timer display (vehicle information display) usbutton and press the
ing the
OK button to turn off the indicator
light. The start and end time settings
are not deleted, even if the charging
timer function is turned off.
• If the day of the week is not selected on
the timer charge setting screen, the
charging timer will not operate on that
day. The system will wait until the next
set charging time to perform charging
(models with Navigation System).
LCH2144
LHA5085
Timer Charge setting screen
Chg. Timer Only at HOME (models
with Navigation System)
If you register your home in the navigation
system and turn on “Chg. Timer Only at
HOME,” the timer charging is applied only
when the normal or trickle charge is performed at home. For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect® Manual
(for Leaf) for the registration. When the
charging is performed at a place other
than home, the charging automatically
starts when a normal or trickle charge connector is connected to the vehicle.
Charging CH-45
NOTE:
If “Full charge has priority” is turned on, it
is possible that the battery is not
charged fully by the charge end time due
to the operating condition of Climate
Ctrl. Timer and the tolerance of charging
time, etc. In that case, the charging continues until the Li-ion battery is fully
charged.
TIMER DISPLAY
LHA5086
The timer display appears for approximately 30 seconds when the power switch
is placed in the OFF position.
LCH2145
Full charge has priority
1 Charging time
O
If “Full charge has priority” is turned on, the
charge start timer will be advanced if the
fully charged condition of the Li-ion battery
cannot be achieved during the start time
to end time interval. If the fully charged
battery condition cannot be achieved, the
charge continues until the battery is fully
charged.
The estimated time of charging the Li-ion
battery (start time and end time) is displayed.
• When the charging timer is set, the charging system calculates the estimated time
to charge the Li-ion battery based on the
electrical power supplied in the last
charging using the timer, and the start
time and end time are displayed.
CH-46 Charging
• The estimated time may be recalculated
depending on the actual electrical power
after the charge cable is connected. Although the estimated time may be different from the time that was displayed
when the power switch was placed in the
OFF position, this is not a malfunction.
• When the charging timer is set to OFF, the
estimated end time to charge the Li-ion
battery to a full level in the case of performing the immediate charge. The end
time is calculated based on the electrical
power selected in the “Charge Time
Screen”.
• When the Li-ion battery was fully charged,
the charging time will be displayed as “-:--”.
2 Charging timer setting status
O
When the charging timer is set, the start
time and end time of the charging using
the timer are displayed
3 Climate Ctrl. timer setting status
O
When the Climate Ctrl. timer is set, the departure time (end time) set for the Climate
Ctrl. Timer is displayed.
4 Charge connector lock setting status
O
The current mode of the charge connector
lock (AUTO, LOCK or UNLOCK) is displayed.
For the charge connector lock operation,
see “Charge connector lock system” in the
“Charging” section of this manual.
When the OK button on the steering wheel
is pressed, the display will be switched to
the “EV Settings” menu. In the EV Settings,
the setting of the charging timer, Climate
Ctrl. timer and charge connector lock
mode can be changed. Refer to “Vehicle
information display” in the “Instruments
and controls” section of this manual for the
settings menu of the vehicle information
display.
button on the steering
When the
wheel is pressed while the timer display is
shown, the display is switched to the ECO
Drive Report (if the vehicle was driven).
Either display will continue to be displayed
for another 30 seconds when the button is
operated. If the doors are locked after the
power switch was placed in the OFF position, the display will turn off before the preset time.
In addition to the above, note the following
1 inforconditions for the charging time O
mation:
• The charging time is displayed by the 10
minutes. If the estimated charging time is
longer than 24 hours, “Over 24h” is displayed.
• When the charging is set to start immediately after connecting the charge connector to the vehicle, the start time is
displayed as “Charge Now”.
• While being charged, the time when the
charging has actually started is displayed
as the start time. The end time is displayed according to the estimated
charging time that was calculated based
on the electrical power being supplied.
• For models with Li-ion battery warmer,
the charging system calculates the electrical power used by the battery warmer
when the Li-ion battery temperature is
low, and longer charging time will be displayed.
For models with Navigation System, the
day of the week is displayed with the time
1 –
(hour and minute) in each information O
3 .
O
Charging CH-47
• When “Chg. Timer Only at HOME” is set to
ON (models with Navigation System) in
the EV Settings, the start time is displayed
only when the power switch is placed in
the OFF position at home. If the power
switch is placed in the OFF position other
than at home, the immediate charge
mode is selected and “Charge Now” will
appear as the start time.
• When “Full charge has priority” is set to ON
in the EV Settings and the Li-ion battery
cannot be charged to a full level within
the hours between the scheduled start
time and end time of the charging timer,
the charging time shows the time that
exceeds the scheduled hours in the
charging timer.
• If you need to confirm the estimated
charging time depending on the available electrical power (supplied to the
charger), see the Estimated Charge Time
display. Refer to “Meters and gauges” in
the “Instruments and controls” section of
this manual.
CH-48 Charging
NOTE:
• The displayed end time of charging is
an estimation. The Li-ion battery may
not be charged to a full level by the
estimated end time.
• If the charging timer and the Climate
Ctrl. timer are set to operate at the
same time, longer charging time will be
displayed or the Li-ion battery may not
be charged to a full level at the scheduled end time.
IMMEDIATE CHARGE
When a charging timer is not turned on,
charging automatically starts when a normal or trickle charge connector is connected to the vehicle.
Use the immediate charge mode anytime
you want to start charging when a charging timer is turned on by performing the
following:
1. Place the power switch in the OFF
position.
LCH2125
2. Push the immediate charge switch.
3. Connect the normal or trickle charge
cable when the charging status indicator light changes to display immediate
charge mode. For additional information, refer to “Charging status indicator
lights” in this section.
NOTE:
• You have 15 minutes to connect a normal or trickle charge connector to the
vehicle after the immediate charge
switch is pushed. If a charge connector
is not connected to the vehicle within
15 minutes, the vehicle automatically
returns to the previous setting.
• To cancel immediate charge mode
push the immediate charge switch
again.
• If the charge cable is disconnected, the
Li-ion battery automatically switches
to charging timer. To perform an immediate charge again, push the immediate charge switch and connect the
charge cable.
• If the charge cable is already connected, push the immediate charge
switch to start performing an immediate charge.
CHARGING RELATED REMOTE
FUNCTION (models with
Navigation System)
This vehicle incorporates a communication device that is called a TCU (Telematics
Communication Unit). The communication
connection between this unit and NISSAN
Data Center allows for various remote
function services.
• Remote battery status check:
The charging status of the Li-ion battery
can
be
checked
using
the
“NissanConnect® EV & Services”, or
“NissanConnect® Services”, app or Owners Portal even if you are not in the vehicle.
• Remote start charge:
The function of starting the Li-ion battery
charge or starting the heater and air conditioner is available using your personal
computer or internet enabled smart
phone.
• Plug-in reminder:
A notification e-mail will be sent to your
personal computer or internet enabled
smart phone if the plug is not connected
at the specific time you selected, after
turning off the power switch.
NOTE:
• Establishing the NissanConnect® EV &
Services, or NissanConnect® Services,
is necessary before using this service.
For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® Manual (for Leaf).
• To check the Li-ion battery charging
status using an internet enabled smart
phone or personal computer, the following conditions must be met:
– The vehicle must be located in a cellular phone coverage area.
– The cellular phone must be located
in an area with cellular phone coverage.
– If using a computer, the computer
must be connected to the internet.
– Some cellular phones are not compatible and cannot be used to check
the Li-ion battery charging status.
Please confirm beforehand.
• Certain remote functions require a
compatible smart phone, which is not
included with the vehicle.
Charging CH-49
CHARGING RELATED INDICATOR
LIGHTS
• NissanConnect® EV & Services, or
NissanConnect® Services, information
system features are included through
a subscription service which requires
owner consent to activate. The subscription must be active to use these
features.
• NissanConnect® EV & Services, or
NissanConnect® Services, communications may be received at a verified
e-mail address or by SMS/text
messaging-enabled mobile phone.
• Standard text rates and/or data usage
may apply depending on your carrier.
LCH2146
LCH2147
CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR
LIGHTS
When the normal charge connector lock
is unlocked
The charging status indicator lights (1) to (3)
display the charging status, and are visible
from both inside and outside the vehicle.
All of the indicator lights, (1) to (3), will flash
and a beep will sound three times when
the normal charge connector lock switch
on the Intelligent Key or the charge port lid
switch is pushed.
When the normal charge connector is
connected incorrectly
All of the indicator lights, (1) to (3), will flash
and a beep will sound three times within 30
seconds when the charge connector is
connected incorrectly to the normal
charge port.
CH-50 Charging
LCH2148
LCH2149
LCH2150
Ready for charging timer
Ready for immediate charge
When charging
If the charging timer is set, the indicator
lights illuminate in order from (1) to (3). The
indicator lights turn off after approximately
5 minutes.
When the power switch is off and if the
immediate charge switch is pushed while
the charge cable is not connected, the indicator light (2) illuminates.
When the Li-ion battery is being charged,
the charging status indicator lights will
change depending on the amount the Liion battery is charged.
This indicator light (2) illuminates when the
vehicle is ready for immediate charge. You
have 15 minutes to connect the charge
connector to the vehicle. If the charge connector is not connected within 15 minutes,
the indicator light (2) turns off and you
must start the immediate charge mode
again to charge the Li-ion battery.
* : This value is also displayed by the battery
available charge gauge on the vehicle information display.
Charging CH-51
The indicator will also flash when the following systems are operating:
• Climate Ctrl. Timer
• Remote climate control (if so equipped)
• Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped)
LCH2151
LCH2152
When fully charged
When the indicator light (3) flashes
All of the indicator lights (1) to (3) illuminate
when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to
the selected charging mode level.
The indicator light (3) flashes when the 12volt battery is being charged. For additional
information, refer to “Charging the 12-volt
battery” in the “EV overview” section of this
manual.
The indicator lights turn off after approximately 5 minutes or when the charge connector is removed.
CH-52 Charging
The indicator light will also flash for up to 5
minutes if the electrical power from the
EVSE or charging device is interrupted during charging. Charging will restart automatically when the electrical power from
the EVSE or charging device is restored if
the normal charge connector is connected. The charge start beep will not
sound when charging restarts.
LCH2153
When not charging
None of the lights are illuminated when the
Li-ion battery and 12-volt battery are not
charging.
LCH2203
EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply
Equipment) CONTROL BOX
INDICATOR LIGHT
LCH2204
Meaning
Light ON
Blinking
Light OFF
Symbol
○
嘷
○
●
When a charge is being performed, the
charging status is shown by the indicator
light that is on the EVSE control box.
An indicator light also indicates if there is
an EVSE malfunction.
Charging CH-53
READY
POWER
FAULT
○
○
○
○
●
●
○
○
●
●
●
●
嘷
○
●
●
嘷
○
嘷
○
嘷
○
嘷
○
●
嘷
○
CH-54 Charging
Status and action to be taken
All LED lamps will light for a 1/2 second check when EVSE is first connected to an
outlet.
After initial processing is completed, when the EVSE is not connected to the vehicle, or the EVSE is connected to the vehicle but charging is not being performed.
For additional information, refer to “Charging troubleshooting guide” in this section.
While the Li-ion battery is being charged
If the EVSE control box indicator light does not illuminate after connecting the
plug to the outlet, check the GFCI and circuit breaker for the outlet. If either the
GFCI or breaker has tripped, the circuit may not be suitable for use with EVSE. You
should have a qualified electrician inspect and repair the electrical circuit. If the
GFCI breaker is not tripped, stop using the EVSE. It is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The EVSE could not detect sufficient grounding at outlet for reliable EV charging.
Consult a qualified electrician to have the outlet checked.
When the temperature of the electrical plug is too hot or the EVSE is unable to detect the temperature of the electrical plug.
The EVSE is restricting the charging current for safety according to the temperature of the electrical plug.
POWER Lamp status:
○ = No charging current restricted.
嘷
○ = Charge current restricted
● = Charge stopped
This problem may be caused by a failure in the outlet.
Stop using the outlet and consult a qualified electrician.
If the same indication continues after checking an outlet, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
READY
POWER
FAULT
嘷
○
嘷
○
○
嘷
○
●
○
○
●
○
○
嘷
○
○
○
●
嘷
○
Status and action to be taken
The temperature detection circuit in the plug of the EVSE is malfunctioning.
Power Lamp status:
嘷
○ = Charge current reduced
● = Charge stopped
Since the EVSE is restricting the charging current, it is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
This trouble is caused by a malfunction of the EVSE internal circuits.
Stop using the EVSE immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
For L1 & L2 EVSE:
This trouble may be caused by a miswired outlet. Check if the outlet, which the
EVSE is connected to, is correctly wired and installed according to the regulations/
standards. If the same indication continues after checking the outlet wiring, the
EVSE may have a malfunction. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
For L1 EVSE:
The EVSE may have a malfunction. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The EVSE detected leakage current or PWM signal error
Stop using the EVSE immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Charging CH-55
CHARGING TROUBLESHOOTING
GUIDE
Symptom
Possible cause
Possible solution
The vehicle power switch is in the ON posiBefore charging, place the vehicle power switch in the OFF position.
tion.
Both the normal charge connector and the
The normal charge connector and the quick charge connector cannot be connected at
quick charge connector (if so equipped) are
the same time.
connected at the same time.
The Li-ion battery is already fully charged.
All types of charging cannot be performed.
CH-56 Charging
Confirm the available Li-ion battery capacity remaining by checking the Li-ion battery
available charge gauge. If the Li-ion battery charge gauge reaches 100%, the Li-ion battery is already fully charged and cannot be charged. Charging automatically turns off if
the Li-ion battery is fully charged.
Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature
gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue
The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too
zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charghot or cold to charge.
ing. For additional information, refer to “Li-ion battery temperature gauge” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
The 12-volt battery is discharged.
If the vehicle electrical systems cannot be turned on even when the power switch is
turned on, the 12V battery may be discharged. Charge or replace the 12V battery.
The vehicle has a malfunction.
The vehicle may have a malfunction. Confirm if the warning light on the meter is illuminated. If a warning is displayed, stop charging. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.
Symptom
Possible cause
Possible solution
There is no electrical power coming from
the outlet.
Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an outlet
with a timer device installed is used, power will only be available at the time set by the
timer.
The EVSE or charging device may have a
malfunction.
If Genuine NISSAN EVSE is used, refer to the “Charging Troubleshooting” section in the
manual for the device.
Normal charge or trickle The charge connector is not connected
charge cannot be per- correctly.
formed.
Plug might not be connected correctly.
Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.
Confirm if the plug is connected correctly.
There is no electric power coming from the
Confirm operation procedure of charging station.
normal charging station.
Immediate charge cannot be performed.
The outlet (that the EVSE is connected to)
is not connected to the power source correctly.
Confirm the condition according to the illumination pattern of the indicator light on the
EVSE. For additional information, refer to "EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control box indicator light" earlier in this section.
Charging timer has been set.
Turn off the charging timer. For additional information, refer to “Charging timer” in this
section.
The charge cable is not connected.
Connect the charge cable.
The time on the clock is wrong.
The charging timer function does not start charging based on the clock located on the
vehicle information display. Adjust the clock. For additional information, refer to “Clock” in
the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual. If the 12-volt battery is discharged
or if the Li-ion battery is disconnected, the time setting must be updated.
The immediate charge switch has been
Charging timer cannot be pushed.
performed.
Charging timer has not been set.
Charging timer does not operate when immediate charge is selected.
Set the charging timer schedule. For additional information, refer to “Charging timer” in
this section.
Charging does not start because the
Confirm when the charging timer time is set to start charging. Change the charging
charging timer start time and end time are
timer setting to the desired charge time or push the immediate charge switch. For addiset and the current time is before the set
tional information, refer to “Charging timer” in this section.
start time.
The charge cable is not connected.
Connect the charge cable beforehand.
Charging CH-57
Symptom
Possible cause
Possible solution
There is no power coming from the outlet.
There may have been an electrical power failure, or the breaker may have failed. Charging will resume when the power source is reset.
The charge cable has been disconnected.
Check that the charge cable has not been disconnected.
Both the normal charge connector and the
If the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector are connected at the
quick charge connector were connected at
same time, charging will be stopped.
the same time.
Normal charge stops in
the middle of charging.
Charging timer end time has been
reached.
When the charging timer is set and the charge end time is reached, charging will be
stopped, even if the Li-ion battery is not fully charged.
Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature
gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue
The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too
zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charghot or too cold to charge.
ing. For additional information, refer to “Li-ion battery temperature gauge” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
The electric power supply from the normal
Confirm operation procedure of charging station.
charging station was stopped.
Quick charge cannot be
performed.
Incorrect charge connector connection,
not fully inserted or may not be locked.
Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is locked.
The self-diagnostic function of the quick
charge device returns a negative result.
There is a possibility that the vehicle has a malfunction. Stop charging. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The power switch of the quick charger is
off.
Charging is stopped by the quick charge
Quick charge stops in the timer.
middle of charging.
The power supply for the quick charger is
off.
CH-58 Charging
Check the power switch of the quick charger.
Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick charge device. If
you need to charge the Li-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again.
Check whether the power supply for the quick charger is off.
1 Safety–Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Front manual seat adjustment
(for passenger’s seat and if so
equipped for driver’s seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
Front power seat adjustment
(if so equipped for driver’s seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Adjustable head restraint/headrest
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Non-adjustable head restraint/
headrest components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Three-point type seat belt with
retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Rear-facing child restraint installation
using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Rear-facing child restraint installation
using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Forward-facing child restraint
installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Forward-facing child restraint
installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . 1-62
Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . 1-62
SEATS
SSS0133
WARNING
• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
the seatback is reclined. This can be
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not
be against your body. In an accident,
you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries.
You could also slide under the lap belt
and receive serious internal injuries.
• For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
well back and upright in the seat with
both feet on the floor and adjust the
seat properly. For additional information, refer to “Precautions on seat
belt usage” in this section.
• After adjustment, gently rock in the
seat to make sure it is securely
locked.
1-2 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls or
make the vehicle move. Unattended
children could become involved in
serious accidents.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
• Do not adjust the driver’s seat while
driving so full attention may be given
to vehicle operation. The seat may
move suddenly and could cause loss
of control of the vehicle.
• The seatback should not be reclined
any more than needed for comfort.
Seat belts are most effective when
the passenger sits well back and
straight up in the seat. If the seatback
is reclined, the risk of sliding under
the lap belt and being injured is
increased.
CAUTION
When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or damage.
FRONT MANUAL SEAT
ADJUSTMENT (for passenger’s
seat and if so equipped for
driver’s seat)
Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually. For additional information about adjusting the seats, refer to the steps outlined
in this section.
LRS2229
LRS2231
Forward and backward
Reclining
Pull the bar up and hold it while sliding the
seat forward or backward to the preferred
position. Release the bar to lock the seat in
position.
To recline the seatback, pull the lever up
and lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the lever up and lean your body
forward. Release the lever to lock the seatback in position.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different
sizes for added comfort and to help obtain
proper seat belt fit. For additional information, refer to “Precautions on seat belt usage” in this section. Also, the seatback can
be reclined to allow occupants to rest
when the vehicle is stopped and the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
LRS2965
Seat lifter (driver’s seat)
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to
adjust the seat height to the preferred
position.
LRS2966
FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT
(if so equipped for driver’s seat)
Operating tips
• The power seat motor has an auto-reset
overload protection circuit. If the motor
stops during operation, wait 30 seconds
then reactivate the switch.
• Do not operate the power seat switch for
a long period of time when the system is
not in the READY mode. This will discharge the battery.
1-4 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Forward and backward
Moving the switch as shown will slide the
seat forward or backward to the desired
position.
Reclining
Move the recline switch as shown until the
desired angle is obtained.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of
the seatback for occupants of different
sizes for added comfort and to help obtain
proper seat belt fit. For additional information, refer to “Precautions on seat belt usage” in this section. Also, the seatback can
be reclined to allow occupants to rest
when the vehicle is stopped and the shift
lever is in P (Park).
LRS2967
LRS2968
Seat lifter
Lumbar support
Move the switch as shown to adjust the
angle and height of the seat cushion.
The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver.
Move the switch as shown to adjust the
seat lumbar area.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5
• Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured
cargo could cause personal injury.
• When returning the seatbacks to the
upright position, be certain they are
completely secured in the latched
position. If they are not completely
secured, passengers may be injured
in an accident or sudden stop.
LRS3233
REAR SEATS
Folding
Before folding the rear seats
• Secure the seat belts on the seat belt
hooks located on the side wall. For additional information, refer to “Seat belt
hook” in this section.
To fold down the seatback, pull the release
knob.
To return the seatback to the seating position, lift up each seatback and push it to the
upright position until it is latched.
WARNING
• Do not fold down the rear seats when
occupants are in the rear seat area or
any objects are on the rear seats.
• Never allow anyone to ride in the
cargo area or on the rear seats when
they are in the folded-down position.
Use of these areas by passengers
without proper restraints could result in serious injury or death in an
accident or sudden stop.
1-6 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS
WARNING
Head restraints/headrests supplement
the other vehicle safety systems. They
may provide additional protection
against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjustable head restraints/
headrests must be adjusted properly,
as specified in this section. Check the
adjustment after someone else uses
the seat. Do not attach anything to the
head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the head restraints/headrests.
Do not use the seat if the head
restraint/headrest has been removed.
If the head restraint/headrest was removed, reinstall and properly adjust
the head restraint/headrest before an
occupant uses the seating position.
Failure to follow these instructions can
reduce the effectiveness of the head
restraint/headrest. This may increase
the risk of serious injury or death in a
collision.
LRS2695
The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints/
headrests.
䉱 Indicates the seating position
equipped with a head restraint.
is
쮿 Indicates the seating
equipped with a headrest.
is
position
• Adjustable head restraints/headrests
have multiple notches along the stalks to
lock them in a desired adjustment position.
• The non-adjustable head restraints/
headrests have a single locking notch to
secure them to the seat frame.
• Proper Adjustment:
–– For the adjustable type, align the head
restraint/headrest so the center of
your ear is approximately level with the
center of the head restraint/headrest.
–– If your ear position is still higher than
the recommended alignment, place
the head restraint/headrest at the
highest position.
• If the head restraint/headrest has been
removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and
locked in place before riding in that designated seating position.
+ Indicates the seating position is not
equipped with a head restraint or headrest
(if applicable).
• Your vehicle is equipped with a head
restraint/headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7
LRS2300
ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/
HEADREST COMPONENTS
LRS2299
1. Removable head restraint/headrest
NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD
RESTRAINT/HEADREST
COMPONENTS
2. Multiple notches
1. Removable head restraint/headrest
3. Lock knob
2. Single notch
4. Stalks
3. Lock knob
4. Stalks
LRS2302
REMOVE
Use the following procedure to remove the
head restraint/headrest.
1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to
the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint/headrest
from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in
the vehicle.
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head
restraint/headrest before an occupant
uses the seating position.
1-8 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
LRS2303
SSS0997
INSTALL
ADJUST
1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks
with the holes in the seat. Make sure the
head restraint/headrest is facing the
correct direction. The stalk with the
1 must be installed in
notch (notches) O
2 .
the hole with the lock knob O
For adjustable head restraint/headrest
Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the
center is level with the center of your ears. If
your ear position is still higher than the
recommended alignment, place the head
restraint/headrest at the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push
the head restraint/headrest down.
For non-adjustable
headrest
head
LRS2304
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in
the notch before riding in that designated
seating position.
restraint/
3. Properly adjust the head restraint/
headrest before an occupant uses the
seating position.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
SEAT BELTS
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and
well back in your seat with both feet on the
floor, your chances of being injured or killed
in an accident and/or the severity of injury
may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly
encourages you and all of your passengers
to buckle up every time you drive, even if
your seating position includes a supplemental air bag.
LRS2305
LRS2306
Raise
Lower
To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it
up.
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and
push the head restraint/headrest down
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in
the notch before riding in that designated
seating position.
Make sure the head restraint/headrest is
positioned so the lock knob is engaged in
the notch before riding in that designated
seating position.
1-10 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces
or territories specify that seat belts be
worn at all times when a vehicle is being
driven.
SSS0136
SSS0016
SSS0134
SSS0014
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11
WARNING
• Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times. Children should be in the
rear seats and in an appropriate
restraint.
• The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do so may
reduce the effectiveness of the entire
restraint system and increase the
chance or severity of injury in an accident. Serious injury or death can occur
if the seat belt is not worn properly.
• Always route the shoulder belt over
your shoulder and across your chest.
Never put the belt behind your back, under your arm or across your neck. The
belt should be away from your face and
neck, but not falling off your shoulder.
• Position the lap belt as low and snug
as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT
THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high
could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident.
• Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle.
• Do not wear the seat belt inside out
or twisted. Doing so may reduce its
effectiveness.
• Do not allow more than one person
to use the same seat belt.
• Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts.
• If the seat belt warning light glows
continuously while the power switch
is turned ON with all doors closed and
all seat belts fastened, it may indicate a malfunction in the system.
Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
• No changes should be made to the
seat belt system. For example, do not
modify the seat belt, add material, or
install devices that may change the
seat belt routing or tension. Doing so
may affect the operation of the seat
belt system. Modifying or tampering
with the seat belt system may result
in serious personal injury.
• Once seat belt pretensioner(s) have
activated, they cannot be reused and
must be replaced together with the
retractor. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
1-12 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• All seat belt assemblies, including retractors and attaching hardware,
should be inspected after any collision. It is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service. NISSAN recommends
that all seat belt assemblies in use
during a collision be replaced unless
the collision was minor and the belts
show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies
not in use during a collision should
also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation
is noted.
• All child restraints and attaching
hardware should be inspected after
any collision. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations. The child restraints
should be replaced if they are
damaged.
For additional information, refer to “Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual.
PREGNANT WOMEN
LRS0786
NISSAN recommends that pregnant
women use seat belts. The seat belt should
be worn snug, and always position the lap
belt as low as possible around the hips, not
the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your
shoulder and across your chest. Never put
the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal
area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations.
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT
INJURED PERSONS
Both the driver’s and passenger’s front
seats are equipped with a seat belt warning light. The warning light, located on the
instrument panel, will show the status of
the driver and passenger seat belt.
NISSAN recommends that injured persons
use seat belts, depending on the injury.
Check with your doctor for specific recommendations.
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
WITH RETRACTOR
WARNING
• Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times.
• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when
the seatback is reclined. This can be
dangerous. The shoulder belt will not
be against your body. In an accident,
you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries.
You could also slide under the lap belt
and receive serious internal injuries.
• For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
well back and upright in the seat with
both feet on the floor and adjust the
seat belt properly.
NOTE:
The front passenger seat belt warning
light will not light up if the seat is not
occupied.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
• Do not allow children to play with the
seat belts. Most seating positions are
equipped with Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If
the seat belt becomes wrapped
around a child’s neck with the ALR
mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt
retracts and becomes tight. This can
occur even if the vehicle is parked.
Unbuckle the seat belt to release the
child. If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat
belt with a suitable tool (such as a
knife or scissors) to release the seat
belt.
Fastening the seat belts
1. Adjust the seat. For additional information, refer to “Seats” in this section.
SSS0292
SSS0290
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle
until you hear and feel the latch engage.
• The retractor is designed to lock
during a sudden stop or on impact. A
slow pulling motion permits the belt
to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat.
• If the seat belt cannot be pulled
from its fully retracted position,
firmly pull the belt and release it.
Then smoothly pull the belt out of
the retractor.
3. Position the lap belt portion low and
snug on the hips as shown.
1-14 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure
the shoulder belt is routed over your
shoulder and across your chest.
The front passenger seat and the rear
seating positions three-point seat belts
have two modes of operation:
• Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
• Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and
passengers some freedom of movement
in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt
when the vehicle slows down rapidly or
during certain impacts.
The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks
the seat belt for child restraint installation.
When ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat
belt tongue is detached from the buckle
and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to
the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, refer to
“Child restraints” in this section.
The ALR mode should be used only for
child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR
mode should not be activated. If it is activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat
belt tension. It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag.
For additional information, refer to
“Front passenger air bag and status
light” in this section.
WARNING
When fastening the seat belts, be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position. If they are
not completely secured, passengers
may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.
SSS0326
Unfastening the seat belts
To unfasten the seat belt, push the button
on the buckle. The seat belt automatically
retracts.
Checking seat belt operation
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock
seat belt movement by two separate
methods:
• When the belt is pulled quickly from the
retractor
• When the vehicle slows down rapidly
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15
To increase your confidence in the seat
belts, check the operation as follows:
• Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this
check, get the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service, or to learn
more about seat belt operation.
LRS3224
Center of rear seat
JVC0036X
Selecting correct set of seat belts:
Shoulder belt height adjustment
(front seats)
The rear center seat belt buckle is identified
A . The rear center
by the CENTER mark O
seat belt tongue can be fastened only into
the rear center seat belt buckle.
The shoulder belt anchor height should be
adjusted to the position that is best for you.
For additional information, refer to “Precautions on seat belt usage” in this section.
1 ,
To adjust, pull the adjustment button O
and then move the shoulder belt anchor to
2 so that the belt
the preferred position O
passes over the center of the shoulder. The
belt should be away from your face and
neck, but not falling off of your shoulder.
Release the adjustment button to lock the
shoulder belt anchor into position.
1-16 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
• After adjustment, release the adjustment button and then try to move
the shoulder belt anchor up and
down to make sure that it is securely
fixed in position.
• The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
that is best for you. Failure to do so
may reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
the chance or severity of injury in an
accident.
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
If, because of body size or driving position, it
is not possible to properly fit the lap/
shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender
that is compatible with the installed seat
belts is available for purchase. The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)
of length and may be used for either the
driver or front passenger seating position.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for assistance with
purchasing an extender if an extender is
required.
WARNING
• Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,
made by the same company which
made the original equipment seat
belts, should be used with NISSAN
seat belts.
• Adults and children who can use the
standard seat belt should not use an
extender. Such unnecessary use
could result in serious personal injury
in the event of an accident.
• Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision or a sudden stop.
• If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt
guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat
belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
• Periodically check to see that the seat
belt and the metal components, such
as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible
wires and anchors, work properly. If loose
parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the webbing is found, the entire
seat belt assembly should be replaced.
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
• To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a
mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or
carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and allow
the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not
allow the seat belts to retract until they
are completely dry.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17
CHILD SAFETY
WARNING
Do not allow children to play with the
seat belts. Most seating positions are
equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat
belt becomes wrapped around a child’s
neck with the ALR mode activated, the
child can be seriously injured or killed if
the seat belt retracts and becomes
tight. This can occur even if the vehicle
is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt cannot
be unbuckled or is already unbuckled,
release the child by cutting the seat
belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife
or scissors) to release the seat belt.
Children need adults to help protect
them. They need to be properly restrained.
In addition to the general information in
this manual, child safety information is
available from many other sources, including doctors, teachers, government traffic
safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, so be sure to
learn the best way to transport your child.
There are three basic types of child restraint systems:
• Rear-facing child restraint
• Forward-facing child restraint
• Booster seat
The proper restraint depends on the child’s
size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year
and less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placed
in rear-facing child restraints. Forwardfacing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old. Booster
seats are used to help position a vehicle
lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no
longer use a forward-facing child restraint.
WARNING
Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle’s seat belts may
not fit them properly. The shoulder belt
may come too close to the face or neck.
The lap belt may not fit over their small
hip bones. In an accident, an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious
or fatal injury. Always use appropriate
child restraints.
1-18 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require the use of approved child
restraints for infants and small children. For
additional information, refer to “Child restraints” in this section.
A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren) system or
with the vehicle seat belt. For additional
information, refer to “Child restraints” in this
section.
NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens
and children be restrained in the rear
seat. According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front
seat.
This is especially important because
your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system (air bag system) for the
front passenger. For additional information, refer to “Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS)” in this section.
INFANTS
SMALL CHILDREN
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be
placed in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN
recommends that infants be placed in child
restraints that comply with Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose
a child restraint that fits your vehicle and
always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh
at least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in a
rear-facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the
child restraint. Children who outgrow the
height or weight limit of the rear-facing
child restraint and are at least 1 year old
should be secured in a forward-facing child
restraint with a harness. Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and
maximum weight and height recommendations. NISSAN recommends that small
children be placed in child restraints that
comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards. You should choose a
child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.
Once a child outgrows the height or weight
limit of the harness-equipped forwardfacing child restraint, NISSAN recommends
that the child be placed in a commercially
available booster seat to obtain proper
seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the
booster seat should raise the child so that
the shoulder belt is properly positioned
across the chest and the top, middle portion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt
should not cross the neck or face and
should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt
should lie snugly across the lower hips or
upper thighs, not the abdomen. A booster
seat can only be used in seating positions
that have a three-point type seat belt. The
booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and
have a label certifying that it complies with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
LARGER CHILDREN
Children should remain in a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness until they
reach the maximum height or weight limit
allowed by the child restraint manufacturer.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
A booster seat should be used until the
child can pass the seat belt fit test below:
• Are the child’s back and hips against the
vehicle seatback?
• Is the child able to sit without slouching?
• Do the child’s knees bend easily over the
front edge of the seat with feet flat on the
floor?
• Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lap
belt low and snug across the hips and
shoulder belt across mid-chest and
shoulder)?
• Is the child able to use the properly adjusted head restraint/headrest?
• Will the child be able to stay in position for
the entire ride?
WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any
seat and do not allow a child in the
cargo areas. The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or
sudden stop.
LRS2690
If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster
seat using a three-point type seat belt.
NOTE:
Laws in some communities may follow
different guidelines. Check local and
state regulations to confirm your child is
using the correct restraint system before
traveling.
1-20 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
CHILD RESTRAINTS
SSS0099
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD
RESTRAINTS
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in
serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
• The child restraint must be used and
installed properly. Always follow all
of the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for installation and use.
SSS0100
• Infants and children should never be
held on anyone’s lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of
a collision.
• Do not put a seat belt around both a
child and another passenger.
• NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat.
Studies show that children are safer
when properly restrained in the rear
seat than in the front seat. If you
must install a forward-facing child
restraint in the front seat, refer to
“Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts” in this
section.
• Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the front seat.
An inflating air bag could seriously
injure or kill a child. A rear-facing
child restraint must only be used in
the rear seat.
• Be sure to purchase a child restraint
that will fit the child and vehicle.
Some child restraints may not fit
properly in your vehicle.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
• Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage
the child restraint anchorages. The
child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously
injured or killed in a collision.
• Never use the anchor points for adult
seat belts or other items.
• A child restraint with a top tether
strap should not be used in the front
passenger seat.
• Keep seatbacks as upright as possible after fitting the child restraint.
• Infants and children should always
be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle.
• When the child restraint is not in use,
keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
become very hot. Check the seating
surface and buckles before placing a
child in the child restraint.
This vehicle is equipped with a universal
child restraint anchor system, referred to
as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren) system. Some child restraints
include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to these anchors.
For additional information, refer to “LATCH
(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)
system” in this section.
If you do not have a LATCH compatible
child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be
used.
Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of
various sizes. When selecting any child restraint, keep the following points in mind:
• Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
1-22 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• Check the child restraint in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.
• If the child restraint is compatible with
your vehicle, place your child in the child
restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is
compatible with your child. Choose a
child restraint that is designed for your
child’s height and weight. Always follow all
recommended procedures.
• If the combined weight of the child and
child restraint is less than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg),
you may use either the LATCH anchors or
the seat belt to install the child restraint
(not both at the same time).
• If the combined weight of the child and
child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5
kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the
lower anchors) to install the child restraint.
• Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved
child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forwardfacing child restraints be secured to the
designated anchor point on the vehicle.
the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.
The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear
outboard seating positions only. Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH lower anchors.
LRS3227
LATCH (Lower Anchors and
Tethers for CHildren) SYSTEM
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child restraints. This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX
or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat
belt to secure the child restraint unless the
combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and child restraint
is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to
install the child restraint. Be sure to follow
LATCH lower anchor
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in
serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
• Attach LATCH system compatible
child restraints only at the locations
shown in the illustration.
• Do not secure a child restraint in the
center rear seating position using
the LATCH lower anchors. The child
restraint will not be secured properly.
• Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure there are
no obstructions over the anchors
such as seat belt webbing or seat
cushion material. The child restraint
will not be secured properly if the
lower anchors are obstructed.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23
• Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage
the child restraint anchorages. The
child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously
injured or killed in a collision.
LRS3036
LATCH lower anchor location
LATCH lower anchor location
The LATCH lower anchors are located at
the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is attached to the seatback to
help you locate the LATCH lower anchors.
1-24 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0643
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment
Installing child restraint LATCH
lower anchor attachments
LATCH compatible child restraints include
two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions
in your vehicle. With this system, you do not
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the
child restraint. Check your child restraint for
a label stating that it is compatible with the
LATCH system. This information may also
be in the instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
Top tether anchor
WARNING
SSS0644
LATCH rigid-mounted attachment
When installing a child restraint, carefully
read and follow the instructions in this
manual and those supplied with the child
restraint.
• If the tonneau cover (if so equipped)
contacts the top tether strap when it
is attached to the top tether anchor,
remove the tonneau cover (if so
equipped) from the vehicle or secure
it on the cargo floor below its attachment location. If the tonneau cover (if
so equipped) is not removed, it may
damage the top tether strap during a
collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if
the child restraint top tether strap is
damaged.
• Do not allow cargo to contact the top
tether strap when it is attached to
the top tether anchor. Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact
the top tether strap. Cargo that is not
properly secured or that contacts the
top tether strap may damage the top
tether strap during a collision. Your
child could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.
• Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage
the child restraint anchorages. The
child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously
injured or killed in a collision.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION USING LATCH
For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in “Child safety” and
“Child restraints” in this section before installing a child restraint.
Top tether anchor point locations:
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
to follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for installation.
Anchor points are located on the back side
of the seatbacks.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
child restraint using the LATCH system:
The child restraint top tether strap must be
used when installing child restraints with
the LATCH lower anchor attachments or
seat belts. For additional information, refer
to “Installing top tether strap” in this section.
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
LRS3225
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for details.
1-26 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
LRS2996
Rear-facing webbing-mounted — step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors.
Check to make sure that the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the
lower anchors.
LRS2997
Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
SSS0639
SSS0650
Rear-facing — step 3
3. For child restraints that are equipped
with webbing-mounted attachments,
remove any additional slack from the
anchor attachments. Press downward
and rearward firmly in the center of the
child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of
the anchor attachments.
Rear-facing — step 4
4. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the seat
near the LATCH attachment path. The
child restraint should not move more
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try
to tug it forward and check to see if the
LATCH attachment holds the restraint in
place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten
the LATCH attachment as necessary, or
put the restraint in another seat and test
it again. You may need to try a different
child restraint or try installing by using the
vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child
restraints fit in all types of vehicles.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27
5. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each
use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat
steps 2 through 4.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT
INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT
BELTS
WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be
used when installing a child restraint.
Failure to use the ALR mode will result
in the child restraint not being properly
secured. The restraint could tip over or
be loose and cause injury to a child in a
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
change the operation of the front passenger air bag. For additional information, refer to “Front passenger air bag
and status light” in this section.
For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and
“Child restraints” sections of this manual
before installing a child restraint. Do not
use the lower anchors if the combined
weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined
weight of the child and child restraint is
greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to
install the child restraint. Be sure to follow
the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing
child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in
the rear seats:
1-28 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0100
Rear-facing — step 1
1. Child restraints for infants must be
used in the rear-facing direction and
therefore must not be used in the front
seat. Position the child restraint on the
seat. Always follow the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions.
SSS0654
SSS0655
SSS0656
Rear-facing — step 2
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the
buckle until you hear and feel the latch
engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for
belt routing.
Rear-facing — step 3
3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint
mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when
the seat belt is fully retracted.
Rear-facing — step 4
4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on
the shoulder belt to remove any slack in
the belt.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29
7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each
use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat
steps 1 through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the
seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode
(child restraint mode) is canceled.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
SSS0657
SSS0658
Rear-facing — step 5
5. Remove any additional slack from the
child restraint. Press downward and
rearward firmly in the center of the child
restraint with your hand to compress
the vehicle seat cushion and seatback
while pulling up on the seat belt.
Rear-facing — step 6
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the seat belt path. The
child restraint should not move more
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try
to tug it forward and check to see if the
belt holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the seat
belt as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not
all child restraints fit in all types of
vehicles.
1-30 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in “Child safety” and
“Child restraints” sections of this manual
before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
to follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for installation.
Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
Do not install child restraints that require
the use of a top tether strap in seating
positions that do not have a top tether
anchor.
LRS2995
LRS2994
Forward-facing webbing-mounted —
step 2
2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors.
Check to make sure that the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the
lower anchors.
Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
3. The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the vehicle seatback.
If the child restraint is equipped with a
top tether strap, route the top tether
strap and secure the tether strap to the
tether anchor point. For additional information, refer to “Installing top tether
strap” in this section.
If necessary, remove the head restraint/
headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest
is removed, store it in a secure place. Be
sure to reinstall the head restraint/
headrest when the child restraint is
removed. For additional information, refer to “Head restraints/headrests” in this
section.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint/headrest and
it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or
a different child restraint.
SSS0647
SSS0638
Forward-facing — step 4
4. For child restraints that are equipped
with webbing-mounted attachments,
remove any additional slack from the
anchor attachments. Press downward
and rearward firmly in the center of the
child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of
the anchor attachments.
Forward-facing — step 6
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the LATCH attachment
path. The child restraint should not
move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from
side to side. Try to tug it forward and
check to see if the LATCH attachment
holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again.
You may need to try a different child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
5. Tighten the tether strap according to
the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.
1-32 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
7. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 6.
Rear bench seat
OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest
and store it in a secure place. Be sure to
reinstall the head restraint/headrest
when the child restraint is removed. For
additional information, refer to “Head
restraints/headrests" in this section.
1 over the
2. Position the top tether strap O
seatback.
LRS2638
1
䊊
2
䊊
Top tether strap
Tether anchor point
Installing top tether strap
The child restraint top tether strap must be
used when installing the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchor attachments.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an2 on the bottom of the seatchor point O
back behind the child restraint.
4. Tighten the tether strap according to
the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for details.
First, secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors (rear bench outboard seating positions only).
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage the
child restraint anchorages. The child
restraint will not be properly installed
using the damaged anchorage, and a
child could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD
RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
THE SEAT BELTS
WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be
used when installing a child restraint.
Failure to use the ALR mode will result
in the child restraint not being properly
secured. The restraint could tip over or
be loose and cause injury to a child in a
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
change the operation of the front passenger air bag. For additional information, refer to “Front passenger air bag
and status light” in this section.
SSS0640
Forward-facing (front passenger seat)
— step 1
For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in “Child safety” and
“Child restraints” sections of this manual
before installing a child restraint.
Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child
restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use
the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure
to follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for installation.
1-34 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the vehicle seat
belt in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat:
1. If you must install a child restraint in
the front seat, it should be placed in
the forward-facing direction only.
Move the seat to the rearmost position. Child restraints for infants must
be used in the rear-facing direction
and therefore must not be used in the
front seat.
2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the seatback.
If necessary, adjust the head restraint/
headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest
is removed, store it in a secure place. Be
sure to reinstall the head restraint/
headrest when the child restraint is
removed. For additional information, refer to “Head restraints/headrests” in this
section.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint/headrest and
it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or
a different child restraint.
SSS0360B
Forward-facing — step 3
3. Route the seat belt tongue through the
child restraint and insert it into the
buckle until you hear and feel the latch
engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for
belt routing.
If the child restraint is equipped with a
top tether strap, route the top tether
strap and secure the tether strap to the
tether anchor point (rear seat installation only). For additional information, refer to “Installing top tether strap” in this
section.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35
Do not install child restraints that require
the use of a top tether strap in seating
positions that do not have a top tether
anchor.
SSS0651
SSS0652
Forward-facing — step 4
4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint
mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when
the seat belt is fully retracted.
Forward-facing — step 5
5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on
the shoulder belt to remove any slack in
the belt.
1-36 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
9. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2
through 8.
SSS0653
SSS0641
Forward-facing — step 6
6. Remove any additional slack from the
seat belt. Press downward and rearward
firmly in the center of the child restraint
with your knee to compress the vehicle
seat cushion and seatback while pulling
up on the seat belt.
Forward-facing — step 8
8. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it
from side to side while holding the child
restraint near the seat belt path. The
child restraint should not move more
than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try
to tug it forward and check to see if the
belt holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the seat
belt as necessary, or put the restraint in
another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not
all child restraints fit in all types of
vehicles.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove
any slack.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
when the child restraint is removed. For
additional information, refer to “Head
restraints/headrests" in this section.
1 over the
2. Position the top tether strap O
seatback.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an2 on the bottom of the seatchor point O
back behind the child restraint.
4. Tighten the tether strap according to
the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.
CENTER SEATING POSITION
LRS2980
10. If the child restraint is installed on the
front passenger seat, push the power
switch to the ON position. The front
passenger air bag status light
should illuminate. If this light does not
illuminate, refer to “Front passenger air
bag and status light” in this section.
Move the child restraint to another
seating position. Have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
After the child restraint is removed and the
seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode
(child restraint mode) is canceled.
LRS2638
1
䊊
2
䊊
Top tether strap
Tether anchor point
Installing top tether strap
The child restraint top tether strap must be
used when installing the child restraint with
the seat belts.
First, secure the child restraint with the seat
belt.
Rear bench seat
OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS
1. Remove the head restraint/headrest
and store it in a secure place. Be sure to
reinstall the head restraint/headrest
1-38 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
1 over the
1. Position the top tether strap O
seatback.
2. Secure the tether strap to the tether an2 on the bottom of the seatchor point O
back behind the child restraint.
3. Tighten the tether strap according to
the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.
If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service.
WARNING
Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads
imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are
they to be used to attach adult seat
belts, or other items or equipment to
the vehicle. Doing so could damage the
child restraint anchorages. The child
restraint will not be properly installed
using the damaged anchorage, and a
child could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision.
BOOSTER SEATS
For additional information on installing a
booster seat in your vehicle, follow the instructions outlined in this section.
Precautions on booster seats
WARNING
If a booster seat and seat belt are not
used properly, the risk of a child being
injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases:
• Make sure the shoulder portion of
the belt is away from the child’s face
and neck and the lap portion of the
belt does not cross the stomach.
• Make sure the shoulder belt is not
behind the child or under the child’s
arm.
• A booster seat must only be installed
in a seating position that has a lap/
shoulder belt.
LRS0455
Booster seats of various sizes are offered
by several manufacturers. When selecting
any booster seat, keep the following points
in mind:
• Choose only a booster seat with a label
certifying that it complies with Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
• Check the booster seat in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39
Booster seat installation
WARNING
To avoid injury to child, do not use the
lap/shoulder belt in the Automatic
Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts.
For additional information, refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety,”
“Child restraints” and “Booster seats” sections of this manual before installing a child
restraint.
LRS0453
LRS0464
• Make sure the child’s head will be properly
supported by the booster seat or vehicle
seat. The seatback must be at or above
the center of the child’s ears. For example,
1 is chosen,
if a low back booster seat O
the vehicle seatback must be at or above
the center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of the child’s
2 should
ears, a high back booster seat O
be used.
• If the booster seat is compatible with
your vehicle, place your child in the
booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is
compatible with your child. Always follow
all recommended procedures.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved
child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated.
The instructions in this section apply to
booster seat installation in the rear seats
or the front passenger seat.
1-40 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Follow these steps to install a booster seat
in the 2nd or 3rd rows or in the front passenger seat:
WRS0699
1. If you must install a booster seat in the
front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position.
LRS0454
Front passenger position
LRS0451
2nd row center position
2. Position the booster seat on the seat.
Only place it in a front-facing direction.
Always follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint/headrest and
it is interfering with the proper booster
seat fit, try another seating position or a
different booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt
low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure
to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat
belt routing.
LRS0452
2nd row outboard position
3. The booster seat should be positioned
on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint/headrest to obtain the correct
booster seat fit. If the head restraint/
headrest is removed, store it in a secure
place. Be sure to reinstall the head
restraint/headrest when the booster
seat is removed. For additional information, refer to “Head restraints/
headrests” in this section.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat
belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is
positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions for adjusting the seat belt
routing.
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat
belt shown in “Three-point type seat belt
with retractor” in this section.
1-42 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
LRS0865
7. If the booster seat is installed in the front
passenger seat, place the power switch
in the ON position. The front passenger
may or may not
air bag status light
illuminate, depending on the size of the
child and the type of booster seat being
used. For additional information, refer to
“Front passenger air bag and status
light” in this section.
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(SRS)
PRECAUTIONS ON SRS
This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems.
• Driver and front passenger supplemental
front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced
Air Bag System)
• Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag
• Rear outboard seat-mounted sideimpact supplemental air bag
• Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag
• Driver and passenger supplemental knee
air bag
• Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seat
and rear outboard seats)
Supplemental front-impact air bag system
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can
help cushion the impact force to the head
and chest of the driver and front passenger
in certain frontal collisions.
Front
seat-mounted
side-impact
supplemental air bag system
This system can help cushion the impact
force to the chest and pelvic area of the
driver and front passenger in certain side
impact collisions. The side air bags are de-
signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
Rear outboard seat-mounted sideimpact supplemental air bag system
This system can help cushion the impact
force to the chest area of the rear outboard
seat passengers in certain side impact collisions. The side air bags are designed to
inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag system
This system can help cushion the impact
force to the head of occupants in front and
rear outboard seating positions in certain
side impact collisions. In a side impact, the
curtain air bags are designed to inflate on
the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a
rollover, the curtain air bags are designed
to inflate and remain inflated for a short
time.
The SRS is designed to supplement the
crash protection provided by the driver,
passenger and rear outboard seat belts
and is not a substitute for them. Seat belts
should always be correctly worn, and the
occupant should be seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel, instrument panel and door finishers. For additional information, refer to “Seat belts” in
this section.
The supplemental air bags operate only
when the power switch is in the ON position.
After the power switch is placed in the
ON position, the supplemental air bag
warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off
after about 7 seconds if the system is
operational.
Driver and passenger supplemental
knee air bags
This system can help cushion the impact
force to the driver’s and front passenger’s
knee in certain collisions.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
WARNING
SSS0131
SSS0132
1-44 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• The front air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a side impact,
rear impact, rollover or lower severity
frontal collision. Always wear your
seat belts to help reduce the risk or
severity of injury in various kinds of
accidents.
• The front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag will not inflate if
the passenger air bag status light is
lit. For additional information, refer
to “Front passenger air bag and status light” in this section.
• The seat belts and the front air bags
are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat
with both feet on the floor. The front
air bags inflate with great force. Even
with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag
System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of
position in any way, you are at greater
risk of injury or death in a crash. You
may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up
against it when it inflates. Always sit
back against the seatback and as far
away as practical from the steering
wheel or instrument panel. Always
properly use the seat belts.
• The driver and front passenger seat
belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are
fastened. The NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System monitors the severity of
a collision and seat belt usage then
inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury
in an accident.
• The front passenger seat is equipped
with occupant classification sensor
(weight sensor) that turns the front
passenger air bag and passenger
knee air bag OFF under some conditions. This sensor is only used in this
seat. Failure to be properly seated
and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in
an accident. For additional information, refer to “Front passenger air bag
and status light” in this section.
• Keep hands on the outside of the
steering wheel. Placing them inside
the steering wheel rim could increase
the risk that they are injured if the
front air bag inflates.
SSS0007
SSS0006
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45
WARNING
SSS0008
SSS0099
SSS0009
SSS0100
1-46 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.
• Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side air
bags or curtain air bags inflate if they
are not properly restrained. Preteens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if
possible.
• Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint on the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child. For
additional information, refer to “Child
restraints” in this section.
SSS0059A
SSS0188A
SSS0162
SSS0140
SSS0159
Do not lean against doors or windows.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47
WARNING
Front and rear outboard seat-mounted
side-impact supplemental air bags and
roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bags:
• The side air bags and curtain air bags
ordinarily will not inflate in the event
of a frontal impact, rear impact, or
lower severity side collision. Always
wear your seat belts to help reduce
the risk or severity of injury in various
kinds of accidents.
• The seat belts, the side air bags and
curtain air bags are most effective
when you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat. The side air bag
and curtain air bag inflate with great
force. Do not allow anyone to place
their hand, leg or face near the side
air bag on the side of the seatback of
the front and rear seat or near the
side roof rails. Do not allow anyone
sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out
of the window or lean against the
door. Some examples of dangerous
riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations.
• When sitting in the rear seat, do not
hold onto the seatback of the front
seat. If the side air bag inflates, you
may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who
should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the
illustrations.
• Do not use seat covers on the front
and rear seatbacks. They may interfere with side air bag inflation.
1-48 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
(front seats)
1. Crash zone sensor
2. Supplemental
modules
front-impact
air
bag
3. Front
seat-mounted
side-impact
supplemental air bag modules
4. Occupant classification sensor (weight
sensor)
5. Occupant classification system control
unit
6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag inflators
7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bag modules
8. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (rear outboard seats)
9. Rear outboard seat-mounted sideimpact supplemental air bag modules.
10. Satellite sensors (driver’s side shown;
passenger’s side similar)
11. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front
seats)
12. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
LRS3228
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49
13. Driver and passenger supplement
knee air bags
14. Door sensors
WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the front
passenger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag
System, please observe the following
items.
• Do not allow a passenger in the rear
seat to push or pull on the seatback
pocket (if so equipped).
• Do not place heavy loads heavier
than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,
head restraint/headrest or in the
seatback pocket (if so equipped).
• Make sure that there is nothing
pressing against the rear of the seatback, such as a child restraint installed in the rear seat or an object
stored on the floor.
• Make sure that there is no object
placed under the front passenger
seat.
• Make sure that there is no object
placed between the seat cushion and
center console or between the seat
cushion and the door.
• If a forward-facing child restraint is
installed in the front passenger seat,
do not position the front passenger
seat so the child restraint contacts
the instrument panel. If the child restraint does contact the instrument
panel, the system may determine the
seat is occupied and the passenger
air bag and passenger knee air bag
may deploy in a collision. Also the
front passenger air bag status light
may not illuminate. For additional information, refer to “Child restraints”
in this section.
• Confirm the operating condition with
the front passenger air bag status
light.
• If you notice that the front passenger
air bag status light is not operating
as described in this section, get the
occupant
classification
system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
• Until you have confirmed with a
dealer that your passenger seat occupant classification system is working properly, position the occupants
in the rear seating positions.
1-50 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• Do not position the front passenger
seat so it contacts the rear seat. If the
front seat does contact the rear seat,
the air bag system may determine a
sensor malfunction has occurred
and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the
supplemental air bag warning light
may flash.
This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN
Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and
front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements
under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in
Canada. All of the information, cautions
and warnings in this manual apply and
must be followed.
The driver supplemental front-impact air
bag is located in the center of the steering
wheel. The front passenger supplemental
front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box. The
front air bags are designed to inflate in
higher severity frontal collisions, although
they may inflate if the forces in another
type of collision are similar to those of a
higher severity frontal impact. They may
not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
indication of proper front air bag operation.
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
monitors information from the crash zone
sensor and the Air bag Control Unit (ACU).
Inflator operation is based on the severity
of a collision and seat belt usage for the
driver. For the front passenger, the occupant classification sensor is also monitored. Based on information from the sensor, only one front air bag may inflate in a
crash, depending on the crash severity. Additionally, the front passenger air bag and
passenger knee air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions,
depending on the weight detected on the
passenger seat and how the seat belt is
used. If the front passenger air bag and
passenger knee air bag are OFF, the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated. For additional information, refer to
“Front passenger air bag and status light” in
this section. One front air bag inflating does
not indicate improper performance of the
system.
If you have any questions about your air
bag system, it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to obtain information about the system. If you
are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact NISSAN. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner’s Manual.
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud
noise may be heard, followed by release of
smoke. This smoke is not harmful and
does not indicate a fire. Care should be
taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a
breathing condition should get fresh air
promptly.
The front air bags operate only when the
power switch is in the ON position.
After the power switch is placed in the
ON position, the supplemental air bag
warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off
after about 7 seconds if the system is
operational.
Front air bags, along with the use of seat
belts, help to cushion the impact force on
the head and chest of the front occupants.
They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating front air
bag may cause facial abrasions or other
injuries. Front air bags, other than the driver’s knee air bag, do not provide restraint to
the lower body.
Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
belts should be correctly worn and the
driver and front passenger seated upright
as far as practical away from the steering
wheel or instrument panel. The front air
bags inflate quickly in order to help protect
the front occupants. Because of this, the
force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is
too close to, or is against, the air bag module during inflation.
The front air bags deflate quickly after a
collision.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51
Status light
WARNING
The front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag are designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions. Read this section carefully to
learn how it operates. Proper use of the
seat, seat belt and child restraints is
necessary for most effective protection. Failure to follow all instructions in
this manual concerning the use of
seats, seat belts and child restraints
can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
LRS2980
Front passenger air bag and status
light
The front passenger seat is equipped with
an occupant classification sensor (weight
sensor) that turns the front passenger air
bag and passenger knee air bag on or off
depending on the weight applied to the
front passenger seat. The status of the
front passenger air bag and passenger
knee air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the
front passenger air bag status light
which is located on the instrument panel.
After the power switch is placed in the “ON”
position, the front passenger air bag status
light on the instrument panel illuminates
for about 7 seconds and then turns off or
remains illuminated depending on the
front passenger seat occupied status. The
light operates as follows:
DESCRIPTION
PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS LIGHT
) RESULT
(
FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND PASSENGER KNEE AIR BAG
STATUS
Empty
Empty front passenger seat
ON (illuminated)
INHIBITED
Nobody/Somebody
Bag or Child or Child Restraint or
Small Adult in front passenger seat
ON (illuminated)
INHIBITED
Adult
Adult in the front passenger seat
OFF (dark)
ACTIVATED
CONDITION
In addition to the above, certain objects
placed on the front passenger seat may
also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight.
For additional information, refer to “Normal
operation” and “Troubleshooting” in this
section.
1-52 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Front passenger air bag
The front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag are designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated
under some conditions as described below in accordance with U.S. regulations. If
the front passenger air bag and passenger
knee air bag are OFF, it will not inflate in a
crash. The driver air bag and other air bags
in your vehicle are not part of this system.
The purpose of the regulation is to help
reduce the risk of injury or death from an
inflating air bag to certain front passenger
seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag to be automatically
turned OFF. Certain sensors are used to
meet the requirements.
The occupant classification sensor in this
vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to
detect an occupant and objects on the
seat by weight. For example, if a child is in
the front passenger seat, the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn
the front passenger air bag and passenger
knee air bag OFF in accordance with the
regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the
type specified in the regulations is on the
seat, its weight and the child’s weight can
be detected and cause the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag to
turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who
are properly seated and using the seat belt
as outlined in this manual should not
cause the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag to be automatically
turned OFF. For small adults it may be
turned OFF, however if the occupant takes
his/her weight off the seat cushion (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on
an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being
out of position), this could cause the sensors to turn the front passenger air bag
and passenger knee air bag OFF. Always be
sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt
properly for the most effective protection
by the seat belt and supplemental air bag.
NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and
children be properly restrained in a rear
seat. NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster
seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If
this is not possible, the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger
air bag and passenger knee air bag OFF for
specified child restraints as required by
regulations. Failing to properly secure child
restraints and to use the ALR mode may
allow the restraint to tip or move in a collision or sudden stop. This can also result in
the front passenger air bag and passenger
knee air bag inflating in a crash instead of
being OFF. For additional information, refer
to “Child restraints” in this section.
If the front passenger seat is not occupied,
the front passenger air bag and passenger
knee air bag are designed not to inflate in a
crash. However, heavy objects placed on
the seat could result in air bag inflation,
because of the object’s weight being detected by the occupant classification sensor. Other conditions could also result in air
bag inflation, such as if a child is standing
on the seat, or if two children are on the
seat, contrary to the instructions in this
manual. Always be sure that you and all
vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly.
Using the front passenger air bag status
light, you can monitor when the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag
are automatically turned OFF.
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the
front passenger air bag status light is illuminated (indicating that the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag are
OFF), it could be that the person is a small
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53
adult, or is not sitting on the seat properly
or not using the seat belt properly.
If a child restraint must be used in the front
seat, the front passenger air bag status
light may or may not be illuminated, depending on the size of the child and the
type of child restraint being used. If the
front passenger air bag status light is not
illuminated (indicating that the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag
might inflate in a crash), it could be that the
child restraint or seat belt is not being used
properly. Make sure that the child restraint
is installed properly, the seat belt is used
properly and the occupant is positioned
properly. If the front passenger air bag status light is still not illuminated, reposition
the occupant or child restraint in a rear
seat.
If the front passenger air bag status light
will not illuminate even though you believe
that the child restraint, the seat belts and
the occupant are properly positioned, it is
recommended that you take your vehicle
to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. A NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer can check system
status by using a special tool. However, until you have confirmed with a dealer that
your air bag is working properly, reposition
the occupant or child restraint in a rear
seat.
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and
front passenger air bag status light will
take a few seconds to register a change in
the front passenger seat status. This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction.
If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system, the supplemental air
, located in the mebag warning light
ter and gauges area of the instrument
panel, will be illuminated (blinking or
steadily lit). Have the system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Normal operation
In order for the occupant classification
sensor system to classify the front passenger based on weight, please follow the precautions and steps outlined below:
Precautions
• Make sure that there are no objects
weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging on
the seat or placed in the seatback pocket
(if so equipped).
1-54 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• Make sure that a child restraint or other
object is not pressing against the rear of
the seatback.
• Make sure that the rear passenger is not
pushing or pulling on the back of the front
passenger seat.
• Make sure that the front passenger seat
or seatback is not forced back against an
object on the seat or floor behind it.
• Make sure that there is no object placed
under the front passenger seat.
Steps
1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”
section of this manual. Sit upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered
on the seat cushion with your feet comfortably extended to the floor.
2. Make sure there are no objects on your
lap.
3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the
“Seat belts” section of this manual. Front
passenger seat belt buckle status is
monitored by the occupant classification system, and is used as an input to
determine occupancy status. So, it is
highly recommended that the front passenger fasten their seat belt.
4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds
allowing the system to classify the front
passenger before the vehicle is put into
motion.
5. Ensure proper classification by checking
the front passenger air bag status light.
NOTE:
This vehicle’s occupant classification
sensor system generally keeps the classification locked during driving, so it is
important that you confirm that the
front passenger is properly classified
prior to driving. However, the occupant
classification sensor may recalculate the
weight of the occupant under some conditions (both while driving and when
stopped), so front passenger seat occupants should continue to remain seated
as outlined above.
Troubleshooting
If you think the front passenger air bag
status light is incorrect:
1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying
the front passenger seat:
• Occupant is a small adult — the air bag
light is functioning as intended. The
front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag are suppressed.
However, if the occupant is not a small
adult, then this may be due to the following
conditions that may be interfering with the
weight sensors:
• Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her
feet comfortably extended to the floor.
• A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.
• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger seat.
• Forcing the front seat or seatback
against an object on the seat or floor
behind it.
• An object placed under the front passenger seat.
• An object placed between the seat
cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a
stop when it is safe to do so. Check and
correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during
which the front passenger air bag status
light will remain lit for about 7 seconds
initially.
If the light is still ON after this, the person
should be advised not to ride in the front
passenger seat and the vehicle should be
checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child
or child restraint occupying the front
passenger seat.
This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the
weight sensors:
• Small adult or child is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback,
and centered on the seat cushion with
his/her feet comfortably extended to
the floor.
• The child restraint is not properly installed, as outlined in the “Child restraints” section of this manual.
• An object weighting over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)
hanging on the seat or placed in the
seatback pocket (if so equipped).
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55
• A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear or the seatback.
• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger seat.
pushing or pulling on the seatback of
the front passenger seat.
• Forcing the front seat or seatback
against an object on the seat or floor
behind it.
• An object placed under the front passenger seat.
• An object placed between the seat
cushion and center console.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a
stop when it is safe to do so. Check and
correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.
NOTE:
A system check will be performed during
which the front passenger air bag status
light will remain lit for about 7 seconds
initially.
If the light is still OFF after this, the small
adult, child or child restraint should be repositioned in the rear seat and the vehicle
should be checked as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger
and no objects on the front passenger
seat the vehicle should be checked as
soon as possible. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service.
Other supplemental front-impact air
bag precautions
WARNING
• Do not place any objects on the
steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any
objects between any occupant and
the steering wheel or instrument
panel. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate.
• Do not place objects with sharp
edges on the seat. Also, do not place
heavy objects on the seat that will
leave permanent impressions in the
seat. Such objects can damage the
seat or occupant classification sensor (weight sensor). This can affect
the operation of the air bag system
and result in serious personal injury.
1-56 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
• Do not use water or acidic cleaners
(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This
can damage the seat or occupant
classification sensor. This can also
affect the operation of the air bag
system and result in serious personal
injury.
• Immediately after inflation, several
front air bag system components will
be hot. Do not touch them; you may
severely burn yourself.
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the supplemental air bag system.
This is to prevent accidental inflation
of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag
system.
• Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or front end
structure. This could affect proper
operation of the front air bag system.
• Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal
injury. Tampering includes changes
to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad
and above the instrument panel or
by installing additional trim material
around the air bag system.
• Removing or modifying the front
passenger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result
in serious personal injury.
• Modifying or tampering with the
front passenger seat may result in
serious personal injury. For example,
do not change the front seats by
placing material on the seat cushion
or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the seat
that is not specifically designed to
assure proper air bag operation. Additionally, do not stow any objects
under the front passenger seat or the
seat cushion and seatback. Such objects may interfere with the proper
operation of the occupant classification sensor (weight sensor).
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the seat belt system. This may affect the front air bag system. Tampering with the seat belt system may
result in serious personal injury.
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
on and around the front air bag system. It is also recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) wiring harnesses*
should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test
equipment and probing devices
should not be used on the air bag
system.
• A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility. A cracked windshield
could affect the function of the
supplemental air bag system.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the front air
bag system and guide the buyer to the
appropriate sections in this Owner’s
Manual.
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57
LRS3142
Front and rear outboard
seat-mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag and
roof-mounted curtain
side-impact and rollover
supplemental air bag systems
The side air bags are located in the outside
of the seatback of the front seats and rear
outboard seats. The curtain air bags are
located in the side roof rails. All of the information, cautions, and warnings in this
manual apply and must be followed. The
side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side col-
lisions, although they may inflate if the
forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact.
They are designed to inflate on the side
where the vehicle is impacted. They may
not inflate in certain side collisions on the
side where the vehicle is impacted.
head of occupants in the front and rear
outboard seating positions. They can help
save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, side air bags and curtain air bags may
cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air
bags and curtain air bags do not provide
restraint to the lower body.
If so equipped, the curtain air bags are also
designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers. As a result,
certain vehicle movements (for example,
during severe off-roading) may cause the
curtain air bags to inflate.
The seat belts should be correctly worn
and the driver, front passenger and rear
outboard occupants seated upright as far
as practical away from the side air bags.
Rear seat passengers should be seated as
far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails. The side air bags and
curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to
help protect the occupants in the outboard
seating positions. Because of this, the force
of the side air bags and curtain air bags
inflating can increase the risk of injury if the
occupant is too close to, or is against, these
air bag modules during inflation. The side
air bags and curtain air bags will deflate
quickly after the collision is over.
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always
an indication of proper side air bag and
curtain air bag operation.
When the side air bags and curtain air bags
inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,
followed by release of smoke. This smoke is
not harmful and does not indicate a fire.
Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those
with a history of a breathing condition
should get fresh air promptly.
Side air bags, along with the use of seat
belts, help to cushion the impact force on
the chest and pelvic area of the front and
rear outboard occupants. Curtain air bags
help to cushion the impact force to the
1-58 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
The side air bags and curtain air bags
operate only when the power switch is in
the ON position.
After turning the power switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental
air bag warning light will turn off after
about 7 seconds if the systems are operational.
WARNING
• Do not place any objects near the
seatback of the front and rear seats.
Also, do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front
and rear door finishers and the front
and rear seats. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and
cause injury if a side air bag inflates.
• Right after inflation, several side air
bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch
them; you may severely burn
yourself.
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the side air bag and curtain air bag
systems. This is to prevent damage
to or accidental inflation of the side
air bag and curtain air bag systems.
• Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or side panel.
This could affect proper operation of
the side air bag and curtain air bag
systems.
• Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal
injury. For example, do not change
the front and rear seats by placing
material near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material,
such as seat covers, around the side
air bag.
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
around and on the side air bag and
curtain air bag systems. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for installation
of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring
harnesses* should not be modified or
disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side
air bag and curtain supplemental air
bag systems.
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the side air bag
and curtain air bag systems and guide the
buyer to the appropriate sections in this
Owner’s Manual.
LRS2599
Driver’s side
Driver and passenger
supplemental knee air bag
The knee air bag is located in the knee
bolster, on the driver’s and passenger’s
side. All of the information, cautions and
warnings in this manual apply and must
be followed. The knee air bag is designed
to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions,
although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of
a higher severity frontal impact. It may not
inflate in certain collisions.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59
The knee air bag helps to cushion the impact force on the knees of the driver and
passenger. It can help reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating knee air bag may
cause abrasions or other injuries. The knee
air bag provides restraint to the lower body.
LRS3250
Passenger’s side
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always
an indication of proper knee air bag operation.
When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud
noise may be heard, followed by release of
smoke. This smoke is not harmful and
does not indicate a fire. Care should be
taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a
breathing condition should get fresh air
promptly.
The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to
help protect the occupants. Because of
this, the force of the knee air bag inflating
can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, this air bag
module during inflation. The knee air bag
will deflate quickly after the collision is over
OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for
a short time.
The knee air bag operates only when the
power switch is placed in the ON position.
After placing the power switch in the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental
air bag warning light will turn off after
about 7 seconds if the system is operational.
1-60 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
WARNING
• Do not place any objects between the
knee bolster and the driver’s or passenger’s seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and
cause injury if a knee air bag inflates.
• Right after inflation, the knee air bag
system components will be hot. Do
not touch them; you may severely
burn yourself.
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the knee air bag system. This is to
prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the knee air bag system.
• Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle's electrical system or
suspension system. This could affect
proper operation of the knee air bag
system.
• Tampering with the knee air bag system may result in serious personal
injury. For example, do not change
the driver or passenger knee bolster
or install additional trim material
around the knee air bag.
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
on and around the knee air bag. It is
also recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for installation of electrical equipment.
The SRS wiring harnesses* should
not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment
and probing devices should not be
used on the knee air bag system.
*The SRS wiring harness or connectors
are yellow or orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the knee air
bag system and guide the buyer to the
appropriate sections in this manual.
Seat belt with pretensioner(s)
(front and rear outboard seats)
WARNING
• The pretensioner(s) cannot be reused after activation. They must be
replaced together with the retractor
and buckle as a unit.
• If the vehicle becomes involved in a
collision but pretensioner(s) are not
activated, be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and, if necessary, replaced. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service.
• No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the pretensioner system. This is to
prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioner(s). Tampering with the pretensioner system
may result in serious personal injury.
• It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work
around and on the pretensioner system. It is also recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for installation of electrical equipment. Unauthorized electrical test
equipment and probing devices
should not be used on the pretensioner system.
• If you need to dispose of the pretensioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Incorrect disposal procedures could
cause personal injury.
The pretensioner system may activate
with the supplemental air bag system in
certain types of collisions. Working with the
seat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) help
tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front and rear outboard seat occupants.
The pretensioner(s) are encased with the
seat belt retractor and to the seat belt anchor affixed to the floor of the vehicle.
These seat belts are used the same way as
conventional seat belts.
When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard. This
smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to
inhale it, as it may cause irritation and
choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.
After the pretensioner(s’) activation, load
limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to reduce forces against
the chest.
The supplemental air bag warning light
is used to indicate malfunctions in the
pretensioner system. For additional information, refer to “Supplemental air bag
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61
warning light” in this section. If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning
light indicates there is a malfunction, have
the system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the
appropriate sections in this Owner’s
Manual.
LRS2620
SPA1097
A. Supplemental front-impact air bag system warning labels
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
LIGHT
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
LABELS
The supplemental air bag warning light,
in the instrument panel,
displaying
monitors the circuits of the Air bag Control
Unit (ACU), satellite sensors, crash zone
sensor, occupant classification sensor, the
supplemental front-impact air bag, front
and rear outboard seat-mounted sideimpact supplemental air bag, roofmounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag, knee air bag and seat belt
pretensioner systems. The monitored circuits include air bag systems, pretensioner(s) and all related wiring.
1-62 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
When the power switch is in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates for about 7 seconds and
then turns off. This means the system is
operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the
front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,
knee air bag and pretensioner systems
need servicing:
• The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
• The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.
• The supplemental air bag warning light
does not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the front air bag,
side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag
and pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and
repaired. It is recommended that you visit
the nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning
light is on, it could mean that the front
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,
knee air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To
help avoid injury to yourself or others,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
Repair and replacement
procedure
The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air
bags, knee air bags and pretensioner(s) are
designed to activate on a one-time-only
basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged,
the supplemental air bag warning light will
remain illuminated after inflation has occurred. These systems should be repaired
and/or replaced as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
When maintenance work is required on the
vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,
curtain air bags, knee air bags and pretensioner(s) and related parts should be
pointed out to the person performing the
maintenance. The power switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle.
WARNING
• Once a front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag or knee air bag has inflated, the air bag module will not
function again and must be replaced.
Additionally, the activated pretensioner(s) must also be replaced. The
air bag module and pretensioner(s)
should be replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. The
air bag modules and pretensioner
system cannot be repaired.
• The front air bag, side air bag, curtain
air bag and knee air bag systems,
and pretensioner system should be
inspected if there is any damage to
the front end or side portion of the
vehicle. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63
• If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner system or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Correct supplemental air bag and
pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate
NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect
disposal procedures could cause
personal injury.
• If there is an impact to your vehicle
from any direction, your Occupant
Classification Sensor (OCS) should be
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to
verify it is still functioning correctly.
The OCS should be checked even if no
air bags deploy as a result of the impact. Failure to verify proper OCS
function may result in an improper
air bag deployment resulting in injury or death.
1-64 Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
MEMO
Safety–Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-65
2 Instruments and controls
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Meters and Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . . . . . . . 2-9
Li-ion battery capacity level gauge . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
ECO mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
e-Pedal system indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Warning lights, indicator lights and audible
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
How to use the vehicle information
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Vehicle information display warnings
and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Warning information displays (MODELS
WITH A NAVIGATION SYSTEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Washer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Rear wiper operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Rear window and outside mirror
(if so equipped) defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53
Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55
Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-56
Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . 2-57
E-call (SOS) button (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Immediate Charge switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58
Dynamic driver assistance switch
(for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist)
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Steering Assist switch (for models with
ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59
Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Seatback Pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61
Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64
Tonneau cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65
Stowing golf bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Console light (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
Room light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
customers and gate openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
Operating the HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . 2-74
Reprogramming a single HomeLink®
button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
COCKPIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
LII2624
2-2 Instruments and controls
TRIP RESET switch for twin trip
odometer (P. 2-6)
Instrument brightness control switch
(P. 2-54)
Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and
turn signal switch (P. 2-49)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(left side)
—Audio control*
—Vehicle information display controls
(P. 2-25)
Steering wheel (P. 5-156)
Power steering system (P. 5-156)
Horn (P. 2-55)
Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-43)
Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-46)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls
(right side)
—Cruise control switches
(if so equipped) (P. 5-66)
—Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-69)
—ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-92)
—Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
control*
Shift lever (P. 5-15)
ECO switch (P. 2-55)
e-Pedal switch (P. 5-22)
Console box (P. 2-61)
9.
10.
11.
12.
Parking brake (switch type)
(if so equipped) (P. 5-19)
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
lever(P. 3-23)
Lower instrument panel switches
(P. 3-21)
—Charge port lid switch (P. 3-21)
—Immediate charge switch (P. 2-58)
—Heated steering wheel switch
(if so equipped) (P. 2-57)
—Steering Assist switch (if so equipped)
(P. 5-92)
—Dynamic driver assistance switch
(if so equipped) (P. 5-92, 5-31, 5-47)
Fuse box cover (P. 8-18)
*For additional information, refer to the
NissanConnect® manual (for Leaf)
Instruments and controls 2-3
INSTRUMENT PANEL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
LII2625
2-4 Instruments and controls
Vents (P. 4-27)
Meters and gauges (P. 2-5)
Center multi-function control panel*
Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)
Rear window and outside mirror (if so
equipped) defroster switch (P. 2-48)
Front passenger supplemental air bag
(P. 1-43)
Glove box (P. 2-61)
Passenger supplemental knee airbag
(P. 1-43)
Heater and air conditioner control
(P. 4-28)
Power outlet (P. 2-61)
Front heated seat switches
(if so equipped) (P. 2-56)
USB connection port*
Push-button power switch (P. 5-10)
Front passenger air bag status light
(P. 1-43)
Driver supplemental knee air bag
(P. 1-43)
Hood release handle (P. 3-18)
METERS AND GAUGES
1.
2.
3.
Vehicle information display (P. 2-25)
Clock (P. 2-13)
Outside air temperature (P. 2-12)
Li-ion battery available charge gauge
(P. 2-9)
Driving range (P. 2-9)
Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-6)
Indicator for timer (P. CH-43)
Power meter (P. 2-8)
Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-14)
Turn signal/Hazard indicator light
(P. 2-49)
READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-23)
ECO mode indicator (P. 2-13)
Speedometer (P. 2-6)
LIC3861
Instruments and controls 2-5
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
The vehicle is equipped with a speedometer and odometer. The speedometer is
located on the right side of the vehicle information display. The odometer is located
within the vehicle information display.
LIC3862
LIC3863
Speedometer
Odometer/twin trip odometer
The speedometer indicates the vehicle
speed.
2
The odometer and twin trip odometer O
are displayed on the vehicle information
display when the power switch is in the ON
or READY to drive position.
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips.
2-6 Instruments and controls
Changing the display:
NOTE:
1 located
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch O
on the left side of the instrument panel
changes the display as follows:
• If the display indicates that the temperature of the Li-ion battery is near
the red zone end of the normal range,
reduce vehicle speed to decrease the
temperature. If the indicator is over the
normal range, the power provided to
the traction motor is reduced when the
power limitation indicator light is illuminated. Therefore, the vehicle is not
as responsive when the accelerator is
depressed while the power limitation
light is illuminated. For additional information, refer to “Power limitation
indicator light” in this section.
• If the outside temperature is extremely
low, the Li-ion temperature gauge may
not display a temperature reading. The
vehicle may not be able to be put in the
READY to drive mode. Have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
Odometer → TRIP A → TRIP B → Odometer
For additional information about the vehicle information display, refer to “Vehicle
information display” in this section.
Resetting the trip odometer:
1 for apPushing the TRIP RESET switch O
proximately 1 second resets the currently
displayed trip odometer to zero.
LIC3875
LI-ION BATTERY TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
The gauge indicates the temperature of
the Li-ion battery.
The temperature of the Li-ion battery is
within the normal range when the display
1 shown in the illustrais within the zone O
tion.
The temperature of the Li-ion battery varies according to the outside air temperature and driving conditions.
Instruments and controls 2-7
when the Li-ion battery temperature is
high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones
on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge)
to prevent Li-ion battery damage.
The more regenerative braking is reduced,
the more illuminated segments on the dis2 .
play are narrowed O
LIC3864
POWER METER
This meter displays the actual traction moA and the regentor power consumption O
erative brake power provided to the Li-ion
B .
battery O
3 .
The power meter is in a neutral state O
1 in the disThe white illuminated portion O
play moves right or left depending on demand.
1 moves to
The white illuminated portion O
the right when power is provided to the
traction motor (Li-ion battery discharges).
2-8 Instruments and controls
LIC3865
1 moves to
The white illuminated portion O
the left when power is generated and provided to the Li-ion battery by the regenerative brake system (Li-ion battery charging).
The power meter also indicates if the
power provided to the motor is limited or if
regenerative braking is limited. When
power or regenerative braking is limited,
the illuminated segments on the display
2 .
are narrowed O
Regenerative braking is automatically reduced when the Li-ion battery is fully
charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from
becoming overcharged. Regenerative
braking is also automatically reduced
If the Li-ion battery charge is low, power
provided to the traction motor is reduced.
Motor output is also limited if the Li-ion
battery temperature is high/low (indicated
by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery
temperature gauge) or the Li-ion battery
charge level is low.
The more power provided to the traction
motor is reduced, the more illuminated
2 .
segments on the display are narrowed O
NOTE:
If the power meter is selected on the trip
computer, the meter is not displayed.
NOTE:
LIC3866
DRIVING RANGE
1
The driving range O
provides an estimated distance that the vehicle can be
driven before recharging is necessary. The
driving range is constantly being calculated, based on the amount of available
Li-ion battery charge and the actual power
consumption average.
• The driving range display will flash
when the low battery charge indicator
illuminates. Additionally, if you continue to drive the vehicle in this state
and the Li-ion battery is close to being
completely discharged, “---” will be
displayed. Charge the Li-ion battery as
soon as possible. When the Li-ion battery is charged, the original display will
be restored.
• After the vehicle is charged, the displayed driving range is calculated
based on the actual average energy
consumption of the previous driving.
The displayed driving range will vary
every time the vehicle is fully charged.
• The driving range increases or decreases when the air conditioner,
heater or Li-ion battery warmer (if so
equipped) is turned on or off, or when
the ECO mode is selected, or when any
other accessory is turned on or off
based on driving (for models with
40kWh battery).
LIC3867
LI-ION BATTERY AVAILABLE
CHARGE GAUGE
1
䊊
2
䊊
3
䊊
This gauge indicates the approximate
available Li-ion battery charge to run
the vehicle.
This figure shows the current state of
charge (%) of the vehicle.
Low battery charge indicator
:
This indicator illuminates yellow when
the available Li-ion battery charge is
getting low.
Instruments and controls 2-9
Charge the Li-ion battery before the blue
1 disappears.
bar of the gauge O
3
The low battery charge indicator
O
illuminates yellow when the available Li-ion
battery charge is getting low. Charge as
soon as it is convenient, preferably before
1 disappears.
the blue bar of the gauge O
1 disapWhen the blue bar of the gauge O
3
pears and the charge indicator
O
illuminates, there is a very small reserve of
Li-ion battery charge remaining.
2-10 Instruments and controls
NOTE:
Estimated charge time
• The length of the blue bar of the gauge
1
is determined by the available
O
charge and the amount of charge the
Li-ion battery is capable of storing at
the current temperature.
• Temperature affects the amount of
charge the Li-ion battery is capable of
storing. The Li-ion battery is capable of
storing less power when the Li-ion battery temperature is cold. The Li-ion
battery is capable of storing more
power when the Li-ion battery temperature is warm. The length of the
1 can change
blue bar of the gauge O
based on the amount of power the Liion battery is capable of storing. For
example, when the Li-ion battery becomes colder, a longer blue bar of the
1
illuminates because the
gauge O
available charge is a greater percentage of the Li-ion battery's capability of
storing power. When the Li-ion battery
becomes warmer, a shorter blue bar of
1 illuminates because the
the gauge O
remaining energy is a lower percentage of the Li-ion battery's capability of
storing power.
The Estimated Charge Time mode shows
the estimated time charge the Li-ion battery to a full level. Immediately after the
power switch is placed in the ON position,
longer charging time may be displayed
than the actual time required.
5 The electrical power that is actually supO
plied while quick charging.
6 The remaining charging time before the
O
quick charger is shut off.
When charging is not performed, pushing
the
button on the steering wheel will
switch the display to the [Charge Time
Screen]. Select the electrical power that
you wish to show in the Estimated Charge
Time display.
NOTE:
LIC4288
Not charging
How to read the display:
LIC4177
1
O
While charging (quick charge
[if so equipped])
• When the currently remaining Li-ion battery level exceeds each percentage level,
the charging time will be displayed as
[---].
• When the Li-ion battery was fully charge,
all the charging time information will be
displayed as [---].
2
O
3 The currently selected electrical power
O
(supplied to the charger).
The displayed charging time is calculated
based on the electrical (supplied to the
charger), which is selected in the [Charge
Time Screen] setting under the EV Settings
menu. The display shows:
The currently remaining Li-ion battery
charge level.
The estimated charging time to reach
each percentage (25%, 50%, 75%, 100%) of
the Li-ion battery level.
• If the estimated charging time is longer
than 24 hours, [Over 24hr] is displayed.
4 The estimated charge level of the Li-ion
O
battery to be reached when the remaining
charging time has passed.
• While charging, the estimated charging time is calculated based on the
electrical power that is currently being
supplied to the charger.
• The electrical power for the normal
charging is displayed at a fixed value.
Therefore, the displayed electrical
power may differ from the one that is
actually supplied.
• For the quick charging, the electrical
power display will change to the actual
electrical power while charging. If the
charging is stopped or the power supply is stopped (unplugged, etc.), the
displayed electrical power returns to
the selected electrical power.
Instruments and controls 2-11
• The displayed charging time on each
percentage level is the current estimation, and the actual charging time will
vary depending on the conditions of
the vehicle or the state of charge.
• Right after starting of stopping
charge, the estimated charging time
may differ from the actual charging
time. The actual charging time will be
displayed after a period of time.
LIC4348
LI-ION BATTERY CAPACITY LEVEL
GAUGE
This gauge displays the available capacity
of the Li-ion battery remaining to store
power.
To check this gauge, select it in the trip
computer menu.
2-12 Instruments and controls
LIC3868
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE
The outside air temperature is displayed in
°F or °C.
The display may differ from the actual outside temperature displayed on various
signs or billboards.
LIC3869
LIC3870
LIC3871
CLOCK
ECO MODE INDICATOR
E-PEDAL SYSTEM INDICATOR
Adjust the clock on the setting screen of
the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to “Settings” in this
section. If the power supply (12-volt battery)
is disconnected, the clock will not indicate
the correct time. Readjust the time.
The ECO mode indicator illuminates in the
vehicle information display when the ECO
mode has been activated. The ECO mode
is used to help extend the range that the
vehicle can be driven by consuming less
power. For additional information, refer to
"ECO mode" in the "Starting and driving"
section of this manual.
This indicator "e-Pedal" illuminates within
the vehicle information display when the
e-Pedal system has been activated. The
"e-Pedal OFF" illuminates when the system
has been deactivated. For additional information, refer to “e-Pedal system” in the
“Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
Instruments and controls 2-13
WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS
AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
12-volt battery charge warning light
Master warning light (red/yellow)
High beam indicator light (blue)
or
Power steering warning light
Plug-in indicator light
Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) OFF system warning light
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light
Power limitation indicator light
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection system warning light
Seat belt warning light
READY to drive indicator light
or
Brake system warning light
(yellow)
Supplemental air bag warning light
Security indicator light
or
Brake warning light (red)
or
Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light
Electronic parking brake system warning light (yellow) (if so
equipped)
Electric shift control system warning light
Electric Vehicle (EV) system warning light
Low tire pressure warning light
2-14 Instruments and controls
or
Electronic parking brake indicator light
Slip indicator light
Exterior light indicator light
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
Front fog light indicator light (if so
equipped)
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light
Front passenger air bag status light
High Beam Assist indicator light
CHECKING LIGHTS
With all doors closed, apply the parking
brake, fasten the seat belts and place the
power switch for LEAF to the ON position
without starting the EV system. The following lights (if so equipped) will come on:
,
,
or
,
;
The following lights (if so equipped) come
on briefly and then turn off:
or
(red),
,
,
(yellow),
or
,
,
,
,
or
,
,
If any light does not come on or operate in
a way other than described, it may indicate
a burned-out bulb and/or a system malfunction. Have the system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the vehicle information display.
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle
information display” in this section.
WARNING LIGHTS
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle
information display” in this section.
12-volt battery charge
warning light
The DC/DC converter converts 400 volt Liion battery voltage to charge the 12-volt
battery.
This light illuminates continuously after the
bulb is checked when the power switch is
in the ON position, and turns off when the
power switch is placed in the READY to
drive position.
When this warning light illuminates, a
chime sounds and the following warnings
are also displayed.
• Master warning (red)
• EV system warning light
The following messages also flash on and
off on the vehicle information display.
If the vehicle is being driven; “Stop the vehicle” and if the vehicle is stopped; “When
parked apply parking brake”. When these
messages flash, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe location, pull the parking
brake switch and push the P (Park) position
switch on the shift lever to place the vehicle
in the P (Park) position. The warning on the
meter and the chime stops when the parking brake is operated or the vehicle is in the
P (Park) position. Have the system checked.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
CAUTION
• The DC/DC converter system may
not be functioning properly if the 12volt battery charge warning light illuminates continuously when the
power switch is in the READY to drive
position. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe location and have the
system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for this service.
• The DC/DC converter system may
not be functioning properly if the 12volt warning light illuminates continuously when the power switch is in
the READY to drive position. Do not
charge the 12-volt battery while this
warning light is illuminated. It may
lead to a malfunction of the DC/DC
converter system. Have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
Instruments and controls 2-15
NOTE:
• If the vehicle does not go into the
READY to drive position (when the
power switch is pushed and the brake
pedal is depressed), jump-start the vehicle to place the power switch in the
READY to drive position. For additional
information, refer to “Jump starting” in
the “In case of emergency” section of
this manual.
• Do not jump-start the vehicle if the
conditions below occur. Have the system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service:
– If the 12-volt charge warning light
turns off when the vehicle is in the
READY to drive mode, the 12-volt battery may be discharged or there may
be a malfunction in the 12-volt battery related system.
– If the 12-volt charge warning light
continues to illuminate when the vehicle is in the READY to drive mode,
there may be a malfunction in the
DC/DC converter. Have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
2-16 Instruments and controls
or
Anti-lock
Braking System
(ABS) warning
light
Approaching Vehicle
Sound for Pedestrians
(VSP) system OFF
warning light
When the power switch is in the ON or
READY to drive position, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminates
and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is
operational.
The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system OFF warning light is
located on the instrument panel.
If the ABS warning light illuminates while
the power switch is in the READY to drive
position, or while driving, it may indicate the
ABS is not functioning properly. Have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
If the VSP system OFF warning light illuminates while the power switch is in the ON
position, or in the READY to drive position, it
may indicate the VSP system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
function is turned off. The brake system
then operates normally, but without antilock assistance. For additional information,
refer to “Brake system” in the “Starting and
driving” section of this manual.
For additional information, refer to “Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians
(VSP) system” in the “EV overview” section of
this manual.
This light comes on if there is a malfunction
in the VSP system.
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection
system warning light
This light comes on when the power switch
is placed in the ON position. It turns off after
the EV system is started.
This light illuminates when the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system is set to OFF
in the vehicle information display.
If the light illuminates when the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system is on, it may
indicate that the system is unavailable. For
additional information, refer to “Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian
Detection” and “Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)” in the “Starting and
driving” section of this manual.
or
Brake system
warning light
(yellow)
This light functions for both the cooperative regenerative brake and the electronically driven intelligent brake systems.
When the power switch is placed in the ON
position or in the READY to drive position,
the light remains illuminated for about 2 or
3 seconds. If the light illuminates at any
other time, it may indicate that the cooperative regenerative brake and/or the electronically driven intelligent brake systems
are not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
If the BRAKE warning light (red) also illuminates, stop the vehicle immediately and
have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service. For additional
information, refer to “Brake system” in the
“Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
WARNING
• Pressing the brake pedal when the
power switch position is not in the
ON or READY to drive position and/or
low brake fluid level may increase the
stopping distance and braking will
require greater pedal effort as well as
pedal travel.
• If the brake fluid level is below the
minimum or MIN mark on the brake
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the
brake system has been checked. It is
recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
• The cooperative regenerative brake
system may not be working properly
if the brake system warning light illuminates when the READY to drive indicator light is ON. If you judge it to be
safe, drive carefully to the nearest
service station for repairs. Otherwise,
have your vehicle towed because
driving could be dangerous.
or
Brake warning
light (red)
When the power switch is placed in the ON
position or in the READY to drive position,
the light remains illuminated for about a
few seconds. If the light illuminates at any
other time, it may indicate that the hydraulic brake system is not functioning properly.
If the BRAKE warning light illuminates, stop
the vehicle immediately and have the system checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Parking brake indicator
When the power switch is placed in the ON
position, the light comes on when the parking brake is applied.
Instruments and controls 2-17
Low brake fluid warning light
When the power switch is in the ON position, the light warns of a low brake fluid
level. If this warning light illuminates, the
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
light and the brake system warning light
(yellow) also illuminate.
If the light illuminates while the power
switch is in the READY to drive position with
the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle and perform the following items.
1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is
necessary, add fluid and have the system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service. For additional information, refer to “Brake fluid” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this
manual.
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the
warning system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
WARNING
• Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on.
Driving could be dangerous. If you
judge the brake system to be safe,
drive carefully to the nearest service
station for repairs. Otherwise, have
your vehicle towed because driving it
could be dangerous.
• Pressing the brake pedal when the
power switch position is not in the
ON or READY to drive position and/or
low brake fluid level may increase the
stopping distance and braking will
require greater pedal effort as well as
pedal travel.
• If the brake fluid level is below the
minimum or MIN mark on the brake
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the
brake system has been checked. It is
recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
or
Electronic parking
brake system warning
light (yellow) (if so
equipped)
The electronic parking brake system warning light function for the electronic braking
brake system. When the power switch is
placed in the ON position, the light illuminates for a few seconds. If the warning light
illuminates at any other time, it may indicate that the electronic parking brake system is not function properly. Have the system
checked
immediately.
It
is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Electric shift control
system warning light
This light illuminates to warn when a malfunction occurs in the electric shift control
system. When the master warning light illuminates, the chime sounds and the message, “When parked apply parking brake”, is
displayed on the vehicle information display.
When the power switch is in the OFF position, the chime sounds continuously. Make
sure the parking brake is applied.
2-18 Instruments and controls
Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
The low tire pressure warning light warns
of low tire pressure or indicates that the
TPMS is not functioning properly.
Electric Vehicle (EV) system
warning light
After the power switch is placed in the ON
position, this light illuminates for about 1
second and then turns off.
This light illuminates if there is a malfunction in the following systems. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
• Traction motor and inverter system
• Charge port or on board charger
• Li-ion battery system
• Cooling system
• Shift control system
• Emergency shut off system is activated.
For additional information, refer to “Emergency shut-off system” in the “EV overview” section of this manual.
Low tire pressure warning
light
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire pressure of all tires.
Low tire pressure warning
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
pressure, the warning light will illuminate.
The “Tire Pressure Low— Add Air” warning
also appears on the vehicle information
display.
When the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates, you should stop and adjust the
tire pressure to the recommended COLD
tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. The low tire pressure
warning light does not automatically turn
off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After
the tire is inflated to the recommended
pressure, the vehicle must be driven at
speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate
the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure
warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to
check the tire pressure.
The “Tire Pressure Low— Add Air” warning
appears each time the power switch is
placed in the ON position as long as the low
tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle
information display” in this section, “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the
“Starting and driving” section and “In case
of emergency” section of this manual.
TPMS malfunction
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the
low tire pressure warning light will flash for
approximately 1 minute when the power
switch is placed in the ON position. The
light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have
the system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service. The “Tire Pressure Low—
Add Air” warning does not appear if the low
tire pressure warning light illuminates to
indicate a TPMS malfunction.
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle
information display” in this section and
“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in
the “Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
Instruments and controls 2-19
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
• If the light does not illuminate when
the power switch is placed in the ON
position, have the vehicle checked. It
is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon
as possible for this service.
• If the light illuminates while driving,
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle
speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as
possible. Driving with under-inflated
tires may permanently damage the
tires and increase the likelihood of
tire failure. Serious vehicle damage
could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury or death. Check the tire
pressure for all four tires. Adjust the
tire pressure to the recommended
COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire
2-20 Instruments and controls
and Loading Information label to
turn the low tire pressure warning
light OFF. If the light still illuminates
while driving after adjusting the tire
pressure, a tire may be flat or the
TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you
have a flat tire, replace it with a replacement tire as soon as possible. If
no tire is flat and all tires are properly
inflated, have the vehicle checked. It
is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
• When replacing a wheel without the
TPMS such as a spare tire, the TPMS
will not function and the low tire
pressure warning light will flash for
approximately 1 minute. The light will
remain on after 1 minute. Have the
system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.
• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
CAUTION
• The TPMS is not a substitute for the
regular tire pressure check. Be sure
to check the tire pressure regularly.
• If the vehicle is being driven at
speeds of less than 16 mph (25 km/h),
the TPMS may not operate correctly.
• Be sure to install the specified size of
tires to the four wheels correctly.
Master warning light
(red/yellow)
There are two types of master warning
lights: yellow and red. These lights illuminate if any warning lights or indicator lights
are illuminated or if various vehicle information warnings appear in the vehicle information display.
Yellow master warning light
This light illuminates when a yellow warning light within the vehicle information display is illuminated or when a message is
displayed on the vehicle information display.
Red master warning light
This light illuminates when a red warning
light within the vehicle information display
is illuminated or when a warning is displayed on the vehicle information display.
Power steering
warning light
erate the steering wheel, especially in
sharp turns and at low speeds.
For additional information, refer to “Power
steering system” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Rear Automatic Braking
(RAB) warning light
When the power switch is in the ON position, the electric power steering warning
light illuminates and turns off when the
power switch is placed in the READY to
drive position. This indicates the electric
power steering system is operational.
This light comes on when the power switch
is placed in the ON position. It turns off after
the EV system is started.
If the electric power steering warning light
illuminates while the READY to drive indicator light is ON, it may indicate the electric
power steering system is not functioning
properly and may need servicing. Have the
electric power steering system checked. It
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
If the light illuminates when the RAB system is on, it may indicate that the system is
unavailable. For additional information, refer to “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” in the
“Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
When the electric power steering warning
light illuminates while the READY to drive
indicator is ON, the power assist to the
steering will cease operation but you will
still have control of the vehicle. At this time,
greater steering efforts are required to op-
This light illuminates when the RAB system
is turned off in the vehicle information display.
Seat belt
warning light
The light and chime remind you to fasten
your seat belts. The light illuminates whenever the power switch is placed in the ON
position, and will remain illuminated until
the driver’s seat belt is fastened. At the
same time, the chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds unless the driver’s
seat belt is securely fastened.
The seat belt warning light for the front
passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is
not fastened when the front passenger’s
seat is occupied. The front passenger seat
belt warning light does not activate until 5
seconds after the power switch is in the ON
position.
For additional information, refer to “Seat
belts” in the “Safety — Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system” section of
this manual for precautions on seat belt
usage.
Supplemental air bag
warning light
After turning the power switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light will illuminate. The supplemental air
bag warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the supplemental front air bag
and supplemental side air bag, curtain
side-impact air bag systems and/or pretensioner seat belt are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the
front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag
and pretensioner systems need servicing
Instruments and controls 2-21
and your vehicle must be taken to
nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
• The supplemental air bag warning
remains on after approximately 7
onds.
• The supplemental air bag warning
flashes intermittently.
• The supplemental air bag warning
does not illuminate at all.
your
light
seclight
light
Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioners may not function properly.
For additional information, refer to “Supplemental restraint system (SRS)” in the “Safety
— Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section of this manual.
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning
light is on, it could mean that the front
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag
and/or pretensioner systems will not
operate in an accident. To help avoid
injury to yourself or others, have your
vehicle checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer as soon as possible for this service.
2-22 Instruments and controls
INDICATOR LIGHTS
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle
information display” in this section.
or
Electronic parking
brake indicator
light
When the power switch is placed in the ON
position, the light comes on when the parking brake is applied.
Exterior light
indicator light
This indicator illuminates when the heador
light switch is turned to the AUTO,
position and the front parking lights,
side marker lights, tail and license plate
lights are on. The indicator turns off when
these lights are turned off.
Front fog light indicator
light (if so equipped)
The front fog indicator light illuminates
when the front fog lights are on. For additional information, refer to “Fog light switch”
in this section.
Front passenger air bag
status light
The front passenger air bag status light
(located on the center of the instrument
panel) will be lit and the passenger front air
bag and passenger knee airbag will be
turned off depending on how the front passenger seat is being used.
For front passenger air bag status light operation, refer to “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag
System (front seats)” in the “Safety — Seats,
seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section of this manual.
High Beam Assist indicator
light
The indicator light illuminates when the
headlights come on while the headlight
switch is in the AUTO position with the high
beam selected. This indicates that the high
beam assist system is operational. For additional information, refer to “Headlight
beam select” in this section.
High beam indicator light
(blue)
This light illuminates when the headlight
high beam is on and goes out when the low
beam is selected.
Plug-in
indicator light
This light illuminates when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle and
blinks during charging.
NOTE:
If the charge connector is connected to
the vehicle, the power switch cannot be
placed in the READY to drive position.
Power limitation
indicator light
When the power limitation indicator light is
illuminated, the power provided to the traction motor is reduced. Therefore the vehicle is not as responsive when the accelerator is depressed while the power
limitation light is illuminated.
When this light comes on, the warning display appears within the vehicle information
display. Follow the instructions provided on
the vehicle information display.
This light illuminates in the following conditions.
• Li-ion battery available charge is extremely low
• Li-ion battery temperature is very low
(approximately −4°F (−20°C)
• When the temperature of the EV system
is high (motor, inverter, coolant system,
Li-ion battery etc.)
• When the EV system has a malfunction.
If the low battery charge indicator is illuminated, charge the Li-ion battery as soon as
possible.
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
WARNING
Power limitation mode can result in reduced power and vehicle speed. The reduced speed may be lower than other
traffic, which could increase the chance
of a collision. Be especially careful
when driving. If the vehicle cannot
maintain a safe driving speed, pull to
the side of the road in a safe area.
Charge the Li-ion battery if the charge
is low or allow the Li-ion battery to cool.
If this indicator illuminates because the Liion battery is cold due to low outside temperatures, move the vehicle to a warmer
location. The Li-ion battery temperature
may be increased by charging the Li-ion
battery.
NOTE:
If the light illuminates when the EV system
becomes hot due to continuous hill climbing, either continue driving at a slower safe
speed or stop the vehicle in a safe location.
If this indicator does not turn off, have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
You can reduce charging time and keep
the Li-ion battery temperature lower if
you:
• Charge more frequently in smaller
amounts, and
• Keep the battery at a higher level of
charge.
The indicator illuminates when a part in the
EV system has malfunctioned. If the indicator illuminates in a situation other than
those described above, or if it does not turn
off, there may be a system malfunction.
Have the system checked. It is recom-
READY to drive
indicator light
The READY to drive indicator light illuminates when the EV system is powered and
the vehicle may be driven.
Instruments and controls 2-23
The READY to drive indicator light will turn
off in the following conditions.
• Certain EV system malfunctions.
• The READY to drive indicator light turns
off immediately before the Li-ion battery
is completely discharged. If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged,
the vehicle must be charged in order to
be driven. For additional information, refer to “Low battery charge indicator” in
this section.
Security
indicator light
This light blinks when the power switch is in
the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This function indicates the security system
equipped on the vehicle is operational.
If the security system is malfunctioning,
this light will remain on while the power
switch is in the ON position. For additional
information, refer to “Security systems” in
this section.
Slip indicator light
This indicator light will blink when the VDC
system or the traction control system is
operating, thus alerting that the vehicle is
2-24 Instruments and controls
nearing its traction limits. The road surface
may be slippery.
namic Control (VDC) system” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
You may feel or hear the system working;
this is normal. The light will blink for a few
seconds after the VDC system stops limiting wheel spin.
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
The indicator light also comes on when
you place the power switch in the ON position.
The light will turn off after approximately 2
seconds if the system is operational. If the
light does not come on, have the system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Turn signal/hazard
indicator lights
This light flashes when the turn signal
switch lever or hazard switch is turned on.
Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) OFF indicator light
This light illuminates when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) is turned off in the
vehicle information display. This indicates
that the VDC system is not operating. For
additional information, refer to “Vehicle Dy-
Brake pad wear warning
The disc brake pads have audible wear
warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched
scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur
only when the brake pedal is depressed.
After more wear of the brake pad, the
sound will always be heard even if the
brake pedal is not depressed. Have the
brakes checked as soon as possible if the
warning sound is heard.
Electric shift control system
reminder chime
If an improper shift operation is performed,
for safety reasons a chime will sound and
at the same time, depending on the conditions, the operation will be canceled or the
shift position will switch to the N (Neutral)
position.
For additional information, refer to “Driving
the vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
Key reminder chime
A chime will sound if the driver's side door is
opened while the power switch is pushed
to the ON or ACC position.
Make sure that the power switch is pushed
to the OFF position, and take the Intelligent
Key with you when leaving the vehicle.
Light reminder chime
The light reminder chime will sound when
the driver side door is opened with the light
or
position, and
switch in the
the power switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK
position.
Turn the light switch off when you leave the
vehicle.
Parking brake reminder chime
A chime sounds if the parking brake is set
and the vehicle is driven. The chime will
stop if the parking brake is released or the
vehicle speed returns to zero.
Power switch reminder chime
The power switch reminder chime will
sound when the driver's door is opened
while the power switch is in the ON or
READY to drive position. Push the power
switch to the OFF position.
Seat belt warning chime
The seat belt warning chime will sound for
about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat
belt is securely fastened.
12-volt battery charge
warning chime
If the 12-volt battery charge warning light
illuminates, the chime will sound when a
warning message is displayed in the vehicle information display.
When the chime sounds, immediately stop
the vehicle in a safe location and push the P
(Park) position switch on the shift lever and
apply the parking brake. The 12-volt battery
charge warning light turns off and the
chime will stop when the parking brake is
applied or the vehicle is placed in the P
(Park) position. Have the system checked. It
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service. For
additional information, refer to “12-volt battery charge warning light” in this section.
LIC3872
The vehicle information display is located
to the left of the speedometer. It displays
items such as:
• Battery information
• Energy economy
• Average vehicle speed
• Driving distance
• Driving time
• Cruise control information
• Intelligent Key information
• Indicators and warnings
Instruments and controls 2-25
LHA4545
HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE
INFORMATION DISPLAY
The vehicle information display can be
changed by using the
and OK buttons located on the steering wheel.
1
O
O
2
OK
Use this button to change
or select items.
Use these buttons to navigate the vehicle information display.
2-26 Instruments and controls
3
O
Use this button to return to
the previous menu.
4
O
Use these buttons to navigate the vehicle information display.
buttons
The OK,
also control audio and control panel functions in some conditions. Most screens and
menus offer instruction prompts of the
steering switches to indicate how to control the vehicle information display. White
dots appear on the left side of the vehicle
information display when there is more
than one page of menu items. The OK,
and
change the audio source and the
buttons also control voice recognition
manual mode. For additional information,
refer to the separate NissanConnect®
Manual (for Leaf).
STARTUP DISPLAY
With the vehicle in the ON position, the vehicle information display may display the
following screens:
• Battery information
• Audio
• Navigation
• Energy Economy
• Driving Aids
• Warnings
• Settings
Warnings will only display if there are any
present. For additional information, refer to
“Vehicle information display warnings and
indicators” in this section.
To control which items display in the vehicle information display, refer to “Meter
settings” in this section.
SETTINGS
The settings mode allows you to change
the information displayed in the vehicle information display as well as enable and
disable various vehicle features and systems. The settings include:
• VDC Setting
• Driver Assistance
• Customize Display
• Vehicle Settings
• EV Settings
• TPMS Settings
• Maintenance
• Clock
• Unit/Language
• Factory Reset
VDC Setting
The VDC setting menu allows the user to the adjust the VDC settings.
Menu Item
System
Result
Allows user to turn the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on or off.
Driver Assistance
The driver assistance menu allows the user to change the settings for driving, parking, and braking aids.
Menu Item
Steering Assist (if so equipped)
Lane
Result
Allows user to turn the steering assist feature on or off. For additional information, refer to “ProPILOT Assist” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Displays the available lane options.
Lane Departure Warning
Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning on and off. For additional information, refer to
“Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Lane Departure Prevention
Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) on and off. For additional information,
refer to “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Blind Spot Warning
Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning on and off. For additional information, refer to “Blind
Spot Warning” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Blind Spot Intervention
Allows user to turn the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) on and off. For additional information, refer to “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
Side Indicator Brightness
Allows user to set the brightness of the side indicator.
Blind Spot
Displays the available blind spot options.
Emergency Brake
Displays the available emergency brake options.
Front
Allows user to turn the emergency brake on and off. For additional information, refer to “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection” and “Intelligent Forward Collision
Warning (I-FCW)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Rear
Allows user to turn the rear emergency braking system on and off. For additional information,
refer to "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Instruments and controls 2-27
Menu Item
Result
Parking Aids
Displays the available parking aids.
Sonar
Allows user to select sonar system features. For additional information, refer to “Rear Sonar System (RSS) in the “Starting and driving section of this manual.
Parking
sonar
Allows user to select parking sonar settings: OFF or ON.
Display
Allows user to turn the parking sonar display on or off.
Volume
Allows user to change the volume of the parking aid chimes: High, Med. Low
Range
Allows user to select the range in which the parking sonar will activate: Far, Mid, Near.
Moving Object (if so
equipped)
Allows user to turn the Moving Object Detection on and off. For additional information, refer to
“Moving Object Detection (MOD)” in the “Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems” section of this manual.
Cross Traffic
Allows user to turn the cross traffic alert on and off. For additional information, refer to “Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Driver Attention Alert
(if so equipped)
Allows user to turn the driver attention alert on or off. For additional information, refer to “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Timer Alert
Allows user to set or reset an alert at a specific tune interval.
Low Temperature Alert
Allows user to turn the low temperature alert on or off.
Chassis Control
Displays the available chassis controls.
Active Trace Control (Intelligent Trace
Control)
e-Pedal
Allows user to turn the chassis control on or off. For additional information, refer to “Chassis control” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Displays the available e-Pedal options.
Retain Mode
2-28 Instruments and controls
Allows user to turn the retain mode on or off. For additional information, refer to “e-Pedal system”
in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Customize Display
The customize display menu allows the user to change the settings for the vehicle information display.
Menu Item
Result
Main Menu Selection
Displays the available main menu selection options.
Cruise
Allows user to turn the Cruise screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Driving Aids
Allows user to turn the safety shield screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Status
Allows user to turn the status screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Tire Pressures
Allows user to turn the tire pressures screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Drive Computer
Allows user to turn the drive computer screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
Chassis Control
Allows user to turn the chassis control screen on or off in the vehicle information display.
ECO Info Settings
Displays the available ECO Info Settings.
ECO Drive Report
View History
Navigation Settings
Allows user to turn the ECO drive report on or off.
Allows user to view and reset the ECO drive report history.
Displays the available navigation settings.
Alerts
Allows user to turn the navigation alerts on or off.
Cruise Screen Transition
Allows user to turn the Cruise screen transition on or off.
Welcome Effect
Displays the available welcome effects.
Gauges
Allows user to turn the gauges effect on or off.
Animation
Allows user to turn the animation effect on or off.
Instruments and controls 2-29
Vehicle Settings
The vehicle settings menu allows the user to change the settings for the lights, locks, wipers and other vehicle settings.
Menu Item
Rear Door Alert
Result
Displays the available Rear Door Alert options. For additional information, refer to “Rear Door Alert”
in this section.
Horn & Alert
When selected, the alert is displayed and horn sounds.
Alert Only
When selected, only the alert is displayed.
OFF
When selected, no alert or horn will be active.
Lighting
Displays the available lighting options.
Auto Room Lamp
Allows user to turn the auto room lamp on or off
Light Sensitivity
Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle.
Light Off Delay
Allows user to change the duration of time that the automatic headlights stay on after the vehicle
is shut off.
Ext. Door Switch
Allows user to turn the exterior door switch on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the
door is activated.
Selective Unlock
Allows user to turn selective unlock on or off. When turned on, only the current door is unlocked
after the door unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the driver’s or front passenger’s side door is pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the
doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 5 seconds. When
this item is turned off, all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed
once.
Locking
Displays the available locking options.
Wipers
Displays the available wiper settings. For additional information, refer to “Wiper and washer switch”
in this section.
Speed Dependent
2-30 Instruments and controls
Allows user to turn the speed dependent feature on or off.
EV Settings
The EV settings menu allows the user to change the settings for charging the vehicle.
Menu Item
Result
Chg. Connector Lock
Allows user to lock or unlock the charging connection.
Charge Timer1
Allows user to set charge timer 1.
Charge Timer2
Allows user to set charge timer 2.
Chg. Timer Only at HOME (if so equipped)
Allows user to set charging timer only at home.
Charge Time Screen
Allows user to select the display time screen based on charge method.
Climate Ctrl. Timer1
Allows user to set climate control timer 1.
Climate Ctrl. Timer2
Allows user to set climate control timer 2.
TPMS Settings
The TPMS settings menu allows the user to change the tire pressure units displayed in the vehicle information display.
Menu Item
Tire Pressure Unit
Result
Allows user to select the tire pressure units that will display in the vehicle information display.
Maintenance
The maintenance menu allows the user to set reminders for various vehicle maintenance items.
Menu Item
Maintenance
Result
Displays available maintenance reminder options.
Tire
Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.
Other
Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.
Instruments and controls 2-31
Clock
Menu Item
Clock
Clock Mode
Result
Allows user to select the clock setting mode.
Clock Format
Allows user to select from 12 hour and 24 hour formats.
Daylight Saving Time (if so equipped)
Allows user to turn daylight saving time mode on or off.
Time Zone
Allows user to set a time zone.
Set Clock Manually
Allows user to set a clock manually.
Unit/Language
The unit/language menu allows the user to change the units shown in the vehicle information display.
Menu Item
Mileage/Energy
Result
Allows user to select the preferred mileage/energy unit of measure to display.
Tire Pressures
Allows user to select the preferred tire pressure unit of measure to display.
Temperature
Allows user to select the preferred temperature unit of measure to display.
Language
Allows user to select the preferred language to display.
Factory Reset
The factory reset menu allows the user to restore the vehicle information display settings to factory status.
Menu Item
Factory Reset
2-32 Instruments and controls
Result
Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once
selected, the user can confirm or cancel the reset.
LIC4289
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS
Instruments and controls 2-33
1. Push brake and power switch to drive
2. No Key Detected
3. Key Battery Low
4. EV system operation for discharged Intelligent Key system indicator
5. Door open
6. Low battery charge indicator
7. Driver alert
8. Low outside air temperature
9. Low Washer Fluid (if so equipped)
10. Reminder Turn OFF Headlights
11. Tire Pressure Low — Add Air
12. Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)
13. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indicators (if so equipped)
14. Shift to Park
15. Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual
16. Release Parking Brake
17. ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped)/
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)/
Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)
indicator
18. Not Available Seat Belt Not Fastened (if
so equipped)
19. Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual
indicator
(if
34. Press Brake Pedal (if so equipped)
35. Lane
Departure
indicator
20. Indicators for maintenance
21. Steering Assist
equipped)
33. Not Available System Malfunction
so
22. Steering Assist warning (if so equipped)
23. Not Available Front Radar Blocked
(LDW)
36. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
37. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse
38. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator
24. Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction
39. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system
warning indicator
25. Not Available Visibility is Impaired (if so
equipped)
40. Headlight System Error: See Owner’s
Manual (if so equipped)
26. Not Available Bad Weather (if so
equipped)
41. When Parked Apply Parking Brake
27. Driver Attention Alert Take a Break? (if
so equipped)
28. Driver Attention Alert System Fault (if so
equipped)
42. T/M system malfunction Visit dealer
43. Check position of shift lever
44. Chassis Control System Error: See
Owner’s Manual
29. Unavailable High Cabin Temperature
45. Press brake pedal to operate e-Pedal
switch
30. Not Available Parking Brake On (if so
equipped)
46. Rear Door Alert is activated
31. Not Available Poor Road Conditions (if
so equipped)
32. Currently not available (if so equipped)
47. Check Rear Seat For All Articles
48. e-Pedal system failure! Press brake
pedal to slow or stop (if so equipped)
49. Parking Sensor
2-34 Instruments and controls
Warning
50. Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’s
Manual
Push brake and power switch to
drive
This indicator appears while the vehicle is
in the P (Park) position. This indicator
means that the EV system will start when
the power switch is pressed with the brake
pedal depressed.
No Key Detected
This warning appears in either of the following conditions:
No key inside the vehicle:
This warning appears when the door is
closed with the Intelligent Key left outside
the vehicle and the power switch in the
ACC or ON position. Make sure that the
Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.
Unregistered Intelligent Key:
This warning appears when the power
switch is placed in the ON, ACC or READY to
drive position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot place the power switch in the READY to
drive position with an unregistered key. Use
an Intelligent Key that has been registered.
For additional information, refer to “NISSAN
Intelligent Key® system” in the “Pre-driving
checks and adjustments” section of this
manual.
Key Battery Low
This indicator appears when the Intelligent
Key battery is running out of power.
If this indicator appears, replace the battery with a new one. For additional information, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®
battery replacement” in the “Maintenance
and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.
EV system operation for
discharged Intelligent Key system
indicator
This indicator appears when the Intelligent
Key battery is running out of power and
when the Intelligent Key system and vehicle are not communicating normally.
If this indicator appears, touch the power
switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal. For additional information, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®
battery discharge” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Door open
This warning appears if any of the doors
and/or the rear hatch are open or not
closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates
which door or the rear hatch is open on the
display. Make sure that all of the doors and
the rear hatch are closed.
This warning also appears alternating with
the Shift to Park warning while the driver's
door is opened with the shift position in
any position other than the P (Park) position. For additional information, refer to
“Shift to Park” in this section.
Low battery charge indicator
This light illuminates when the available Liion battery charge is getting low. Charge as
soon as it is possible, preferably before the
Li-ion battery available charge gauge
reaches 0%.
NOTE:
The low battery charge indicator turns
off immediately before the Li-ion battery
is completely discharged and the vehicle
will stop. If the Li-ion battery becomes
completely discharged, the vehicle must
be charged in order to be driven.
Instruments and controls 2-35
Driver alert
Low Washer Fluid (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the previously
set time for a break is reached. You can set
the time for up to 6 hours in the setting
menu. For additional information, refer to
“Vehicle information display” in this section.
This warning appears when the washer
tank fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid
as necessary. For additional information,
refer to “Windshield washer fluid” in the
“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.
Low outside air temperature
Reminder Turn OFF Headlights
The outside air temperature is displayed in
°F or °C in the range of −20°F to 140°F (−30°C
to 60°C).
This warning appears when the power
switch is turned to the OFF position but the
headlight switch is still on. Turn off the
headlight switch.
The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature.
If the outside air temperature is below 37°F
(3°C), the warning is displayed on the
screen.
The outside temperature sensor is located
in front side of the vehicle. The sensor may
be affected by road, wind directions and
other driving conditions. The display may
differ from the actual outside temperature
or the temperature displayed on various
signs or billboards.
2-36 Instruments and controls
Tire Pressure Low - Add Air
This warning appears when the low tire
pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. The
warning appears each time the power
switch is placed in the ON position as long
as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.
If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and
adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label. For additional information, refer to “Low tire pressure
warning light” in this section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Cruise control indicator (if so
equipped)
This indicator shows the cruise control system status.
When cruise control is activated, a green
circle will illuminate to indicate it is set. The
vehicle information display will also display
the speed the cruise control was set at. If
you accelerate past the set speed, the
speed will blink until you either cancel
cruise control or go back to the set speed. If
cruise control is on and canceled, the
speed will be displayed to show the speed
the vehicle will return to if the resume button is activated.
For additional information, refer to “Cruise
control” in the “Starting and driving” section
of this manual.
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
indicators (if so equipped)
This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise
Control (ICC) system status. The status is
shown by the color. For additional information, refer to “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”
in the “Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
Shift to Park
Release Parking Brake
This warning appears alternately with
door/rear hatch open warning when the
driver's door is opened with the shift position in any position other than the P (Park)
position. If this warning appears, push the P
(Park) position switch and place in the P
(Park) position.
This warning appears when the vehicle
speed is above 4 mph (7 km/h) (models not
equipped with electronic parking brake) or
2 mph (4 km/h) (models equipped with
electronic parking brake) and the parking
brake is applied. Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.
For additional information, refer to “Door
open” in this section.
Key System Error: See Owner’s
Manual
After the power switch is pushed to the ON
position, this light comes on for about 2
seconds and then turns off.
The Key System Error message warns of a
malfunction with the Intelligent Key system. If the light comes on while the motor is
stopped, it may be impossible to start the
motor.
If the light comes on while the motor is
running, you can drive the vehicle. However,
have it repaired as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
ProPILOT Assist (if so
equipped)/Intelligent Lane
Intervention (I-LI)/ Intelligent Blind
Spot Intervention (I-BSI) indicator
This indicator appears when the following
systems (if so equipped) is engaged:
• ProPILOT Assist system (if so equipped)
• Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
• Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)
For additional information, refer to “ProPILOT Assist”, “Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI), or “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (IBSI) in the “Starting and driving” section of
this manual.
Not Available Seat Belt Not
Fastened (if so equipped)
This indicator appears when the ProPILOT
Assist system will not engage because the
driver’s seat belt is not fastened. For additional information, refer to “ProPILOT Assist”
in the “Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual
This warning appears when one or more of
the following systems (if so equipped) is
not functioning properly:
• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
• Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection
• Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (IFCW)
• Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If one or more of these warning appears,
have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
Instruments and controls 2-37
Indicators for maintenance
These indicators appear when the customer set distance comes for replacing
tires or other maintenance items. You can
set or reset the distance for replacing tires
and other maintenance items.
WARNING
The tire replacement indicator is not a
substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. For additional information, refer to “Changing
wheels and tires” in the “Maintenance
and do-it-yourself” section of this
manual. Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and
road conditions affect tire wear and
when tires should be replaced. Setting
the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean
your tires will last that long. Use the tire
replacement indicator as a guide only
and always perform regular tire
checks. Failure to perform regular tire
checks, including tire pressure checks
could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead
to a collision, which could result in serious personal injury or death.
2-38 Instruments and controls
For scheduled maintenance items and intervals, refer to the NISSAN Service and
Maintenance Guide.
Steering Assist indicator (if so
equipped)
This indicator appears when the Steering
Assist system is engaged. For additional
information, refer to “ProPilot Assist” in the
“Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
Steering Assist warning (if so
equipped)
This message may appear when the Steering Assist system is engaged.
It will be displayed under the following condition:
• When not holding the steering wheel or
when there is no steering wheel operation.
Please hold the steering wheel immediately. When the steering operation is detected, the warning turns off and the steering assist function is automatically
restored.
Not Available Front Radar Blocked
This message appears when one or more
of the following systems (if so equipped)
become unavailable due to an obstruction
of the front radar.
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
• Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (IFCW)
• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection
For additional information, refer to “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”, “Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)”, or “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection” in the “Starting and
driving” section of this manual.
Unavailable Side Radar
Obstruction
This warning appears when there is radar
blockage detected. For additional information, refer to “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” in
the “Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
Not Available Visibility is Impaired
(if so equipped)
The system will be available when the
above conditions no longer exist.
Not Available Parking Brake On (if
so equipped)
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT
Assist) system is engaged.
Driver Attention Alert Take a
Break? (if so equipped)
Driver Attention Alert System
Fault (if so equipped)
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT
Assist) system is engaged.
Under the following conditions, the ICC
(with ProPILOT Assist) system is automatically canceled:
• The electronic parking brake is applied.
The above system cannot be used when
the electronic parking brake is activated.
This warning appears when the Intelligent
Driver Alertness (I-DA) system is not functioning properly.
Not Available Poor Road
Conditions (if so equipped)
Under the following conditions, the ICC
(with ProPILOT Assist) system is automatically canceled:
• The camera area of the windshield is
fogged up or covered with dirt, water, ice,
snow, etc.
• Strong light, such as sunlight or high
beams from oncoming vehicles, enters
the front camera
The system will be available when the
above conditions no longer exist.
If the warning message continues to appear, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn
the EV system off and clean the windshield.
Not Available Bad Weather (if so
equipped)
This message may appear when the Steering Assist system is engaged.
When the wiper (HI) operates, the Steering
Assist system is automatically canceled.
This alert appears when the system has
detected the driver may be displaying fatigue or a lack of attention.
For additional information, refer to “Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” in the “Starting
and driving” section of this manual.
Unavailable High Cabin
Temperature
This message appears when the camera
detects an interior temperature of more
than approximately 104°F (40°C).
For additional information, refer to “Lane
Departure Warning (LDW)” in the “Starting
and driving” section of this manual.
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT
Assist) system, the ICC system, Intelligent
Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) or Intelligent
Lane Intervention (I-LI) is engaged.
Under the following conditions, the ICC
(with ProPILOT Assist) system, ICC system,
Intelligent Blind Intervention (I-BSI) or Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) is automatically canceled:
• When the VDC operates.
• When a wheel slips.
The above system cannot be used in some
situations (VDC operates and wheel slip.)
Instruments and controls 2-39
Currently not available (if so
equipped)
This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT
Assist) system or the ICC is engaged.
Under the following condition, the ICC (with
ProPILOT Assist) system or the ICC system
is automatically canceled:
• When the VDC system is turned off.
The above system cannot be used in some
situations (VDC operates, wheel slip, and
VDC system is off.)
Not Available System Malfunction
This warning appears when one or more of
the following systems (if so equipped) are
not functioning properly:
• Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
• ProPILOT Assist
If one or more of these warning appears,
have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
2-40 Instruments and controls
Press Brake Pedal (if so equipped)
Vehicle ahead detection indicator
This message may appear in the following
situations:
• The driver tries to release the electronic
parking brake manually without depressing the brake pedal.
• The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill; and
there is a possibility of moving backwards, even if the electronic parking
brake is applied.
• The vehicle moves while the automatic
brake hold is activated.
This indicator shows when the Automatic
Emergency Braking with Pedestrian Detection system is engaged and has detected a
vehicle.
For additional information, refer to “Electronic parking brake” in the “Starting and
driving” section of this manual.
This warning may appear if the extended
storage switch is not pushed in. When this
warning appears, push in the extended
storage switch to turn off the warning.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
indicator
This indicator shows when the LDW system
is engaged.
For additional information, refer to ”Warning systems switch” in this section and
“Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system” in
the “Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
For additional information, refer to “Automatic Emergency Braking with Pedestrian
Detection” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Shipping Mode On Push Storage
Fuse
For additional information, refer to “Extended
storage switch” in the “Maintenance and doit-yourself” section of this manual.
Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
indicator
This indicator shows when the BSW/I-BSI
systems are engaged.
For additional information, refer to “Blind
Spot Warning (BSW)” or “Intelligent Blind
Spot Intervention (I-BSI)” in the “Starting
and driving” section of this manual.
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
system warning indicator
This indicator illuminates to indicate the
status of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
system.
For additional information, refer to “Rear
Automatic Braking (RAB)” in the “Starting
and driving” section of this manual.
Headlight System Error: See
Owner’s Manual (if so equipped)
This warning appears when the LED headlights are not functioning properly.
If this warning appears, have your system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
When Parked Apply Parking Brake
This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the electric shift control system. This
warning appears when the parking brake
is not applied, even after the vehicle has
been parked. The master warning light
(red) also illuminates and the chime
sounds.
If the power switch cannot be placed in the
OFF position, apply the parking brake and
then place the power switch in the OFF
position. The warning turns off and the
chime stops.
If this warning appears, have your system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
T/M system malfunction Visit
dealer
This warning appears if there is a malfunction in the electric shift control system but
operation of the electric shift control is still
possible. The master warning light (yellow)
also illuminates and the chime sounds.
When this occurs, check the shift position
indicator by the shift lever or in the vehicle
information display to make sure that
shifting has been performed properly. It is
recommended that you contact a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible.
Check position of shift lever
This warning appears if the system cannot
detect the shift position. Make sure the vehicle is placed in a position properly.
The master warning light (yellow) also illuminates and the chime sounds. Check the
shift position of the vehicle.
Chassis Control System Error: See
Owner’s Manual
This warning appears if the chassis control
is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service. For additional information, refer to
“Chassis control” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
Press brake pedal to operate
e-Pedal switch
This indicator appears when trying to turn
the e-Pedal off without depressing the
brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped.
Depress the brake pedal before pulling the
e-Pedal switch.
Rear Door Alert is activated
When the system is enabled, this message
appears when the Rear Door Alert system
is active and can remind the driver to check
the back seat.
• Using the steering wheel switch, a driver
can select “Dismiss Message” to clear the
display for a period of time. If no selection
is made, this message automatically
turns off after a period of time.
Instruments and controls 2-41
• Using the steering wheel switch, a driver
can select “Disable Alert” to disable the
horn alert for the remainder of the current trip.
WARNING
Selecting “Dismiss Message” during a
stop within a trip temporarily dismisses the message for that stop without turning the system off. Alerts can
be provided for other stops during the
trip. Selecting “Disable Alert” turns off
the Rear Door Alert system for the remainder of a trip and no audible alert
will be provided.
NOTE:
This system is disabled until a driver enables it using the vehicle information
display. For additional information, refer
to “How to use the vehicle information
display” in this section.
For additional information, refer to “Rear
Door Alert” in this section.
2-42 Instruments and controls
Check Rear Seat For All Articles
Parking Sensor
When the system is enabled, this message
appears when the vehicle comes to a complete stop, the vehicle is transitioned from
the D (Drive) position to P (Park) position,
and the driver exits the vehicle. This message alerts the driver, after a period of time,
to check for items in the rear seat after the
audible alert has been provided.
This indicator illuminates when the sensor
is activated. Pressing the OK button while
the sonar screen is displayed will dismiss
this message until the next time the sensors are activated. The Parking Sensor system will remain on, unless it is disabled in
the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.
NOTE:
This system is disabled until a driver enables it using the vehicle information
display. For additional information, refer
to “How to use the vehicle information
display” in this section.
For additional information, refer to “Rear
Door Alert” in this section.
e—Pedal system failure! Press
brake pedal to slow or stop (if so
equipped)
This warning is display when the e-Pedal
system is malfunctioning. Have the system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’s
Manual
This warning illuminates when there is an
error with the system. For additional information, refer to “Rear Sonar System (RSS)”
in the “Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
WARNING INFORMATION DISPLAYS
(MODELS WITH A NAVIGATION
SYSTEM)
Low battery warning
When the low battery charge indicator
and the master warning light (yellow)
illuminate, the system displays a
message on the navigation system screen
SECURITY SYSTEMS
that warns the driver that the Li-ion battery
power level is low.
The system helps deter vehicle theft but
cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the
theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your
vehicle even if parking for a brief period.
Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and
always lock it when it is left unattended. Be
aware of your surroundings, and park in
secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.
1. The notification is displayed on the upper left side of the STATUS screen. Touch
[Show] to display the screen showing
detailed information.
2. The system displays a message screen
and announces the contents of the
message to warn that the Li-ion battery
power level is low. Check the message
displayed on the screen.
Touch [YES] to search for charging stations within the estimated driving range.
or push the MAP button to
3. Touch
return to the vehicle location screen.
NOTE:
• The low battery warning can be set to
off. For additional information, refer to
the NissanConnect® Manual for Leaf.
• When the battery power level is low,
the system automatically obtains
charging station information.
JVC0067X
Your vehicle has two types of security systems, as follows:
• Vehicle security system
• NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
The security status is shown by the security indicator light.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
The vehicle security system provides visual
and audio alarm signals if someone opens
the doors or rear hatch when the system is
armed. It is not, however, a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.
Many devices offering additional protection, such as component locks, identification markers, and tracking systems, are
available at auto supply stores and specialty shops. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
may also offer such equipment. Check with
your insurance company to see if you may
be eligible for discounts for various theft
protection features.
How to arm the vehicle security
system
1. Close all windows.
The system can be armed even if the
windows are open.
2. Place the power switch in the LOCK or
OFF position and remove the Intelligent
Key from the vehicle.
Instruments and controls 2-43
3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors
can be locked with:
button on the Intelli• the LOCK
gent Key
• any request switch
• the power door lock switch
4. Confirm that the security indicator light
illuminates. The security indicator light
stays on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle security system is now pre-armed.
After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into
the armed phase. The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3
seconds. If, during this 30-second prearm time period, the door is unlocked, or
the power switch is placed in the ACC or
ON position, the system will not arm.
Even when the driver and/or passengers
are in the vehicle, the system will activate with all doors locked and the power
switch in the OFF position. When placing
the power switch to the ACC or ON position, the system will be released.
Vehicle security system activation
The vehicle security system will give the
following alarm:
• The headlights blink and the horn sounds
intermittently.
• The alarm automatically turns off after
approximately 50 seconds. However, the
alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again.
The alarm is activated by:
• Unlocking the door without using the Intelligent Key, the request switch or the
key. (Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob, the alarm
will activate.)
• Opening the hood.
How to stop an activated alarm
The alarm will stop when a door is unbutlocked by pushing the UNLOCK
ton on the Intelligent Key, door handle request switch, or when the power switch is
pushed in the ACC or ON position.
If the system does not operate as described above, have it checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
2-44 Instruments and controls
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
will not allow the power switch to be placed
in the READY to drive position without the
use of the registered key.
If the power switch fails to place the vehicle
into the READY to drive position using the
registered key, it may be due to interference caused by another registered key, an
automated toll road device or automated
payment device on the key ring. Restart the
EV system using the following procedure:
1. Leave the power switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds.
2. Place the power switch in the OFF position and wait approximately 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.
4. Place the power switch in the READY to
drive position while holding the device
(which may have caused the interference) separate from the registered key.
If this procedure allows the power
switch to be placed in the READY to drive
mode, NISSAN recommends placing the
registered key on a separate key ring to
avoid interference from other devices.
FCC Notice:
If the light still remains on and/or the
power switch cannot be placed in the
READY to drive position, have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service as soon as possible. Please
bring all registered keys that you have
when visiting a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for service.
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
SIC2045
Security Indicator Light
The security indicator light is located on
the meter panel. It indicates the status of
the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.
The light blinks after the power switch was
in the ACC or OFF position. This function
indicates the security systems equipped
on the vehicle are operational.
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
malfunctioning, this light will remain on
while the power switch is in the ON position.
Instruments and controls 2-45
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the windshield
and obscure your vision which may
lead to an accident. Warm the windshield with the defroster before you
wash the windshield.
• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid
concentrates with water to the
manufacturer’s recommended levels
before pouring the fluid into the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
Do not use the windshield-washer
fluid reservoir to mix the windshieldwasher fluid concentrate and water.
NOTE:
CAUTION
• Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.
• Do not operate the washer if the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir is
empty.
• Do not fill the windshield-washer
fluid reservoir with windshieldwasher fluid concentrates at full
strength. Some methyl alcohol
based windshield-washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
2-46 Instruments and controls
If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may
stop moving to protect its motor. If this
occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
position and remove the snow or ice that
is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on
again to operate the wiper.
LIC2802
The windshield wiper and washer operates
when the power switch is in the ON position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper
at the following speed:
1
䊊
Intermittent — intermittent operation
can be adjusted by turning the knob
A (Slower) or O
B (Faster). Also,
toward O
the intermittent operation speed varies
in accordance with the vehicle speed.
(For example, when the vehicle speed is
high, the intermittent operation speed
will be faster.)
2
䊊
3
䊊
4
䊊
Low — continuous
operation.
low
speed
High — continuous
operation.
high
speed
CAUTION
MIST — one sweep operation of the
wiper.
The Speed Dependent feature may be
disabled. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” in
this section.
WASHER OPERATION
To operate the washer, pull the lever to5 until the
ward the back of the vehicle O
desired amount of windshield-washer fluid
is spread on the windshield. The wiper will
automatically operate several times.
Drip Wipe
A brief period of time after using the
washer the wiper will perform a one sweep
operation automatically to clear any remaining windshield-washer fluid from the
windshield.
LIC2813
REAR WIPER OPERATION
WARNING
In
freezing
temperatures
the
windshield-washer fluid may freeze on
the rear window glass and obscure
your vision. Warm the rear window with
the defroster before you wash the rear
window.
• Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.
• Do not operate the washer if the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir is
empty.
• Do not fill the windshield-washer
fluid reservoir with windshieldwasher fluid concentrates at full
strength. Some methyl alcohol
based windshield-washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid
concentrates with water to the
manufacturer’s recommended levels
before pouring the fluid into the
windshield-washer fluid reservoir.
Do not use the windshield-washer
fluid reservoir to mix the windshieldwasher fluid concentrate and water.
Instruments and controls 2-47
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE
MIRROR (if so equipped)
DEFROSTER SWITCH
NOTE:
If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow etc., the wiper may
stop moving to protect its motor. If this
occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
position and remove the snow etc. on
and around the wiper arms. After about 1
minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper.
The rear window wiper and washer operate when the power switch is in the ON
position.
Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF
position to operate the wiper.
1
䊊
䊊
2
Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not adjustable)
Low (ON) — continuous low speed
operation
3 to operate the
Push the switch forward 䊊
washer. Then the wiper will also operate
several times.
2-48 Instruments and controls
LIC2693
Type A (if so equipped)
To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors, place the power switch in the
1 on. The
ON position and push the switch O
indicator light will illuminate. Push the
switch again to turn the defroster off.
It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes.
LIC3026
Type B (if so equipped)
CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window defroster.
HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
To turn the autolight system off, turn the
or
position.
switch to the OFF,
The autolight system can turn on the
headlights and tail lights automatically
when it is dark and turn off the headlights
when it is light.
For US models: The headlights and tail
lights will also be turned on automatically
at twilight or in rainy weather (when the
windshield wiper is operated continuously).
SIC3668
HEADLIGHT SWITCH
Lighting
1
䊊
2
䊊
Rotate the switch to the
position,
the front parking, tail, license plate, and
instrument panel lights come on.
Rotate the switch to the
position,
the headlights come on and all the
other lights remain on.
SIC3669
If the power switch is placed in the OFF
position and one of the doors is opened
and this condition continues, the headlights remain on for 45 seconds.
Autolight system
Automatic headlights off delay
The autolight system allows the headlights
and tail lights to be set so they turn on and
off automatically.
You can keep the headlights on for up to
180 seconds after you push the power
switch to OFF and open any door then
close all the doors.
To set the autolight system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
1 .
AUTO position O
2. Place the power switch in the ON
position.
You can adjust the period of the automatic
headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF)
to 180 seconds. The factory default setting
is 45 seconds.
3. The autolight system automatically
turns the headlights and tail lights on
and off.
Instruments and controls 2-49
NOTE:
For additional information on adjusting
the automatic headlights off delay, refer
to “Vehicle information display” in this
section.
SAA1232
Be sure not to put anything on top of the
1 located on the top of
photo sensor O
the instrument panel. The photo sensor
controls the autolight; if it is covered, the
photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and
the headlights will illuminate.
SIC3670
Headlight beam select
1
䊊
2
䊊
2-50 Instruments and controls
To select the low beam, have the lever
in the neutral position as shown and
rotate the switch to the desired position. For additional information, refer to
“Headlight switch” in this section.
To select the high beam, push the lever
forward while the switch is in the
position. The high beams will come on
and the high beam indicator (blue)
will illuminate. Pull it back to return to
the low beam.
3
䊊
Pulling the lever toward you will flash
the headlight high beam even when
the headlight switch is in the OFF
position.
High Beam Assist
The High Beam Assist system will operate
when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 19 mph (30 km/h) and above. If
an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle appears in front of your vehicle when the
headlight high beam is on, the headlight
will be switched to the low beam automatically.
Precautions on High Beam Assist
WARNING
• The High Beam Assist system is a
convenience but it is not a substitute
for safe driving operation. The driver
should remain alert at all times, ensure safe driving practices and
switch the high beams and low beam
manually when necessary.
• The high beam or low beam may not
switch automatically under the following conditions. Switch the high
beam and low beam manually.
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, wind, etc.).
– When a light source similar to a
headlight or tail light is in the vicinity of the vehicle.
– When the headlights of the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle are turned off, when the color
of the light is affected due to foreign materials on the lights, or
when the light beam is out of
position.
– When there is a sudden, continuous change in brightness.
– When driving on a road that
passes over rolling hills, or a road
that has level differences.
– When driving on a road with many
curves.
– When a sign or mirror-like surface
is reflecting intense light towards
the front of the vehicle.
– When the container, etc. being
towed by a leading vehicle is reflecting intense light.
– When a headlight on your vehicle
is damaged or dirty.
– When the vehicle is leaning at an
angle due to a punctured tire, being towed, etc.
• The timing of switching the low
beam and high beam may change
under the following situations.
– The brightness of the headlights
of the oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle.
– The movement and direction of
the oncoming vehicle and the
leading vehicle.
– When only one light on the on
coming vehicle or the leading vehicle is illuminated.
– When the oncoming vehicle or the
leading vehicle is a two-wheeled
vehicle.
– Road conditions (incline, curve,
the road surface, etc.).
– The number of passengers and
the amount of luggage.
Instruments and controls 2-51
When the vehicle speed lowers to less than
approximately 12 mph (20 km/h), the headlight remains the low beam.
To turn off the High Beam Assist system,
positurn the headlight switch to the
tion or select the low beam position by
placing the lever in the neutral position.
LIC3802
LSD2847
High Beam Assist operations
Ambient image sensor maintenance
To activate the High Beam Assist system,
turn the headlight switch to the AUTO po1 and push the lever forward O
2
sition O
(high beam position). The High Beam Assist
indicator light in the meter will illuminate
while the headlights are turned on.
The ambient image sensor for the High
Beam Assist system is located above the
1 . To keep the proper operainside mirror O
tion of the High Beam Assist system and
prevent a system malfunction, be sure to
observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the ambient image sensor.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the ambient image sensor.
If the High Beam Assist indicator light does
not illuminate in the above condition, it may
indicate that the system is not functioning
properly. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
2-52 Instruments and controls
If the ambient image sensor is damaged
due to an accident, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
Battery saver system
• When the headlight switch is in the
or
position while the power switch
is in the ON position, the lights will automatically turn off 45 seconds after the
power switch has been placed in the OFF
position.
• When the headlight switch remains in the
or
position after the lights
automatically turn off, the lights will turn
on when the power switch is placed in the
ON position.
CAUTION
• When you turn on the headlight
switch again after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will not
turn off automatically. Be sure to turn
the light switch to the OFF position
when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time, otherwise
the battery will be discharged.
• Never leave the light switch on when
the power switch is in the OFF, ACC or
ON position for extended periods of
time even if the headlights turn off
automatically.
LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
(DRL) SYSTEM (if so equipped)
WARNING
When the LED DRL system is active, tail
lights on your vehicle are not on. It is
necessary at dusk to turn on your
headlights. Failure to do so could cause
an accident injuring yourself and others.
The LED portion of the headlights automatically illuminates at 100% intensity
when the power switch is in the READY to
drive position with the parking brake released. The LED DRL system operates with
the headlight switch in the OFF position.
position
Turn headlight switch to the
for full illumination when driving at night.
If the parking brake is applied before the
power switch is in the READY to drive position, the LED DRL system does not operate.
The LED DRL system illuminates once the
parking brake is released. The LED DRL system will remain on until the power switch is
pushed to the OFF position.
Instruments and controls 2-53
Move the lever up or down until the turn
signal begins to flash, but the lever does
not latch, and release the lever. The turn
signal will automatically flash three times.
Choose the appropriate method to signal
a lane change based on road and traffic
conditions.
LIC3801
SIC3671
INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
Turn signal
Press the “+” button to increase the brightness of the instrument panel lights.
1
Move the lever up or down until it
O
latches to signal the turning direction.
When the turn is completed, the turn signal
cancels automatically.
Press the “-” to decrease the brightness of
the instrument panel lights.
Lane change signal
2 Move the lever up or down until the turn
O
signal begins to flash, but the lever does
not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the
lever until the lane change is completed.
2-54 Instruments and controls
FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)
HORN
ECO SWITCH
SIC3672
LIC3805
LIC3806
To turn the fog lights on, rotate the headposition, then rolight switch to the
position. To turn
tate the switch to the
them off, rotate the switch to the OFF position.
To sound the horn, push the center pad
area of the steering wheel.
To turn on the ECO mode, push the ECO
switch. The ECO mode indicator appears
on the vehicle information display.
The headlights must be on for the fog
lights to operate.
WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so
could affect proper operation of the
supplemental front air bag system.
Tampering with the supplemental
front air bag system may result in serious personal injury.
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO
switch again. The ECO mode indicator will
turn off.
For additional information, refer to “ECO
mode” in the “Starting and driving” section
of this manual
Instruments and controls 2-55
HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if so
equipped)
NOTE:
The heated seats consume less power
than the heater and can be used to either
help extend vehicle range by reducing
heater use or to maximize comfort by
supplementing the heater.
WARNING
LIC4145
LIC2498
Front
The front seats and the rear outboard
seats (if so equipped) can be warmed by
built-in heaters. The switches, located on
the center console and at the side of the
front passenger seatback, can be operated
independently of each other.
Rear
3. To turn off the heater, return the switch
to the level position. Make sure the indicator light goes off.
1. Place the power switch in the ON
position.
2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch,
as desired, depending on the temperature. The indicator light in the switch will
illuminate.
2-56 Instruments and controls
The heater is controlled by a thermostat,
automatically turning the heater on and
off. The indicator light will remain on as long
as the switch is on.
When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or
before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn
the switch off.
Do not use or allow occupants to use
the seat heater if you or the occupants
cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel
pain in those body parts in contact with
the seat. Use of the seat heater by such
people could result in serious injury.
CAUTION
• Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat.
• Do not put anything on the seat
which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become
overheated.
HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (if
so equipped)
• Do not place anything hard or heavy
on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
similar object. This may result in
damage to the heater.
• Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
should be removed immediately with
a dry cloth.
• When cleaning the seat, never use
gasoline, thinner, or any similar
materials.
• If any malfunctions are found or the
heated seat does not operate, turn
the switch off and have the system
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
Push the switch again to turn the heated
steering wheel system off manually. The
indicator light turns off.
NOTE:
LIC3804
The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface
temperature of the steering wheel is below
approximately 68°F (20°C).
Push the heated steering wheel switch to
warm the steering wheel when the power
switch is in the ACC or ON position.
If the surface temperature of the steering
wheel is below approximately 68°F (20°C),
the system will heat the steering wheel and
cycle off and on to maintain a temperature
above 68°F (20°C). The indicator light will
remain on as long as the system is on.
• If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the
switch is turned on, the system will not
heat the steering wheel. This is not a
malfunction.
• If the outside temperature is low (approximately 50°F (10°C) or less) and the
Climate Control Timer or Remote Climate Control are used, the steering
wheel heater will automatically operate in the following conditions.
– When using the Climate Control
Timer: Operates from approximately
15 minutes before the set departure
time until the set departure time.
– When using Remote Climate Control:
Operates 15 minutes after Remote
Climate Control starts.
• The heated steering wheel consumes
less power than the heater and can be
used to either help extend vehicle
range by reducing heater use or to
maximize comfort by supplementing
the heater.
Instruments and controls 2-57
E-CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if so
equipped)
CHARGE PORT LID SWITCH
IMMEDIATE CHARGE SWITCH
LIC3913
LIC3808
LCH2125
The E-call (SOS) system button is used in
combination with a NissanConnect® (for
Leaf) Services subscription to call for assistance in case of an emergency.
To open the charge port lid, push the
charge port lid switch. For additional information, refer to “Charge port lid” in the “Predriving checks and adjustments” section of
this manual.
To turn off the charge timer, push the immediate charge switch. For additional information, refer to “Charging timer” in the
“Charging” section of this manual.
Pressing the button will (with a paid subscription) reach a Response Specialist that
will provide assistance based on the situation described by the vehicle’s occupant.
For additional information, or to enroll your
vehicle, refer to www.NissanUSA.com/
connect or call 855–426–6628.
2-58 Instruments and controls
DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE
SWITCH (for vehicles without
ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)
STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (for
models with ProPILOT Assist) (if so
equipped)
short period of time). For additional information, refer to “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” in the “Starting and driving” section and “Vehicle information display” in the
“Instruments and controls” section of this
manual.
The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when
changing lanes, and helps assist the driver
to return the vehicle to the center of the
traveling lane. For additional information,
refer to “Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention
(I-BSI)” in the “Starting and driving” section
of this manual.
LIC4290
LIC3932
The dynamic driver assistance switch is
used to temporarily turn on and off the
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) and Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) systems that are activated using the settings
menu of the vehicle information display.
The Steering Assist switch is used to enable and disable the Steering Assist system that is activated using the settings
menu of the vehicle information display.
The I-LI and I-BSI systems must be turned
on with the dynamic driver assistance
switch every time the power switch is
placed in the ON position.
The I-LI system warns the driver with a
warning and a chime, and helps assist the
driver to return the vehicle to the center of
the traveling lane by applying the brakes to
the left or right wheels individually (for a
The Steering Assist system controls the
steering system, when ProPILOT Assist is
engaged, to help keep your vehicle near
the center of the lane when driving. For
additional information, refer to “ProPILOT
Assist" and “Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI)” in the “Starting and driving” section of
this manual.
Instruments and controls 2-59
REAR DOOR ALERT
The Rear Door Alert system functions under certain conditions to indicate there
may be an object or passenger in the rear
seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting the
vehicle.
The Rear Door Alert system is initially disabled. The driver can enable the system
using the vehicle information display. For
additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display warnings and indicators”
in this section.
When the system is enabled:
• The system is activated when a rear door
is opened and closed within 10 minutes of
the vehicle being driven. When the driver
door is closed and the system is activated, a visual message appears in the
vehicle information display. For additional
information, refer to “Rear Door Alert is
activated” in this section.
• If a rear door is opened and closed but
the vehicle is not driven within approximately 10 minutes, the system will not be
activated. A rear door must be opened
and closed and the car driven within 10
minutes for the system to activate.
When the Rear Door Alert system is activated:
• When the driver puts the vehicle in the P
(Park) position, a notification message
appears in the vehicle information display with the options to “Dismiss Message” or “Disable Alert” if desired.
– Select “Disable Alert” to temporarily
disable for that stop.
– No selection or ‘Dismiss Message” will
keep the alert enabled for that stop.
• If the alert is enabled when a driver exits
the vehicle, a message will appear in the
vehicle information display that states
“Check Rear Seat for All Articles.”
If “Horn & Alert” setting is selected:
–– An audible horn sound will occur after
a short time unless a rear door is
opened and closed within a short time
to deactivate the alert.
–– If the doors are locked before the alert
is deactivated by opening a rear door,
the horn will sound.
–– If the rear hatch is opened before a rear
door is opened, the horn will be delayed
until after the hatch is closed.
NOTE:
If “Alert Only” setting is selected, the
message alert will still be shown in the
vehicle information display but the horn
will not sound.
WARNING
• If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, no
audible alert will be provided regardless of rear door open/close status.
• There may be times when there is an
object or passenger in the rear
seat(s) but the audible alert does not
sound. For example, this may occur if
rear seat passengers enter or exit the
vehicle during a trip.
• The system does not directly detect
objects or passengers in the rear
seat(s). Instead, it can detect when a
rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something
in the rear seat(s).
NOTE:
There may be times when the horn
sounds but there are no objects or passengers in the rear seat(s).
For additional information, refer to “Rear
Door Alert is activated” in this section.
2-60 Instruments and controls
POWER OUTLET
STORAGE
LIC4291
CAUTION
• The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use.
• Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12-volt, 120W (10A) power
draw.
• Do not use double adapters or more
than one electrical accessory.
• Use the power outlet with the power
switch is in the ON or READY to Drive
position to avoid discharging the 12volt battery.
• Avoid using the power outlet when
the air conditioner, headlights or rear
window defroster are on.
• This power outlet is not designed for
use with a cigarette lighter unit.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open.
• Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, make sure that the electrical
accessory being used is turned OFF.
• When not in use, be sure to close the
cap. Do not allow water to contact
the outlet.
LIC0016
SEATBACK POCKET
The seatback pockets may be located on
the driver’s and/or passenger seat. The
pocket can be used to store maps.
Instruments and controls 2-61
WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the driver’s and/or passenger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, please observe
the following items:
• Do not allow a passenger in the rear
seat to push or pull on the seatback
pocket or head restraint/headrest.
• Do not place heavy loads heavier
than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,
head restraint/headrest, or in the
seatback pocket.
LIC4292
Instrument panel
STORAGE TRAY
WARNING
Do not place sharp objects in the tray(s)
to help prevent injury in an accident or
sudden stop.
2-62 Instruments and controls
LIC4349
GLOVE BOX
To open the glove box, pull the handle.
To close, push the lid in until it latches.
WARNING
Keep the glove box lid closed while
driving to prevent injury in case of an
accident or a sudden stop.
CAUTION
• Do not use for anything other than
sunglasses.
• Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct
sunlight. The heat may damage the
sunglasses.
LIC3813
CONSOLE BOX
To open the console box, pull up the lever
and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid
down until it is latched.
LIC2312
OVERHEAD SUNGLASSES
STORAGE
To open the sunglasses holder, push and
release. Only store one pair of sunglasses
in the holder.
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed
while driving to avoid obstructing the
driver’s view and to help prevent an accident.
Instruments and controls 2-63
LIC3810
Front
CUP HOLDERS
JVC0046X
Soft bottle holder (front)
CAUTION
WARNING
Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is being used to
prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is
hot, it can scald you or your passenger.
2-64 Instruments and controls
Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an accident.
LIC3914
Soft bottle holder (rear)
CAUTION
• Do not use the bottle holder for any
other objects that could be thrown
about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or
an accident.
• Do not use the bottle holder for open
liquid containers.
TONNEAU COVER (if so equipped)
WARNING
• Never put anything on the tonneau
cover, no matter how small. Any object on it could cause an injury in an
accident or sudden stop.
• Do not leave the tonneau cover in the
vehicle with it disengaged from the
holder.
• Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured
cargo could cause personal injury.
• Properly secure cargo and do not allow it to contact the top tether strap
when it is attached to the top tether
anchor. Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top
tether strap may damage the top
tether strap during a collision. If the
cargo cover contacts the top tether
strap when it is attached to the top
tether anchor, remove the cargo
cover from the vehicle or secure it on
the cargo floor below its attachment
location. If the cargo cover is not removed, it may damage the top tether
strap during a collision. Your child
could be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if the child restraint top
tether strap is damaged.
The tonneau cover keeps the luggage
compartment contents hidden from the
outside.
LIC4293
To remove the tonneau cover:
1
䊊
2
䊊
3
䊊
Remove the straps from the rear hatch.
Pull up the tonneau cover.
Remove the tonneau cover holders
from the rear pillar.
Instruments and controls 2-65
WINDOWS
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING
LIC4294
STOWING GOLF BAGS
LIC2497
䊊
4
5
䊊
Slide down the tonneau cover along
the rear seat back.
Remove the tonneau cover by pulling
either the left or right side backward
away from the pillar.
2-66 Instruments and controls
Normally, two standard golf bags can be
stowed in the cargo area. Insert the top of
the golf bag into the right side of the cargo
1 then rotate the bag backward O
2 .
area O
Insert the top of the second golf bag into
3 and stow
right side of the cargo area O
the bottom of golf bag forward all the way
4 .
O
In some cases, you may not be able to stow
two golf bags in your vehicle, depending on
their sizes or types.
• Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window
lock switch to prevent unexpected
use of the power windows.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent
door lock activation, do not leave
children, people who require the assistance of others, or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
The power windows operate when the
power switch is in the ACC or ON position,
or for about 45 seconds after the power
switch is placed in the OFF position. If the
driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened
during this period of about 45 seconds,
power to the windows is canceled.
Locking passengers' windows
C is pushed in, only
When the lock button O
the driver side window can be opened or
closed. Push it in again to cancel.
JVC0051X
JVC0052X
Main power window switch
(driver's side)
Passenger side power window
switch
1. Driver side automatic switch
The passenger's side power window
switch will open or close only the corresponding window. To open or close the
window, push down or pull up the switch
and hold it.
2. Front passenger side switch
3. Rear left passenger side switch
4. Rear right passenger side switch
5. Window lock button
Rear power window switch
A
To open or close a window, push down O
B the corresponding switch and
or pull up O
hold it. The main switches, on the driver's
side, will open or close all the windows.
The rear power window switches open or
close only the corresponding windows. To
open the window, push the switch and hold
it down. To close the window, pull the
switch up.
Instruments and controls 2-67
Auto-reverse function
WARNING
There are some small distances immediately before the closed position
which cannot be detected. Make sure
that all passengers have their hands,
etc., inside the vehicle before closing
the window.
If the control unit detects something
caught in the window as it is closing, the
window will be immediately lowered.
JVC0053X
Automatic operation
The automatic operation is available for
mark on its
the switch that has an
surface.
To fully open or close the window, completely push down or pull up the switch and
release it; the switch need not be held. The
window will automatically open or close all
the way. To stop the window, just push or lift
the switch in the opposite direction.
A light push or pull on the switch will cause
the window to open or close until the
switch is released.
2-68 Instruments and controls
The auto reverse function can be activated
when the window is closed by automatic
operation when the power switch is in the
ON position or for 45 seconds after the
power switch is placed in the OFF position.
Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto reverse function
may be activated if an impact or load
similar to something being caught in the
window occurs.
If the windows do not close
automatically
If the power window automatic function
(closing only) does not operate properly,
perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system.
1. Place the power switch in the ON
position.
2. Close the door.
3. Open the window completely by operating the power window switch.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold
it to close the window, and then hold the
switch more than 3 seconds after the
window is closed completely.
5. Release the power window switch. Operate the window by the automatic
function to confirm the initialization is
complete.
If the power window automatic function
does not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle
serviced. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
INTERIOR LIGHTS
CAUTION
Do not use for extended periods of time
with the power switch in the OFF position. This could result in a discharged
12-volt battery.
CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)
The console light will turn on whenever the
parking lights or headlights are illuminated.
The console light brightness can be adjusted with the illumination brightness
control in the vehicle information display.
LIC3814
1 reThe interior lights can be turned on O
gardless of door position. The lights will go
off after a period of time unless the power
switch is placed in the ON position when
any door is opened.
LIC2304
MAP LIGHTS
Press the button to turn the map lights on.
To turn them off, press the button again.
The interior lights can be set to operate
2 . To turn off
when the doors are opened O
the interior lights when a is door open,
push the switch; the interior lights will not
illuminate, regardless of door position.
The lights will go off when the power switch
is placed in the ON position, or the driver’s
door is closed and locked. The lights will
also go off after a period of time when the
doors are open.
Instruments and controls 2-69
SIC3513
ROOM LIGHT
The room light switch has three positions:
ON, DOOR and OFF.
ON position
When the switch is in the ON position
the ceiling light will illuminate.
2-70 Instruments and controls
1 ,
O
DOOR position
OFF position
2 ,
When the switch is in the DOOR position O
the ceiling light will illuminate under the
following conditions:
• the power switch is placed in the LOCK
position
–– remains on for about 15 seconds.
• doors are unlocked by pushing the
button or the request
UNLOCK
switch, with the power switch in the LOCK
position
–– remains on for about 15 seconds.
• any door is opened and then closed with
the power switch in the LOCK position
–– remains on for about 15 seconds.
• any door is opened while the power
switch in the ACC or ON position
–– remains on while the door is opened.
When the door is closed, the light turns
off.
3 ,
When the switch is in the OFF position O
the ceiling light will not illuminate, regardless of the condition.
The light will automatically turn off after
10 minutes when the light remains illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.
CARGO LIGHT
The light illuminates when the rear hatch is
opened. When the rear hatch is closed, the
light goes off. For additional information,
refer to “Exterior and interior lights” in the
“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
of this manual.
HOMELINK® UNIVERSAL
TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the
functions of up to three individual handheld transmitters into one built-in device.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:
• Will operate most radio frequency devices such as garage doors, gates, home
and office lighting, entry door locks and
security systems.
• Is powered by your vehicle's 12–volt battery. No separate batteries are required. If
the vehicle's 12–volt battery is discharged
or is disconnected, HomeLink® will retain
all programming.
When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver is programmed, retain the original
transmitter for future programming procedures (Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the
programmed
HomeLink®
Universal
Transceiver buttons should be erased for
security purposes. For additional information,
refer
to
“Programming
HomeLink®” in this section.
WARNING
• Your vehicle's EV system should be
turned off while programming the
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. For
additional information, refer to
“Push-button power switch” in the
“Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
• Do not use the HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver with any garage door
opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal
safety standards. (These standards
became effective for opener models
manufactured after April 1, 1982). A
garage door opener which cannot
detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse, does not meet
current federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without
these features increases the risk of
serious injury or death.
• During the programming procedure
your garage door or security gate will
open and close (if the transmitter is
within range). Make sure that people
or objects are clear of the garage
door, gate, etc. that you are
programming.
PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®
If you have any questions or are having
difficulty programming your HomeLink®
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.
NOTE:
Place the power switch in the ON or ACC
position (without starting the EV system)
when programming HomeLink®. It is also
recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of
the device being programmed to
HomeLink® for quicker programming
and accurate transmission of the radio
frequency.
Instruments and controls 2-71
NOTE:
Some devices may require you to replace
Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted
in “Programming HomeLink® for Canadian customers and gate openers” in this
section.
LIC2365
LIC2366
1. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from
the HomeLink® surface, keeping the
1 in view.
HomeLink® indicator light O
2. Using both hands, simultaneously press
and hold the desired HomeLink® button
and hand-held transmitter button. DO
NOT release until the HomeLink® indica1 flashes slowly and then raptor light O
idly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The
rapid flashing indicates successful
programming.)
2-72 Instruments and controls
3. Press and hold the programmed
HomeLink® button and observe the indicator light.
1
is solid/
• If the indicator light O
continuous, programming is complete
and your device should activate when the
HomeLink® button is pressed and released.
1 blinks rapidly for 2
• If the indicator light O
seconds and then turns to a solid/
continuous light, continue with Steps
4-6 for a rolling code device. A second
person may make the following steps
easier. Use a ladder or other device. Do
not stand on your vehicle to perform the
next steps.
4. At the receiver located on the garage
door opener motor in the garage, locate
the “learn” or “smart” button (the name
and color of the button may vary by
manufacturer but it is usually located
near where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the unit). If there is difficulty
locating the button, reference the garage door opener’s manual.
5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”
button.
NOTE:
Once the button is pressed, you have
approximately 30 seconds to initiate
the next step.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and hold the trained HomeLink® button
for 2 seconds and release. Repeat the
“press/hold/release” sequence up to
three times to complete the training
process. HomeLink® should now activate your rolling code equipped device.
7. If you have any questions or are having
difficulty programming your HomeLink®
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site
at:
www.homelink.com
or
call
1-800-355-3515.
PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FOR
CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE
OPENERS
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission –
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink® to pick up the signal during
training. Similar to this Canadian law, some
U.S. gate operators are designed to “timeout” in the same manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage
door opener by using the “Training” procedures, replace “Programming HomeLink®”
step 2 with the following:
NOTE:
When programming a garage door
opener, etc., unplug the device during
the “cycling” process to prevent possible
damage to the garage door opener
components.
2. Using both hands, simultaneously press
and hold the desired HomeLink® button
and the hand-held transmitter button.
During training, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink® button while you press
and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held
transmitter every 2 seconds until the
frequency signal has been learned. The
HomeLink® indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly after several
seconds upon successful training. DO
NOT release until the HomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes rapidly,
both buttons may be released. The rapid
flashing indicates successful training.
Proceed
with
“Programming
HomeLink®” step 3 to complete.
If the device was unplugged during the
programming procedure, remember to
plug it back in when programming is
completed.
1. For additional information, refer to “Programming HomeLink®” step 1 in this
section.
Instruments and controls 2-73
OPERATING THE HOMELINK®
UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after
it is programmed, can be used to activate
the programmed device. To operate, simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button. The amber indicator light will
illuminate while the signal is being transmitted.
For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any
time.
PROGRAMMING TROUBLEDIAGNOSIS
If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn the
hand-held transmitter information:
• replace the hand-held transmitter batteries with new batteries.
• position the hand-held transmitter with
its battery area facing away from the
HomeLink® surface.
• press and hold both the HomeLink® and
hand-held transmitter buttons without
interruption.
• position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 in
(26 - 76 mm) away from the HomeLink®
surface. Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is
not programmed within that time, try
holding the transmitter in another position – keeping the indicator light in view at
all times.
If you have any questions or are having
difficulty programming your HomeLink®
buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.
CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED
INFORMATION
The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons.
Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However, individual buttons can be reprogrammed. For additional information, refer
to “Reprogramming a single HomeLink®
button” in this section.
To clear all programming:
1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®
buttons until the indicator light begins to
flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do
not hold for longer than 20 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
2-74 Instruments and controls
HomeLink® is now in the programming
mode and can be programmed at any
time beginning with “Programming
HomeLink®” - Step 1.
REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE
HOMELINK® BUTTON
To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver button, complete the following:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink® button, proceed with “Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or
1–800–355–3515 (except Mexico).
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed. The
new device can be activated by pressing
the HomeLink® button that was just programmed. This procedure will not affect
any other programmed HomeLink® buttons.
IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
For Canada:
If your vehicle is stolen, you should change
the codes of any non-rolling code device
that has been programmed into
HomeLink®. Consult the Owner's Manual of
each device or call the manufacturer or
dealer of those devices for additional information.
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of
the device.
When your vehicle is recovered, you will
need to reprogram the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver with your new transmitter information.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
Instruments and controls 2-75
MEMO
2-76 Instruments and controls
3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Locking with key (driver’s side only) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
NISSAN Intelligent Key® operating range
of the door lock/unlock function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
NISSAN Intelligent Key® operation . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
12-volt battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
How to use remote keyless entry
function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Secondary rear hatch release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Opening charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Charge port cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Tilt/Telescopic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Manual anti-glare rearview mirror
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
KEYS
A key number plate is supplied with your
keys. Record the key number and keep it in
a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the
vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for duplicates by using the key
number. NISSAN does not record any key
numbers so it is very important to keep
track of your key number plate.
Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System of your vehicle. Since
the registration process requires erasing all
memory in the Intelligent Key components
when registering new keys, be sure to take
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
A key number is only necessary when you
have lost all keys and do not have one to
duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can
be duplicated without knowing the key
number.
Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with
you when driving. The Intelligent Key is
a precision device with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please
note the following.
• The Intelligent Key is water resistant;
however, wetting may damage the
Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key
gets wet, immediately wipe until it is
completely dry.
• Do not bend, drop or strike it against
another object.
• If the outside temperature is below
14°F (-10°C) degrees, the battery of
the Intelligent Key may not function
properly.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
extended period in a place where
temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
CAUTION
LPD2146
NOTE:
Do not leave the keys inside the vehicle
when leaving the vehicle.
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
1. Intelligent Key (two sets)
2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key)
3. Key number plate (one plate)
Your vehicle can only be driven with the
Intelligent Keys which are registered to
your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System components.
As many as four Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. The
new keys must be registered by a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer prior to use with the
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
• Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
• Do not use a magnet key holder.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key near
an electric appliance such as a television set, personal computer or cellular phone.
• Do not allow the Intelligent Key to
come into contact with water or salt
water, and do not wash it in a washing machine. This could affect the
system function.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,
NISSAN recommends erasing the ID
code of that Intelligent Key. This will
prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. For
information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM KEYS
You can only drive your vehicle using the
master keys which are registered to the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle. These keys have a
transponder chip in the key head.
The master key can be used for all the
locks.
To protect belongings when you leave a
key with someone, give them the Intelligent
Key only, not the mechanical key.
Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
SPA2033
Additional or replacement keys:
Mechanical key
To remove the mechanical key, release the
lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it
into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob
returns to the lock position.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock
the driver’s door. For additional information, refer to “Doors” in this section.
CAUTION
Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key.
If you still have a key, the key number is not
necessary when you need extra NISSAN
Vehicle Immobilizer System keys. A NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer can duplicate your existing key. As many as four NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System keys can be used with
one vehicle. You should bring all NISSAN
Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you
have to the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
registration. This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all
key codes previously registered into the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
DOORS
the registration process, these components will only recognize keys coded into
the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
during registration. Any key that is not
given to the dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not allow the immobilizer system
key, which contains an electrical transponder, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect system function.
3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
WARNING
• Always have the doors locked while
driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in
the event of an accident by helping to
prevent persons from being thrown
from the vehicle. This also helps keep
children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will
help keep out intruders.
• Before opening any door, always look
for and avoid oncoming traffic.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, including
entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave
children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in
your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a
warm day can quickly become high
enough to cause a significant risk of
injury or death to people and pets.
When the doors are locked using one of the
following methods, the doors cannot be
opened using the inside or outside door
handles. The doors must be unlocked to open
the doors.
For additional information, refer to “Security
systems” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual
SPA2457A
Driver's side
LOCKING WITH KEY (driver’s side
only)
To lock the door using the mechanical key,
turn the key toward the front of the vehicle
1 . This will lock all doors and will not actiO
vate the security system. To arm the secubutton on the
rity system, press the
Intelligent Key.
JVC0055X
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB
To lock the door without the key, move the
1
inside lock knob to the lock position O
then close the door.
To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the
2 .
unlock position O
When locking the door without a key, be
sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
To unlock the corresponding door using
the mechanical key, turn the key toward
2 . This will only unthe rear of the vehicle O
lock the corresponding door and will not
disarm the security system.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5
Lockout protection
When the power door lock switch is moved
to the lock position while any door is open,
all doors will unlock automatically and a
chime will sound after the door is closed.
This function help to prevent the Intelligent
Key from being accidentally locked inside
the vehicle.
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
JVC0056X
LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR
LOCK SWITCH
• All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).
• All doors unlock automatically when the
power switch is placed in the OFF
position.
Operating the power door lock switch will
lock or unlock all the doors. The switches
are located on the driver’s and front passenger’s door armrests.
LPD2552
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
Child safety rear door locks help prevent
the rear doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in
the vehicle.
To lock the doors, push the power door lock
1 .
switch to the lock position O
When the levers are in the lock position
1 , the rear doors can be opened only
O
from the outside.
When locking the door this way, be sure
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
To disengage, move the levers to the un2 .
lock position O
To unlock the doors, push the power door
2 .
lock switch to the unlock position O
3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® SYSTEM
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
• The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are pressed.
The FAA advises that the radio waves
may affect aircraft navigation and
communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an
airplane. Make sure the buttons are
not operated unintentionally when
the unit is stored during a flight.
The Intelligent Key system can operate all
the door and the rear hatch locks by using
the remote control function or pushing the
request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The
operating environment and/or conditions
may affect the Intelligent Key system operation.
Be sure to read the following items before
using the Intelligent Key system.
In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key.
CAUTION
• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when operating the vehicle.
• Never leave the Intelligent Key in the
vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle because it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Key system
transmits weak radio waves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under
the following operating conditions.
• When operating near a location where
strong radio waves are transmitted, such
as a TV tower, power station or broadcasting station.
• When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular phone, transceiver or a CB radio.
• When the Intelligent Key is in contact with
or covered by metallic materials.
• When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby.
• When the Intelligent Key is placed near an
electric appliance such as a personal
computer.
• When the vehicle is parked near a parking
meter.
Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the
battery’s life is approximately two years. If
the battery is discharged, replace it with a
new one.
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
discharged, firmly apply the foot brake and
touch the power switch with the Intelligent
Key. Then push the power switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds
after the chime sound.
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near
equipment that transmits strong radio
waves, such as signals from a TV or personal computer, the battery life may become shorter.
For additional information, refer to “NISSAN
Intelligent Key® battery replacement” in the
“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
of this manual.
Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged.
As many as four Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. For
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7
information about the purchase and use of
additional Intelligent Keys, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
CAUTION
• Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the
functioning of the system.
• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
• Do not strike the Intelligent Key
sharply against another object.
• Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
• The Intelligent Key may be damaged
if it gets wet. If the Intelligent Key
gets wet, immediately wipe until it is
completely dry.
• If the outside temperature is below
14°F (−10°C), the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
• Do not attach the Intelligent Key to a
key holder that contains a magnet.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a magnetic
field, such as a TV, audio equipment,
personal computer or cellular phone.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN
recommends erasing the ID code of that
Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may
prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For additional information, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For additional information, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
LVP0004X
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
OPERATING RANGE OF THE DOOR
LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION
The Intelligent Key functions can only be
used when the Intelligent Key is within the
specified operating range from the request
1 .
switch O
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present
near the operating location, the Intelligent
Key system’s operating range becomes
narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not
function properly.
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80
1 .
cm) from each request switch O
• To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
left inside the vehicle, make sure you
carry the key with you and then lock the
doors.
• Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The
door will be unlocked but will not open.
Release the door handle once and pull it
again to open the door.
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
glass, handle or rear bumper, the request
switches may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone who
does not carry the Intelligent Key to push
the request switch to lock/unlock the
doors including the rear hatch.
LPD2687
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS
PRECAUTION
• Do not push the door handle request
switch with the Intelligent Key held in your
hand as illustrated. The close distance to
the door handle will cause the Intelligent
Key system to have difficulty recognizing
that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.
• After locking with the door handle request switch, verify the doors are securely locked by testing them.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9
LPD2688
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
OPERATION
You can lock or unlock the doors without
taking the key out from your pocket or bag.
LPD2690
LPD2689
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,
you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing
the door handle request switch (driver’s or
A or rear hatch request
front passenger’s) O
B within the range of operation.
switch O
When you lock or unlock the doors or the
rear hatch, the hazard indicator may flash
and the horn (or the outside chime) may
sound as a confirmation. For additional information, refer to “Hazard warning flasher
switch” in the “In case of emergency” section of this manual and “Horn” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Locking doors
1. Push the power switch into the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you.
2. Close the driver’s door (other doors may
be open).
3. Push the door handle request switch on
A while carrying the
the driver’s door O
Intelligent Key with you. The passenger
door and rear hatch request switches
will only lock the doors if all doors are
closed. *1
4. All the doors and the rear hatch will lock.
5. The hazard indicator may flash twice
and the outside chime may sound twice.
*1: Doors will not lock by pushing the door
handle request switch when the Intelligent
Key is left inside the vehicle. A chime sounds
to alert that the Intelligent Key is in the vehicle. However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with
another registered Intelligent Key.
WARNING
After locking the doors using the request switch, make sure that the doors
have been securely locked by operat-
ing the door handles. Failure to follow
these instructions may result in inadvertently unlocking the doors, which
may decrease the safety and security
of your vehicle.
CAUTION
• When locking the doors using the request switch, make sure to have the
Intelligent Key in your possession
before operating the request switch
to prevent the Intelligent Key from
being left in the vehicle.
• The request switch is operational
only when the Intelligent Key has
been detected by the Intelligent Key
system.
Unlocking doors
A
1. Push the door handle request switch O
B once
or the rear hatch request switch O
while carrying the Intelligent Key with
you.
2. The hazard indicator may flash once
and the outside chime may sound once.
The corresponding door or the rear
hatch will unlock.
3. Push the door handle request or the rear
hatch request switch again within one
minute.
4. The hazard indicator may flash once
and the outside chime may sound once
again. All the doors and the rear hatch
will unlock.
All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within one minute after pushing
the request switch while the doors are
locked.
• Opening any door.
• Pushing the power switch.
During this one minute time period, if the
button on the Intelligent Key is
pressed, all doors will be locked automatically after another one minute.
NOTE:
If “Selective Unlock” is turned off in the
“Vehicle Settings,” all doors will unlock
upon first request switch press.
Opening rear hatch
1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
C .
2. Push the rear hatch opener switch O
3. The rear hatch will unlock and open.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11
12-VOLT BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
WARNING SIGNALS
When all the following conditions are met
for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent
12-volt battery discharge.
• The power switch is in the ACC or ON
position,
• All doors are closed, and
• The vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
To help prevent the vehicle from moving
unexpectedly by erroneous operation of
the Intelligent Key listed on the following
chart or to help prevent the vehicle from
being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside
and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the vehicle information display.
When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays, be sure to check the vehicle
and Intelligent Key.
Symptom
For additional information, refer to the
”Troubleshooting guide” in this section and
“Vehicle information display” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that
are programmed for the vehicle. If another
Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.
Possible cause
Action to take
The power switch is pushed to the OFF
Close the driver's door.
When opening the driver’s door The inside warning chime sounds continu- position while the driver's door is open.
to get out of the vehicle
ously.
The power switch is in the ACC posiPush the power switch to the OFF position.
tion then close the driver's door.
The No Key Detected warning appears on
the display, the outside chime sounds
three times and the inside warning chime
sounds for a few seconds.
When closing the door after
getting out of the vehicle
The power switch is in the ACC or ON
position.
The Rear Door Alert warning message appears on the display, the horn sounds three The Rear Door Alert (if so equipped) is
times twice, or a Check Rear Seat for All Ar- activated.
ticles warning appears on the display.
The outside chime sounds continuously.
3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Push the power switch to the OFF position.
Check the back seat for all articles, press
the ENTER button to clear the Rear Door
Alert (if so equipped) warning message.
The power switch is in the ACC or OFF
position, the electric shift control system has malfunctioned and the veMake sure the parking brake is applied.
hicle cannot be placed in the P (Park)
position when the parking brake is not
applied.
Symptom
Possible cause
Action to take
When closing the door with the
The outside chime sounds for a few secinside lock knob turned to
onds and all the doors unlock.
LOCK
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
or cargo area.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
When pushing the request
button on
switch or the
the Intelligent Key to lock the
door
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
or a cargo area.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
When pushing the power
switch in the READY to drive
position
When pushing the power
switch
The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.
The EV system operation for discharged
The Intelligent Key battery charge is
Intelligent Key system indicator appears on
low.
the display.
For additional information, refer to
“NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge”
in the “Starting and driving” section of this
manual.
The No Key Detected warning appears on
the display and the inside warning chime
sounds for a few seconds.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle.
The Key System Error indicator appears on It warns of a malfunction with the Inthe display.
telligent Key system.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13
WARNING
LPD2148
1
䊊
2
䊊
3
䊊
4
䊊
Lock
Unlock
button
button
Charge port unlock
Panic
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
• The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are pressed.
The FAA advises that the radio waves
may affect aircraft navigation and
communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an
airplane. Make sure the buttons are
not operated unintentionally when
the unit is stored during a flight.
button
button
HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
ENTRY FUNCTION
CAUTION
• Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the
system function.
• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
• Do not strike the Intelligent Key
sharply against another object.
• Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.
3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
• Wetting may damage the Intelligent
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).
• Do not attach the Intelligent Key with
a key holder that contains a magnet.
• Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a magnetic
field, such as a TV, audio equipment,
personal computers or cellular
phone.
The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless entry function of the Intelligent Key.
The remote keyless entry function can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft
(10 m) from the vehicle. The operating distance depends upon the conditions
around the vehicle.
The remote keyless entry function will not
operate:
• When the Intelligent Key is not within the
operational range.
• When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.
CAUTION
When locking the doors using the Intelligent Key, be sure not to leave the key
in the vehicle.
Locking doors
1. Place the power switch in the LOCK
position.
2. Close all doors.
3. Press the
gent Key.
button on the Intelli-
4. The hazard warning lights flash twice
and the horn beeps once.
5. All doors and the rear hatch will be
locked.
WARNING
After locking the doors using the Intelligent Key, be sure that the doors have
been securely locked by operating the
door handles. Failure to follow these instructions may result in inadvertently
unlocking the doors, which may decrease the safety and security of your
vehicle.
Unlocking doors
Opening charge port lid
1. Press the
button on the Intelligent
Key to unlock the driver’s door.
The charge port lid may be opened by
button.
pressing and holding the
2. The hazard warning lights flash once.
For additional information, refer to "Opening charge port lid" in this section.
button again within 1
3. Press the
minute to unlock all doors and rear
hatch.
All doors and rear hatch will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after
button:
pressing the
• Opening any doors or rear hatch.
• Pushing the power switch.
The interior light illuminates for a period of
time when a door is unlocked and the
room light switch is in the DOOR position.
The light can be turned off without waiting
by performing one of the following operations:
• Placing the power switch in the ON position.
• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.
• Switching the room light switch to the
OFF position.
Using panic alarm
If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the alarm to call
attention as follows:
button on the Intelligent
1. Press the
Key for more than 1 second.
2. The panic alarm and headlights will stay
on for a period of time.
3. The panic alarm stops when:
• It has run for a period of time, or
• Any of the buttons on the Intelligent
button
Key is pushed. (Note: The
must be pushed for more than 1 second.)
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15
Setting hazard indicator and horn
mode
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and
horn mode when you first receive the vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when
button is pressed, the hazard inthe
dicator flashes twice and the horn chirps
button is pressed, the
once. When the
hazard indicator flashes once.
If horns are not necessary, the system can
be switched to the hazard indicator mode.
In hazard indicator mode, when the
button is pressed, the hazard indicator
button is
flashes twice. When the
pressed, neither the hazard indicator nor
the horn operates.
3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Hazard indicator and horn mode
Operation
Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch
Pressing
or
button
DOOR LOCK
DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - twice
OUTSIDE CHIME - twice
HAZARD - once
OUTSIDE CHIME - once
HAZARD - twice
HORN - once
HAZARD - once
HORN - none
Hazard indicator mode
Operation
Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch
Pressing
or
button
DOOR LOCK
DOOR UNLOCK
HAZARD - twice
OUTSIDE CHIME - none
HAZARD - none
OUTSIDE CHIME - none
HAZARD - twice
HORN - none
HAZARD - none
HORN - none
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17
HOOD
Switching procedure:
WARNING
To switch the hazard indicator and horn
and
(chime) operation, press the
buttons on the Intelligent Key simultaneously for more than two seconds.
• When the hazard indicator mode is set,
the hazard indicator flashes three times.
• When the hazard indicator and horn
mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes
once and the horn chirps once.
• Make sure that the hood is completely closed and latched before
driving. Failure to do so could cause
the hood to open during driving and
result in an accident.
• If steam or smoke is emitting from
the motor compartment, do not
open the hood. Doing so could cause
an injury.
NOS1695
3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
REAR HATCH
WARNING
• Always make sure that the rear hatch
has been closed securely to prevent
it from opening while driving.
• Do not drive with the rear hatch open.
• Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
before closing the rear hatch.
LPD2691
When opening the hood:
1. Securely close the charge port door.
1 lo2. Pull the hood lock release handle O
cated below the instrument panel. The
hood will then spring up slightly.
A when removing
Hold the coated part O
or resetting the support rod. Avoid direct
contact with the metal parts because
they may be hot immediately after the
EV system has been stopped.
When closing the hood:
2 in between the hood
3. Locate the lever O
and charge port lid, and push the lever
upward with your fingertips.
1. Return the support rod to its original
position.
3 .
4. Raise the hood O
2. Slowly move the hood down to latch the
lock.
4 from the
5. Remove the support rod O
5 .
hood and insert it into the slot O
3. Push the hood down to lock the hood
securely into place.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19
LPD2692
To open the rear hatch, unlock it and push
A . Pull up the
the rear hatch opener switch O
rear hatch to open.
The rear hatch can be unlocked by:
• Pushing the rear hatch request switch.
For additional information, refer to
“NISSAN Intelligent Key® system” in this
section.
button on the Intelli• Pressing the
gent Key. For additional information, refer
to “NISSAN Intelligent Key® system” in this
section.
• Pushing the power door lock switch to
the unlock position.
LPD2782
SECONDARY REAR HATCH
RELEASE
Follow the following steps to unlock the
rear hatch when the battery is discharged.
NOTE:
It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as
possible for inspection.
Unlocking the rear hatch:
3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
LPD2783
A by using a screwdriver
1. Move the cover O
or a similar tool available on hand.
CHARGE PORT LID
OPENING CHARGE PORT LID
CAUTION
Make sure that the charge port lid is
completely closed and latched before
driving. Failure to do so could cause the
lid to open suddenly during driving.
LPD2784
B by using a
2. Then move the inside lever O
screwdriver or similar tool available on
hand. The rear hatch will open.
LPD2694
Switch
When opening the charge port lid perform
one of the following:
• Push the charge port lid switch located
on the instrument panel, or
button on the
• Press and hold the
Intelligent Key for more than one second.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21
LPD2706
LPD2151
Button
When opening the charge port lid:
1. The charging status indicator lights flash
and a chime sounds three times and the
charge port lid will then spring up slightly.
2. Put your hand into the underside of the
lid and open until it is in the fully open
position.
When closing the charge port lid:
1. Slowly move the lid down.
2. Lock it securely into place.
3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
LPD2705
If the charge port lid cannot be unlocked
1. Open the hood.
2. Move the lever behind the charge port
lid in the direction of the arrow using a
flat head screwdriver or suitable tool,
and the port is unlocked.
STEERING WHEEL
• Pay particular attention when using
the normal charge port as the charge
port lid can be closed even when the
normal charge port cap is open.
• Close the quick charge port cap (if so
equipped) before closing the charging lid. The quick charge port cap (if
so equipped) can be damaged if it is
open when closing the charge port
lid.
LPD2704
CHARGE PORT CAP
When opening the charge port cap, press
the tab inward and the cap will spring open.
When the charge port cap is closed to its
previous position, it will lock automatically.
WARNING
• Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You could lose control
of your vehicle and cause an
accident.
• Do not adjust the steering wheel any
closer to you than is necessary for
proper steering operation and comfort. The driver’s air bag inflates with
great force. If you are unrestrained,
leaning forward, sitting sideways or
out of position in any way, you are at
greater risk of injury or death in a
crash. You may also receive serious
or fatal injuries from the air bag if you
are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback
and as far away as practical from the
steering wheel. Always use the seat
belts.
CAUTION
• When charging is finished, be sure to
close the charge port cap. If water or
dust gets inside the charge port, this
may cause a malfunction.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
SUN VISORS
3. Slide the extension sun visor in or out as
3 .
needed O
CAUTION
• Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original
position.
• Do not pull the extension sun visor
forcedly downward.
LPD3074
TILT/TELESCOPIC OPERATION
1 and adjust the
Push the lock lever down 䊊
steering wheel up or down, forward or rear2 to the desired position.
ward 䊊
3 to lock the steering
Pull the lock lever up 䊊
wheel in place.
LPD2696
1. To block out glare from the front, swing
1 .
down the sun visor O
2. To block glare from the side, remove the
sun visor from the center mount and
2 .
swing it to the side O
3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
MIRRORS
AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE
REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)
The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically dims according to the intensity
of the headlights of the vehicle following
you. The automatic anti-glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
SIC3869
VANITY MIRRORS
To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun
visor down and flip open the mirror cover.
The vanity mirror will illuminate when the
mirror cover is open.
LPD2561
MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEW
MIRROR (if so equipped)
1 reduces glare from
The night position O
the headlights of vehicles behind you at
night.
Use the day position
daylight hours.
2
O
when driving in
WARNING
Use the night position only when necessary, because it reduces rearview
clarity.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25
• To turn on the anti-glare feature, press
the | button and the indicator light will
turn on.
For additional information on HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver operation, refer to
“HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” in the
“Instruments and controls” section of this
manual.
LPD0469
NOTE:
Do not hang any objects over the sen1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors O
sors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity
of the sensors, resulting in improper
operation.
2 will illuminate when
The indicator light O
the automatic anti-glare feature is operating.
• To turn off the anti-glare feature, press
the O button and the indicator light will
turn off.
JVC0061X
OUTSIDE MIRRORS
Adjusting outside mirrors
WARNING
Objects viewed in the outside mirror on
the passenger side are closer than they
appear. Be careful when moving to the
right. Using only this mirror could cause
an accident. Use the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder to properly
judge distances to other objects.
The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest.
3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
The outside mirror will operate only when
the power switch is in the ACC or ON position.
Turn the switch right or left to select the
1 , then adjust the
right or left side mirror O
2 .
mirror using the control switch O
Move the switch to the center (neutral) position to prevent accidentally moving the
mirror.
Defogging outside mirrors (if so
equipped)
The outside mirrors will be heated when
the rear window defroster switch is operated. For additional information, refer to
“Rear window and outside mirror (if so
equipped) defroster switch” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
SPA1829
Folding outside mirrors
Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27
MEMO
3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and
voice recognition systems
NissanConnect® Manual (for Leaf) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Difference between predicted and
actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
How to park with predictive course
lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
How to turn on and off predictive
course lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . 4-9
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Intelligent Around View Monitor
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
Intelligent Around View Monitor system
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Difference between predicted and
actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
How to park with predictive course
lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Intelligent Around View Monitor system
limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Moving Object Detection (MOD)
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
MOD system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Turning MOD ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Displaying climate control system
status screen (models with navigation
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Automatic climate control
(models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . 4-32
Automatic climate control
(models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Climate ctrl. timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
USB/iPod® charging ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
iPod®/iPhone® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
NISSANCONNECT® MANUAL (for
Leaf)
Refer to the NissanConnect® Manual (for
Leaf) that includes the following information.
• EV-Specific functions
• Audio
• Hands-Free Phone
• NissanConnect® EV and Services (if so
equipped)
• Apple CarPlay®
• Android Auto™
• Navigation (if so equipped)
• Voice recognition
• Information and settings viewable on the
system
4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
REARVIEW MONITOR (if so
equipped)
LHA5348
1. CAMERA button
2. MENU button
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RearView Monitor system could result in serious injury or death.
• RearView Monitor is a convenience
feature and is not a substitute for
proper backing. Always turn and look
out the windows and check mirrors
to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always
back up slowly.
• The system is designed as an aid to
the driver in showing large stationary objects directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the
vehicle.
• The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a
reference only when the vehicle is on
a level paved surface. The distance
viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than
the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the camera lens when
cleaning dirt or snow from the front of
the camera.
LHA4522
The RearView Monitor system automatically shows a rear view of the vehicle when
the shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)
position. The radio can still be heard while
the RearView Monitor is active.
To display the rear view, the RearView Monitor system uses a camera located just
1 .
above the vehicle’s license plate 䊊
REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
OPERATION
With the EV (electric vehicle) system on and
in “READY to drive”, move the shift lever to
the R (Reverse) position to operate the
RearView Monitor.
4-4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4
Vehicle width guide lines O
Indicate the vehicle width when backing
up.
The width of the vehicle width guide line is
wider than the actual width.
5
Predictive course lines O
LHA4805
HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
LINES
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle
width and distances to objects with referA are disence to the vehicle body line O
played on the monitor.
Indicate the predicted course when backing up. The predictive course lines will be
displayed on the monitor when the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the
steering wheel is turned. The predictive
course lines will move depending on how
much the steering wheel is turned and will
not be displayed while the steering wheel is
in the straight-ahead position.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate
reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill
surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from
those displayed in the monitor relative to
the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When
in doubt, turn around and view the objects
as you are backing up, or park and exit the
vehicle to view the positioning of objects
behind the vehicle.
The vehicle width guide lines and the width
of the predictive course lines are wider
than the actual width and course.
Distance guide lines
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
• Red lineO
2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m )
• Yellow line O
3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)
• Green line O
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5
LHA5064
LHA5065
Backing up on a steep uphill
Backing up on a steep downhill
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width
guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the
hill is further than it appears on the
monitor.
When backing up the vehicle down a hill,
the distance guide lines and the vehicle
width guide lines are shown farther than
the actual distance. Note that any object
on the hill is closer than it appears on the
monitor.
4-6 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
LHA5069
Backing up near a projecting
object
A do not touch
The predictive course lines O
the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over
the actual backing up course.
A
object when backing up to the position O
if the object projects over the actual backing up course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE
COURSE LINES
WARNING
LHA5067
Backing up behind a projecting
object
C is shown farther than the
The position O
B in the display. However, the poposition O
C is actually at the same distance as
sition O
A . The vehicle may hit the
the position O
• If the tires are replaced with different
sized tires, the predictive course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
• On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predictive course line and the actual course line.
• If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive
course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform
the following procedures:
- Turn the steering wheel from lock to
lock while the EV (electric vehicle)
system is running.
- Drive the vehicle on a straight road
for more than 5 minutes.
• When the steering wheel is turned
with the power switch in the ACC position, the predictive course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
LHA5070
1. Visually check that the parking space is
safe before parking your vehicle.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed
A when the shift lever is
on the screen O
moved to the R (Reverse) position.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
D parallel
the vehicle width guide lines O
C while referring
to the parking space O
to the predictive course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space
completely, push the P (Park) position
switch and apply the parking brake.
LHA4410
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Touch the ”Settings” key.
3. Touch the “Camera” key.
LHA5071
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the
steering wheel so that the predictive
B enter the parking space
course lines O
C .
O
4-8 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4. Touch the “Display Settings” key.
5. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, “Tint”,
“Color”, or “Black Level” key.
6. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “-”
key on the touch-screen display.
NOTE:
Do not adjust any of the display settings of the RearView Monitor while
the vehicle is moving. Make sure the
parking brake is firmly applied.
HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF
PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES
To toggle ON and OFF the predictive course
lines while in the P (Park) position:
1. Touch the “Settings” key.
2. Touch the “Camera” key.
3. Touch the “Predictive Course Lines” key
to turn the feature ON or OFF.
Pushing the CAMERA button while the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position can also
turn on and off the predictive course lines.
REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for RearView Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with
these system limitations could result in
serious injury or death.
• The system cannot completely eliminate blind spots and may not show
every object.
• Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be
viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation. The system will not show small
objects below the bumper, and may
not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground.
• Objects viewed in the RearView
Monitor differ from actual distance
because a wide-angle lens is used.
• Objects in the RearView Monitor will
appear visually opposite compared
to when viewed in the rearview and
outside mirrors.
• Use the displayed lines as a reference. The lines are highly affected by
the number of occupants, fuel level,
vehicle position, road conditions and
road grade.
• Make sure that the rear hatch is securely closed when backing up.
• Do not put anything on the rearview
camera. The rearview camera is installed above the license plate.
• When washing the vehicle with high
pressure water, be sure not to spray it
around the camera. Otherwise, water
may enter the camera unit causing
water condensation on the lens, a
malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
• Do not strike the camera. It is a precision instrument. Otherwise, it may
malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.
The following are operating limitations and
do not represent a system malfunction:
• When the temperature is extremely high
or low, the screen may not clearly display
objects.
• When strong light directly shines on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly.
• Vertical lines may be seen in objects on
the screen. This is due to strong reflected
light from the bumper.
• The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light.
• The colors of objects on the RearView
Monitor may differ somewhat from the
actual color of objects.
• Objects on the monitor may not be clear
in a dark environment.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9
• There may be a delay when switching
between views.
• If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on the
camera, RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera.
• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe
off any wax with a clean cloth dampened
with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then
wipe with a dry cloth.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the
1 , the RearView Monitor may not
camera O
display objects clearly. Clean the camera
by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a
diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth.
LHA4522
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will
cause discoloration.
• Do not damage the camera as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.
4-10 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW
MONITOR (if so equipped)
LHA5348
1. CAMERA button
2. MENU button
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Intelligent Around View Monitor system
could result in serious injury or death.
• The Intelligent Around View Monitor
is a convenience feature and is not a
substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed. The four corners of the vehicle in particular, are
areas where objects do not always
appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rear
views. Always check your surroundings to be sure that it is safe to move
before operating the vehicle. Always
operate the vehicle slowly.
• The driver is always responsible for
safety during parking and other
maneuvers.
CAUTION
The Intelligent Around View Monitor system is designed as an aid to the driver in
situations such as slot parking or parallel
parking. The monitor displays various
views of the position of the vehicle in a split
screen format. Not all views are available at
all times.
Available views:
• Front View
The view of the front of the vehicle.
• Rear View
The view of the rear of the vehicle.
• Bird’s-Eye View
The surrounding views of the vehicle
from above.
• Front-Side View
The view around and ahead of the front
passenger’s side wheel.
• Full screen rear view
The view to the rear of the vehicle (which
is a little wider than the standard rear
view).
Do not scratch the camera lens when
cleaning dirt or snow from the front of
the camera.
LHA4527
To display the multiple views, the Intelligent
Around View Monitor system uses cameras located in the front grille, on the vehicle’s outside mirrors and one just above
1 .
the vehicle’s license plate O
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW
MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION
With the EV (electric vehicle) system on,
move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position or press the CAMERA button to operate the Intelligent Around View Monitor.
When the camera is first activated with the
bird’s-eye view in the display, a red icon will
flash on the screen. This indicates that the
4-12 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
sonar system is activated. For additional
information on the rear sonar system, refer
to “Rear sonar system” in the “Starting and
driving” section of this manual. The screen
displayed on the Intelligent Around View
Monitor will automatically return to the
previous screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA button has been pressed with the shift
lever in a position other than the R (Reverse) position.
Available views
WARNING
• The distance guide lines and the vehicle width lines should be used as a
reference only when the vehicle is on
a paved, level surface. The apparent
distance viewed on the monitor may
be different than the actual distance
between the vehicle and displayed
objects.
• Use the displayed lines and the bird’s
eye view as a reference. The lines and
the bird’s-eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants,
cargo, fuel level, vehicle position,
road condition and road grade.
• If the tires are replaced with different
sized tires, the predictive course lines
and the bird’s-eye view may be displayed incorrectly.
• When driving the vehicle up a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear. When driving
the vehicle down a hill, objects
viewed in the monitor are closer than
they appear.
• Objects in the rear view will appear
visually opposite compared to when
viewed in the rear view and outside
mirrors.
• Use the mirrors or actually look to
properly judge distances to other
objects.
• On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predictive course lines and the
actual course line.
• The vehicle width and predictive
course lines are wider than the actual
width and course.
• The displayed lines will appear
slightly off to the right, because the
rearview camera is not installed in
the rear center of the vehicle.
SAA1840
Front View
Front and rear view
Guiding lines that indicate the approximate
vehicle width and distance to objects with
A are
reference to the vehicle body lines O
displayed on the monitor.
Distance guide lines
Indicate distances from the vehicle body:
1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
• Red line O
2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)
• Yellow lines O
3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)
• Green lines O
4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m) (if
• Green lines O
so equipped)
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13
front view will not be displayed when the
vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).
NOTE:
When the monitor displays the front
view and the steering wheel turns about
90 degrees or less from the straightahead position, both the right and left
6 are displayed.
predictive course lines O
When the steering wheel turns about 90
degrees or more, a line is displayed only
on the opposite side of the turn.
LHA5068
Rear View
5
Vehicle width guide lines O
Indicate the approximate vehicle width
when backing up.
6
Predictive course lines O
Indicate the predicted course when operating the vehicle. The predictive course
lines will be displayed on the monitor when
the steering wheel is turned. The predictive
course lines will move depending on how
much the steering wheel is turned and
may not be displayed while the steering
wheel is in the straight-ahead position. The
4-14 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
LHA4641
Birds-eye view
The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead
view of the vehicle, which helps confirm the
vehicle position and the predicted course
1
to a parking space. The vehicle icon O
shows the position of the vehicle. Note that
the apparent distance between objects
viewed in the bird’s-eye view may differ
somewhat from the actual distance to the
vehicle.
The areas that the cameras cannot cover
2 are indicated in black.
O
After the EV system is placed in the ON
2
are
position, the non-viewable areas O
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
highlighted in yellow for several seconds
after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will
be shown only the first time after the
power switch is placed in the ON position.
The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate
reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill
surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from
those displayed in the monitor relative to
the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When
in doubt, turn around and view the objects
as you are backing up, or park and exit the
vehicle to view the positioning of objects
behind the vehicle.
WARNING
• Objects in the bird’s-eye view will appear further than the actual distance.
• Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,
may be misaligned or not displayed
at the seam of the views.
• Objects that are above the camera
cannot be displayed.
• The view for the bird’s-eye view may
be misaligned when the camera position alters.
• A line on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being
straight at the seam of the views. The
misalignment will increase as the
line proceeds away from the vehicle.
LHA2652
Front-side view
Guiding lines
Guiding lines that indicate the approximate
width and the front end of the vehicle are
displayed on the monitor.
1 shows the front
The front-of-vehicle line O
part of the vehicle.
2 shows the apThe side-of-vehicle line O
proximate vehicle width including the outside mirrors.
3 of both the front O
1 and
The extensions O
2 lines are shown with a green dotted
side O
line.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15
LHA5064
LHA5065
Backing up on a steep uphill
Backing up on a steep downhill
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width
guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the
hill is further than it appears on the
monitor.
When backing up the vehicle down a hill,
the distance guide lines and the vehicle
width guide lines are shown farther than
the actual distance. Note that any object
on the hill is closer than it appears on the
monitor.
4-16 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
LHA5069
Backing up near a projecting
object
A do not touch
The predictive course lines O
the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over
the actual backing up course.
A
object when backing up to the position O
if the object projects over the actual backing up course.
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE
COURSE LINES
WARNING
LHA5067
Backing up behind a projecting
object
C is shown farther than the
The position O
B in the display. However, the poposition O
C is actually at the same distance as
sition O
A . The vehicle may hit the
the position O
• If the tires are replaced with different
sized tires, the predictive course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
• On a snow-covered or slippery road,
there may be a difference between
the predictive course line and the actual course line.
• If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive
course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform
the following procedures:
– Turn the steering wheel from lock
to lock while the EV (electric vehicle) system is running.
– Drive the vehicle on a straight road
for more than 5 minutes.
• When the steering wheel is turned
with the power switch in the ACC position, the predictive course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
LHA5070
1. Visually check that the parking space is
safe before parking your vehicle.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed
A when the shift lever is
on the screen O
moved to the R (Reverse) position.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make
D parallel
the vehicle width guide lines O
C while referring
to the parking space O
to the predictive course lines.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space
completely, move the shift lever to the P
(Park) position and apply the parking
brake.
HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY
With the power switch in the ON position,
press the CAMERA button or move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate
the Intelligent Around View Monitor.
The Intelligent Around View Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever. Press
the CAMERA button to switch between the
available views.
LHA5071
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the
steering wheel so that the predictive
B enter the parking space
course lines O
C .
O
If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,
the available views are:
• Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen
• Rear view/front-side view split screen
• Full screen rear view
If the shift lever is in the P (Park) and D
(Drive) position, the available views are:
• Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen
• Front view/front-side view split screen
4-18 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
The display will switch from the Intelligent
Around View Monitor screen when:
• The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position
and the vehicle speed increases above
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).
• A different screen is selected.
NOTE:
Do not adjust any of the display settings
of the Intelligent Around View Monitor
while the vehicle is moving. Make sure
the parking brake is firmly applied.
LHA3522
ADJUSTING THE SCREEN
1. Press MENU button.
2. Touch the “Settings” key
3. Touch the “Camera” key
4. Touch the “Display Settings” key
5. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”
“Color,” or “Black Level” key.
LHA4529
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW
MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
6. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “-”
key on the touch-screen display.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for Intelligent Around View Monitor.
Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations
could result in serious injury or death.
• Do not use the Intelligent Around
View Monitor with the outside mirrors in the stored position, and make
sure that the rear hatch is securely
closed when operating the vehicle
using the Intelligent Around View
Monitor.
• The apparent distance between objects viewed on the Intelligent
Around View Monitor differs from the
actual distance.
• The cameras are installed on the
front grille, the outside mirrors and
above the rear license plate. Do not
put anything on the vehicle that covers the cameras.
• When washing the vehicle with high
pressure water, be sure not to spray it
around the cameras. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a
malfunction, fire or an electric shock.
• Do not strike the cameras. They are
precision instruments. Doing so
could cause a malfunction or cause
damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.
There are some areas where the system
will not show objects and the system does
not warn of moving objects. When in the
front or rear view display, an object below
the bumper or on the ground may not be
1 . When in the bird’s-eye view, a
viewed O
2 of the camera
tall object near the seam O
viewing areas will not appear in the monitor.
The following are operating limitations and
do not represent a system malfunction:
• There may be a delay when switching
between views.
• When the temperature is extremely high
or low, the screen may not display objects
clearly.
• When strong light directly shines on the
camera, objects may not be displayed
clearly.
• The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light.
• The colors of objects on the Intelligent
Around View Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.
4-20 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
• Objects on the Intelligent Around View
Monitor may not be clear and the color of
the object may differ in a dark environment.
• There may be differences in sharpness
between each camera view of the bird’seye view.
• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe
off any wax with a clean cloth that has
been dampened with a diluted mild
cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry
cloth.
LHA4412
System temporarily unavailable
When the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,
there are abnormal conditions in the Intelligent Around View Monitor. This will not
hinder normal driving operation but the
system should be inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
LHA4413
When the “[X]” icon is displayed on the
screen, the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances
from surrounding devices. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected if it occurs frequently. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
LHA4527
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will
cause discoloration.
• Do not damage the cameras as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of
1
, the Intelligent Around
the cameras O
View Monitor may not display objects
clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a
cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21
MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)
(if so equipped)
LHA5349
1. CAMERA button
4-22 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Moving
object Detection (MOD) system could
result in serious injury or death.
• The MOD system is not a substitute
for proper vehicle operation and is
not designed to prevent contact with
objects surrounding the vehicle.
When maneuvering, always use the
outside mirrors and rearview mirror
and turn and check the surroundings
to ensure it is safe to maneuver.
• The system is deactivated at speeds
above 5 mph (8 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
• The MOD system is not designed to
detect
surrounding
stationary
objects.
The MOD system can inform the driver of
moving objects near the vehicle when
backing out of garages, maneuvering in
parking lots and in other such instances.
The MOD system detects moving objects
by using image processing technology on
the image shown in the display.
MOD SYSTEM OPERATION
The MOD system will turn on automatically
under the following conditions:
• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position.
• When vehicle speed decreases below approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and the
camera screen is displayed.
LHA4530
Front and bird’s-eye views
The MOD system operates in the following
conditions when the camera view is displayed:
• When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position and the vehicle is
stopped, the MOD system detects moving objects in the bird’s-eye view. The
MOD system may not operate if the outside mirrors are moving in or out, in the
stowed position, or if either front door is
opened.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23
LHA5191
LHA5192
Rear and bird’s-eye views
• When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)
position and the vehicle speed is below
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD
system detects moving objects in the
front view.
• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position and the vehicle speed is below
approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD
system detects moving objects in the
rear view. The MOD system will not operate if the rear hatch is open.
Rear and front-side views
The MOD system does not detect moving
objects in the front-side view. The MOD
icon is not displayed on the screen when in
this view.
When the MOD system detects moving objects near the vehicle, a chime will be heard
and a yellow frame will be displayed on the
view where the objects are detected. While
the MOD system continues to detect moving objects, the yellow frame continues to
be displayed.
4-24 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
LHA5193
Full screen rear view
NOTE:
While the Rear Cross Traffic Alert chime is
beeping, the MOD system does not
chime.
1 is
In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame O
displayed on each camera image (front,
rear, right, left) depending on where moving objects are detected.
2 is displayed on each
The yellow frame O
view in the front view and rear view modes.
3 is displayed in the view
A blue MOD icon O
where the MOD system is operative. A gray
MOD icon is displayed in the view where the
MOD system is not operative.
If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD
3 is not displayed.
icon O
TURNING MOD ON AND OFF
Some vehicles include the option to allow
the MOD system to be turned on or off in
the vehicle information display.
To turn the MOD system on or off:
or
menu control
1. Use either the
switch on the steering wheel to select
“Settings”.
2. Select “Driver Assistance” and press the
OK button.
3. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK
button.
4. Toggle ON or OFF “Moving Object” using
the OK button.
MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle
in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or
death.
• Do not use the MOD system when
towing a trailer. The system may not
function properly.
• Excessive noise (for example, audio
system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime
sound, and it may not be heard.
• The MOD system performance will be
limited according to environmental
conditions and surrounding objects
such as:
– When there is low contrast between background and the moving objects.
– When there is a blinking source of
light.
– When strong light such as another
vehicle’s headlight or sunlight is
present.
•
•
•
•
– When camera orientation is not in
its usual position, such as when a
mirror is folded.
– When there is dirt, water drops or
snow on the camera lens.
– When the position of the moving
objects in the display is not
changed.
The MOD system might detect flowing water droplets on the camera
lens, white smoke from the muffler,
moving shadows, etc.
The MOD system may not function
properly depending on the speed, direction, distance or shape of the
moving objects.
If your vehicle sustains damage to
the parts where the camera is installed, leaving it misaligned or bent,
the sensing zone may be altered and
the MOD system may not detect objects properly.
When the temperature is extremely
high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. This is not a
malfunction.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25
NOTE:
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of
1 , the Intelligent Around
the cameras O
View Monitor may not display objects
clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a
cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.
The blue MOD icon will change to orange
if one of the following has occurred:
• When the system is malfunctioning.
• When the component temperature
reaches a high level (icon will blink).
If the icon light continues to illuminate
orange, have the MOD system checked.
It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
LHA4527
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will
cause discoloration.
• Do not damage the cameras as the
monitor screen may be adversely
affected.
4-26 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
VENTS
LHA4514
Side vent
Open/close the vents by moving the vent
slide in the appropriate direction.
: This symbol indicates that the vents
are closed.
: This symbol indicates that the vents
are open.
Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by
moving the vent slide (up/down) until the
desired position is achieved.
LHA4515
Center Vent
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
(automatic)
WARNING
• The air conditioning cooling function
operates only when the power
switch is in the ON position or when
the READY to drive indicator light is
ON.
• Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle.
Pets should also not be left alone.
They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent
operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,
sunny days, temperatures in a closed
vehicle could quickly become high
enough to causes severe or possibly
fatal injuries to people or animals.
• Do not use the recirculation mode for
long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up.
NOTE:
• Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner
unit. Odor can enter the passenger
compartment through the vents.
• When parking, set the heater or air
conditioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the
passenger compartment. This should
help reduce odors inside the vehicle.
4-28 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
The climate control system (air conditioner
and heater functions) can be operated
when the READY to drive indicator light is
illuminated. However, while charging, the
climate control system can be used when
the power switch is in the ON position.
The fan, heater and air conditioning can be
turned on manually, using the timer function and using the remote climate control
function.
These functions operate in the following
conditions.
Power switch position
LOCK/OFF
ACC
ON
READY to drive
Fan
-
-
Available
Available
Heater and air conditioner
-
-
Available*1
Available
Timer (Climate Ctrl. Timer)
Available
Available
-
-
Remote control*2
Available
Available
-
-
*1: The climate control system will only start when charging is being performed. After charging is complete, it will continue to operate if the EVSE (Electric Vehicle
Supply Equipment) is connected.
*2: Models with Navigation System.
NOTE:
• A series of operation sounds may be
heard immediately after climate control ON/OFF operation. This is not a
malfunction.
• Compressor and motor fan may suddenly start to operate during charging
operation. This is not a malfunction.
• Condensation forms inside the air conditioning unit when the air conditioner
is running, and is safely discharged underneath your vehicle. Traces of water
on the ground are therefore normal.
Water may drop underneath the vehicle when climate control is operating.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29
DISPLAYING CLIMATE CONTROL
SYSTEM STATUS SCREEN (models
with navigation system)
The climate control system status screen
can be displayed as a widget. For details of
the widget, refer to the NissanConnect®
Manual (for Leaf).
NOTE:
• If the READY to drive indicator light is
illuminated and the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is connected
to the vehicle, the power switch will
change to the ON position. At the same
time, the climate control system will
stop operating. However, the fan will
continue to operate. If you want to turn
on climate control again, place the
power switch in the OFF position and
then place it in the ON position again
after confirming that the vehicle has
started charging.
• When the power switch is in the ON
position, if the power supply from the
EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is interrupted due to an electrical outage, etc., the system will operate
in the following ways.
– If it occurs while charging is being
performed:
The climate control system will stop
once. If the power supply is restored
within approximately 5 minutes, the
climate control system will restart.
However, if more than 5 minutes have
elapsed, the climate control system
will not restart.
– If it occurs after charging has finished:
The climate control system will stop.
4-30 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2368
OPERATING TIPS
• The automatic climate control is
equipped with sensors as illustrated. The
A and O
B help maintain a consensors O
stant temperature. Do not put anything
on or around these sensors.
• Power consumption of the climate control system varies depending on the outside temperature and the temperature
set for the climate control system. Power
consumption increases if the interior
temperature is cooled down too much in
summer or if it warmed up too much in
winter. This will result in a reduced driving
range.
LVH0005X
• Using the AUTO mode will help reduce
the power consumption of the climate
control.
• When the AUTO button is pressed, the
AUTO indicator illuminates. The
HEAT button indicator or the A/C button
indicator illuminates according to the operation of the climate control system.
HEAT,
• If any of the MODE, A/C,
fan speed control,
front defroster is
pushed when the AUTO indicator illuminates, the AUTO indicator will be turned
off.
• If the charge connector is connected to
the vehicle when it is in the READY to drive
mode and the air conditioner or heater is
on, the power switch automatically
changes to the ON position. Place the
power switch in the off position to begin
charging. Turn on the desired climate
control function.
• For normal charge, the climate control
system is operative when charging operation is complete. For quick charge
however, the climate control system
stops operating when charging operation stops.
• The climate control timer or remote climate control (for models with Navigation
System) may fog up windows depending
on the set temperature or outside temperature.
• When turning on the seat heater (if so
equipped) switch prior to operating the
climate control timer or the remote climate control (for models with Navigation
System), the seat heater will also turn on
automatically when the outside temperature is low.
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
The climate control system is equipped
with an in-cabin microfilter which collects
dirt, dust etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the filter regularly. To replace the filter, it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The filter should be replaced if the air
flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the
climate control system.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31
7. AUTO climate control ON button
8. A/C (air conditioner) button
9. MODE (manual air flow control) button
10.
HEAT button
11. Climate control system OFF button
Automatic operation (AUTO)
The AUTO mode may be used year-round
as the system automatically controls constant temperature, air flow distribution and
fan speed.
1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indicator will be illuminated.
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set
the desired temperature.
LHA2890
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
(models without Navigation
System)
1.
fan speed control dial
2.
intake air control button
3.
front defroster button
4. Climate Ctrl. display
5.
Rear window and outside mirror (if
so equipped) defroster switch
6. Temperature control dial
4-32 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
When any of the following functions are
operated, the AUTO indicator will turn off.
HEAT or A/C button is pressed.
• The
• The fan speed control or ventilator air
flow control is operated.
However, the functions that were not operated continue operating in AUTO mode.
NOTE:
• If the
fan speed control dial, MODE
intake air control butbutton, or
ton is operated while AUTO is in use, all
the other buttons operate in AUTO
mode.
• While the AUTO indicator is illuminated,
electric power consumption of the air
conditioner can be economized compared to the amount consumed while
the AUTO indicator is not illuminated.
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indicator light illuminates according to the operation modes of the climate control system.
Operation
mode
Cooling
(HEAT off)
Heating
(A/C off)
A/C indicator
ON
HEAT indicator
OFF
OFF
ON
Manual operation
The manual mode can be used to control
the heater and air conditioner to your desired temperature.
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indicator light illuminates according to the operation modes.
Operation
mode
Cooling
(HEAT off)
Dehumidified heating
Heating (A/C
off)
Ventilation
Dehumidified heating
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
A/C indicator light.
A/C indicator
ON
HEAT indicator
OFF
HEAT button to illuminate
2. Press the
the HEAT indicator light
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Electric power consumption of climate
control increases while A/C button indiHEAT button indicator sicator and
multaneously illuminate. As a result, the
driving range may be decreased.
Cooling
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
A/C indicator light.
HEAT button to turn off
2. Press the
the HEAT indicator light.
• Do not set the temperature higher
than the outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the temperature
from being controlled properly.
• A visible mist may be seen coming
from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This
does not indicate a malfunction.
NOTE:
Heating (A/C off)
HEAT button to illuminate
1. Press the
the HEAT indicator light.
2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C
indicator light.
• Do not set temperature lower than the
outside air temperature. Doing so may
prevent the temperature from being
controlled properly.
• If the windows fog up, use dehumidified heating instead of the A/C off
heating.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33
Ventilation
Fan speed control
Temperature control
Press the
HEAT button and A/C button if the indicator lights are on so that
both indicator lights turn off.
fan speed control dial to
Turn the
manually control the fan speed.
Turn the temperature control dial to set the
desired temperature.
Press the AUTO button to change the fan
speed to the automatic mode.
Recirculation
NOTE:
• The ventilation mode requires a lower
power consumption, so cruising distance will increase.
• In ventilation mode, temperature is not
indicated on the air conditioner display.
Air flow control
Press the MODE button to change the air
flow mode.
Air flows from the center and
side ventilators.
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging
front defroster button (the
Press the
indicator light will illuminate).
• To remove moisture or fog on the front
window quickly, set the temperature to
the high temperature and the fan speed
to their maximum level.
• After the windshield is cleared, press the
front defroster button again (the indicator light will turn off).
front defroster button is
• When the
pressed, the air conditioner will automatically turn on to defog the windshield. The
outside air recirculation mode will be selected to improve the defogging performance.
Air flows from the center and
side ventilators and foot outlets.
Air flows mainly from the foot
outlets.
Air flows from the defroster outlets and foot outlets.
intake air control button to
Press the
change the air circulation mode. When the
indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is
recirculated inside the vehicle.
When the outside temperature exceeds
70°F (21°C) the air conditioning system may
default to air recirculation mode automatically to reduce overall power consumption.
To exit air recirculation mode, deselect the
air recirculation button (indicator will turn
off) to enter fresh mode.
Fresh air
intake air control button to
Press the
change the air circulation mode. When the
indicator light does not illuminate, the flowing air is drawn from outside the vehicle.
Automatic air intake control
Air flows from the defroster
vents.
4-34 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
controlled automatically. When the outside
temperature exceeds 70°F (21°C), the air
conditioning system may default to air recirculation mode automatically to reduce
overall power consumption.
To set the automatic control mode, press
intake air control button.
and hold the
The indicator light will blink twice and the
inside/outside circulation will then be controlled automatically. When in automatic
mode, the indicator light will come on when
inside air recirculation is active.
Rear window and outside mirror (if so
equipped) defroster switch
For additional information, refer to “Rear
window and outside mirror (if so equipped)
defroster switch” in the “Instruments and
controls” section of this manual
To turn the system off
To turn off the climate control, press the
Climate control system OFF button. The
same operating mode (Heater or A/C) that
was active when the system is turned off is
active when system is turned back on.
LHA2889
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
(models with Navigation System)
4.
front defroster button
5.
fan speed control button
1. Temperature control button
6.
2.
HEAT button
3. Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator
7.
Rear window and outside mirror (if
so equipped) defroster switch
intake air control button
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35
8. Climate control system ON·OFF button
NOTE:
9. AUTO climate control ON button
• If the
fan speed control button,
intake air control
MODE button, or
button is operated while AUTO is in use,
all the other buttons operate in AUTO
mode.
• While the AUTO indicator is illuminated,
electric power consumption of the air
conditioner can be economized compared to the amount consumed while
the AUTO indicator is not illuminated.
10. MODE (manual air flow control) button
11. A/C (air conditioner) ON·OFF button
Automatic operation (AUTO)
The AUTO mode may be used year-round
as the system automatically controls constant temperature, air flow distribution and
fan speed.
1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indicator will be illuminated.
2. Press the temperature control button to
set the desired temperature.
When any of the following functions are
operated, the AUTO indicator will turn off.
HEAT or A/C button is pressed.
• The
• The fan speed control or ventilator air
flow control is operated.
However, the functions that were not operated continue operating in AUTO mode.
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indicator light illuminates according to the operation modes of the climate control system.
Operation
mode
Cooling
(HEAT off)
Heating (A/C
off)
A/C indicator
ON
HEAT indicator
OFF
OFF
ON
Manual operation
The manual mode can be used to control
the heater and air conditioner to your desired temperature.
4-36 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indicator light illuminates according to the operation modes.
Operation
mode
Cooling
(HEAT off)
Dehumidified heating
Heating (A/C
off)
Ventilation
A/C indicator
ON
HEAT indicator
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Cooling
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
A/C indicator light.
HEAT button to turn off
2. Press the
the HEAT indicator light.
• Do not set the temperature higher
than the outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the temperature
from being controlled properly.
• A visible mist may be seen coming
from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This
does not indicate a malfunction.
Dehumidified heating
Ventilation
Fan speed control
1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the
A/C indicator light.
HEAT button and A/C butPress the
ton if the indicator lights are on so that
both indicator lights turn off.
fan speed control button to
Press the
manually control the fan speed.
HEAT button to illuminate
2. Press the
the HEAT indicator light
NOTE:
Electric power consumption of climate
control increases while A/C button indiHEAT button indicator sicator and
multaneously illuminate. As a result, the
driving range may be decreased.
Heating (A/C off)
HEAT button to illuminate
1. Press the
the HEAT indicator light.
2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C
indicator light.
• Do not set temperature lower than the
outside air temperature. Doing so may
prevent the temperature from being
controlled properly.
• If the windows fog up, use dehumidified heating instead of the A/C off
heating.
NOTE:
• The ventilation mode requires a lower
power consumption, so cruising distance will increase.
• In ventilation mode, temperature is not
indicated on the navigation monitor or
on the air conditioner display.
Press the AUTO button to change the fan
speed to the automatic mode.
Air flow control
Press the MODE button to change the air
flow mode.
Air flows from the center and
side ventilators.
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging
front defroster button (the
Press the
indicator light will illuminate).
• To remove moisture or fog on the front
window quickly, set the temperature to
the high temperature and the fan speed
to their maximum level.
• After the windshield is cleared, press the
front defroster button again (the indicator light will turn off).
front defroster button is
• When the
pressed, the air conditioner and heater
will automatically turn on to defog the
windshield. The outside air recirculation
mode will be selected to improve the defogging performance.
Air flows from the center and
side ventilators and foot outlets.
Air flows mainly from the foot
outlets.
Air flows from the defroster outlets and foot outlets.
Air flows from the defroster
vents.
Temperature control
Press the temperature control buttons to
set the desired temperature.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37
Air recirculation
Press the
intake air control button to
change the air circulation mode. When the
indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is
recirculated inside the vehicle.
When the outside temperature exceeds
70°F (21°C) the air conditioning system may
default to air recirculation mode automatically to reduce overall power consumption.
To exit air recirculation mode, deselect the
air recirculation button (indicator will turn
off) to enter fresh mode.
Outside air circulation
intake air control button to
Press the
change the air circulation mode. When the
indicator light does not illuminate, the flowing air is drawn from outside the vehicle.
Automatic air intake control
In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
controlled automatically. When the outside
temperature exceeds 70°F (21°C), the air
conditioning system may default to air recirculation mode automatically to reduce
overall power consumption.
To set the automatic control mode, press
intake air control button.
and hold the
The indicator light will blink twice and the
inside/outside circulation will then be con-
trolled automatically. When in automatic
mode, the indicator light will come on when
inside air recirculation is active.
Rear window and outside mirror (if so
equipped) defroster switch
For additional information, refer to “Rear
window and outside mirror (if so equipped)
defroster switch” in the “Instruments and
controls” section of this manual
To turn the system off
To turn off the climate control, press the
Climate control system ON·OFF button.
The same operating mode (Heater or A/C)
that was active when the system is turned
off is active when system is turned back on.
CLIMATE CTRL. TIMER
This function pre-heats or pre-cools the
passenger compartment of the vehicle to
the temperature before driving. This helps
reduce power consumption from the Li-ion
battery.
The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the air
conditioner using power from the charger
or the Li-ion battery. While the charging
connector is connected to the vehicle,
electric power from the Li-ion battery is not
used.
4-38 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
The Climate Ctrl. Timer function allows two
timer settings.
Once the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, it will
complete air conditioning by the time that
is set. It is not necessary to set the Climate
Ctrl. Timer every day.
WARNING
Even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, the
temperature in the passenger compartment may become high or low if
the system automatically stops. Do not
leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others
alone in your vehicle. Pets should not
be left alone either. On hot, sunny days,
temperatures in a closed vehicle could
quickly become high enough to cause
severe or possibly fatal injuries to
people or animals. Also on cold days,
temperature in a vehicle could become
low enough to cause severe or possible
fatal injuries to people or animals.
LHA4545
How to set Climate Ctrl. Timer
1
䊊
2
䊊
3
䊊
4
䊊
OK button
button
Back button
button
LHA5079
LHA5080
Type A (models with Navigation
System)
1. Press the
button to select “Settings” on the vehicle information display.
Type B (models without Navigation
System)
button to select “De5. Press the
parture time” and then press the OK
button.
button to select “EV
2. Press the
Settings” and then press the OK button.
button to select “Cli3. Press the
mate Ctrl. Timer1” or “Climate Ctrl.
Timer2” and then press the OK button.
button to select
4. Press the
“Timer” and then press the OK button
and turn on the setting. The indicator
light will turn on when the timer setting
is turned on.
button to set “Hour”
6. Press the
and then press the OK button.
button to set “Minute”
7. Press the
and then press the OK button. The setting can be changed with an increment
step of 10 minutes.
button to select
8. Press the
“Climate Temperature” and then press
the OK button.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39
9. Press the
button to set Climate Temperature and then press the
OK button.
button to select
10. * Press the
"Days" and then press the OK button.
The current day of the week is displayed with an underline.
button to select the
Press the
days of the week you wish to activate
the Climate Control system and then
press the OK button. The indicator light
of the selected button will turn on.
11. * After setting the day of the week, press
the Back button and return to the previous screen.
The set day of the week is lit in white.
12. After the setting is complete, place the
power switch in the OFF position, and
then connect the charge connector to
the vehicle.
* models with Navigation System
Info
The Climate Ctrl. Timer does not activate if
the charge connector is not connected to
the vehicle. When the “Battery Operation
OK” is turned on and the charging connector is not connected to the vehicle, the Climate Ctrl. Timer will activate for 15 minutes.
When the outside temperature is high, the
interior temperature may not reach the set
temperature within the 15 minutes.
Turn "Battery Operation OK" to OFF when it
is not necessary to operate air conditioning timer in order to prevent Li-ion battery
from discharging.
For models without Navigation System, the
Climate Ctrl. Timer operates repeatedly every day once it is turned on.
Operating tips for using Climate
Ctrl. Timer
• The Climate Ctrl. Timer will only start
when the power switch is in the LOCK/
OFF or ACC position.
4-40 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
• To turn off the Climate Ctrl. Timer function, turn off the “Climate Ctrl. Timer1” and
"Climate Ctrl. Timer2" setting in the video
information display using the
button on the steering wheel. The start
and stop time settings will not be deleted
even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer function is
turned off.
• While the Climate Ctrl. Timer is operating,
the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator and the
charging status indicator lights flash. If
the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set to activate,
the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator illuminates.*
• If the Climate Ctrl. Timer starts operating
while the vehicle is being charged, the
time required for charging will be longer.
• Operating the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate control in an environment
where the temperature is low may decrease the rate of battery charge.
• Timer setting can also be changed while
Climate Ctrl. Timer is operated. When the
power position is switched to OFF, the air
conditioner starts or enters waiting
mode depending on the new timer settings.
• When the difference in temperature between the air conditioner setting temperature and the temperature outside
the vehicle is large, the temperature inside the vehicle may not be maintained
at the setting temperature.
• The charging status indicator lights illuminate in a specific pattern when the Liion battery warmer operates. The charging status indicator lights use the same
pattern to indicate 12–volt battery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer operation or Remote Climate Control operation. The
charging status indicator lights do not
change if the Li-ion battery warmer operates at the same time as the above features.
• The temperature in the passenger compartment may not be comfortable if entering the vehicle too soon before or too
long after the scheduled time of departure.
• Air conditioning is limited to the capacity
of the electric power when the charge
connector is connected. Therefore, the
temperature may not reach the set temperature due to limitations in air conditioning performance, if ambient temperature is excessively high or low, or if
the charge connector is connected to a
120–volt plug outlet.
• The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the climate control function so that a comfortable temperature is provided in the passenger compartment at the scheduled
time of departure. The climate control is
set to stop at the scheduled time of departure.
• Depending on the facilities of charging
station, there may be time when it is not
available for charging. Confirm the availability of the charging facility before setting the Climate Ctrl. Timer. Be sure that
the power switch of the charger is turned
on when setting the Climate Ctrl. Timer.
• When the power switch is turned OFF after changing the setting, the new setting
will be applied.
*models with Navigation System
Remote climate control
This vehicle incorporates a communication device that is called a TCU (Telematics
Control Unit). The communication connection between this unit and Nissan Data
Center allows for various remote function
services.
Even when away from the vehicle, climate
control can be started by accessing the
Web Owner Portal using a cellular phone or
a personal computer.
When operation is started, or at the set
start time, the Nissan Data Center accesses the vehicle. When the vehicle receives a command for remote operation,
the climate control immediately turns ON
and operates for the specified period of
time. Confirmation of the ON/OFF of the
climate control operation can be checked
by accessing the Web Owner Portal, or by
e-mail.
Completing
registration
for
the
NissanConnect® EV and Services is necessary before using the service. For additional
information, refer to the NissanConnect®
Manual (for Leaf).
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. For additional information, refer to your
electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible effect on
pacemakers before using the remote
climate control.
• Even if the remote climate control is
set, the temperature in the passenger room may become high if the
system automatically stops. Do not
leave children or adults who would
normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should
not be left alone either. On hot, sunny
days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high
enough to cause severe or possibly
fatal injuries to people or animals.
NOTE:
• To check the Li-ion battery charging
status using an internet enabled smart
phone or personal computer.
– The vehicle must be located in a cellular phone coverage area.
– The cellular phone must be located
in an area with cellular phone coverage.
– The computer must be connected to
the internet.
• Some cellular phones are not compatible with this system and cannot be
used to check the Li-ion battery charging status. Confirm this beforehand.
Operating tips
• When the charge connector is connected, the climate control operates using electric power. When the charge connector is disconnected from the vehicle,
the climate control operates using vehicle battery electric power.
• The climate control can be operated for a
maximum of 2 hours when the charge
connector is connected to the vehicle, or
a maximum of 15 minutes when the
charge connector is disconnected.
• The remote climate control will only start
to operate when the power switch is in
the LOCK/OFF or ACC position.
• Remote climate control operation is not
available when the vehicle is in an area of
cellular communication range.
4-42 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
• Communication becomes unavailable
when the vehicle is not used for two
weeks or more. When the power switch is
placed in the ON position, communication with the Nissan Data Center can be
restored.
• Air conditioning is limited to the capacity
of the electric power when the charge
connector is connected to the vehicle.
Therefore, the temperature may not
reach a comfortable level due to performance of the air conditioning being limited, if the outside temperature is excessively high or low, or if the charge
connector is connected to a 110 – 120-volt
outlet.
• If the power switch is in the ON position or
the charge connector is disconnected,
while the remote climate control is being
operated, remote climate control operation is automatically stopped and an
e-mail is sent.
• If remote climate control operation is
started while the vehicle is in normal
charge mode, the climate control operates in climate control priority mode and
charging is continued.
USB/iPod® CHARGING PORTS
ANTENNA
• If remote climate control operation is
started and charging is stopped while
the vehicle is in quick charge mode, climate control operation is also stopped.
• If the quick charge connector is connected and charging is not performed,
remote climate control operation starts
using the battery electric power of the
vehicle.
The vehicle is equipped with a shark fin
antenna.
Servicing climate control
The climate control system in your NISSAN
is charged with a refrigerant designed with
the environment in mind. This refrigerant
will not harm the earth’s ozone layer. Special charging equipment and lubricant are
required when servicing your NISSAN climate control. Using improper refrigerants
or lubricants will cause severe damage to
your climate control system. For additional
information, refer to “Recommended
fluids/lubricants and capacities” in the
“Technical and consumer information” section.
LHA5312
There are USB/iPod® charging ports located behind the center console. These
ports will charge compatible devices.
NOTE:
Only the USB connection port located
below the instrument panel will allow
operation of the USB/iPod® devices
through the audio system.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer to service your environmentally friendly climate control system.
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43
CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
When installing a CB, ham radio or car
phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe
the following precautions; otherwise, the
new equipment may adversely affect the
EV control system and other electronic
parts.
WARNING
• A cellular phone should not be used
for any purpose while driving so full
attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit
the use of cellular phones while
driving.
• If you must make a call while your
vehicle is in motion, the hands free
cellular phone operational mode is
highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle
operation.
• If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to
a safe location and stop your vehicle.
iPod®/IPHONE®
CAUTION
• Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control
modules.
• Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in
(20 cm) away from the electronic
control system harnesses. Do not
route the antenna wire next to any
harness.
• Adjust the antenna standing-wave
ratio as recommended by the
manufacturer.
• Connect the ground wire from the CB
radio chassis to the body.
• For additional information, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.
4-44 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
“Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and
“Made for iPad” mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to connect
specifically to iPod, iPhone or iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the
operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards.
Please note that the use of this accessory
with iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wireless performance.
iPad, iPhone, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod
shuffle and iPod touch are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries. Lightning is a trademark of
Apple Inc.
MEMO
Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-45
5 Starting and driving
Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Push-button power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Operating range for EV start function . . . . . . . 5-10
Power switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Power switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Emergency EV shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery
discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Before starting the EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Starting the EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Pedal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Switch type (models with electronic
parking brake system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
e-Pedal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
e-Pedal system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
e-Pedal system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
LDW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
How to enable/disable the LDW system . . . . . 5-28
LDW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
I-LI system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
How to enable/disable the I-LI system . . . . . . 5-33
I-LI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-40
BSW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) . . . . . . . . 5-47
I-BSI system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
How to enable/disable the I-BSI system . . . . . 5-50
I-BSI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
I-BSI driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
How to enable/disable the RCTA
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for vehicles
without ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-69
How to select the cruise control mode . . . . . . 5-70
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-84
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-86
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
ProPILOT Assist system operation . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
Turning the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
Operating ProPILOT Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-98
How to enable/disable the Steering
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Steering Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126
Turning the AEB with Pedestrian
Detection system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134
RAB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
Turning the RAB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
RAB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . . 5-139
I-FCW System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140
Turning the I-FCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142
I-FCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148
Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)
(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150
I-DA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150
How to enable/disable the I-DA system . . . . 5-151
I-DA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152
ECO Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152
Increasing power economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153
ECO drive report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154
Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155
Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-156
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157
Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . 5-160
Chassis control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162
Intelligent Trace Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162
Intelligent Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163
Rear sonar system (RSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163
System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164
How to enable/disable the rear sonar
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
Sonar limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167
System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167
System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167
Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168
Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
Freeing a frozen charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-171
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND
DRIVING
WARNING
• Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. They
could accidentally injure themselves
or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny
days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high
enough to cause severe or possibly
fatal injuries to people or animals.
• Properly secure all cargo with ropes
or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured
cargo could cause personal injury.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS)
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
5-4 Starting and driving
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates
a low tire pressure telltale when one or
more of your tires is significantly underinflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and
can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also
reduces power efficiency and tire tread life,
and may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is
the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximately one
minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as
the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions
may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that
prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
Additional information
• When replacing a wheel without the
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS
does not monitor the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
• The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25
km/h). Also, this system may not detect a
sudden drop in tire pressure (for example,
a flat tire while driving).
• The low tire pressure warning light does
not automatically turn off when the tire
pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the
vehicle must be driven at speeds above
16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS
and turn off the low tire pressure warning
light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check
the tire pressure.
• The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning
also appears on the vehicle information
display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected. The “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warning turns off when the low
tire pressure warning light turns off.
• The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning
appears each time the power switch is
placed in the ON position as long as the
low tire pressure warning light remains
illuminated.
• The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning
does not appear if the low tire pressure
warning light illuminates to indicate a
TPMS malfunction.
• Tire pressure rises and falls depending on
the heat caused by operation of the vehicle and the outside temperature. Do
not reduce the tire pressure after driving
because the tire pressure rises after driving. Low outside temperature can lower
the temperature of the air inside the tire,
which can cause a lower tire inflation
pressure. This may cause the low tire
pressure warning light to illuminate. If the
warning light illuminates in low ambient
temperature, check the tire pressure for
all four tires.
• The pressure of all tires can also be
checked on the display screen. The order
of the tire pressure figures displayed on
the screen does not correspond with the
actual order of the tire position.
For additional information, refer to “Low tire
pressure warning light” in the “Instruments
and controls” section and “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “In case of
emergency” section of this manual.
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
• If the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
off the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible.
Driving with under-inflated tires may
permanently damage the tires and
increase the likelihood of tire failure.
Serious vehicle damage could occur
and may lead to an accident and
could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all
four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to
the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label to turn the low tire
pressure warning light off. If the tire is
flat, repair it as soon as possible. (For
additional information, refer to “Flat
tire” in the “In case of emergency”
section of this manual.)
Starting and driving 5-5
• When replacing a wheel without the
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS
will not function and the low tire
pressure warning light will flash for
approximately 1 minute. The light will
remain on after 1 minute. Have your
tires replaced and/or TPMS system
reset as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
tire sealant into the tires, as this may
cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.
CAUTION
• The TPMS may not function properly
when the wheels are equipped with
tire chains or the wheels are buried in
snow.
5-6 Starting and driving
• Do not place metalized film or any
metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the
windows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire
pressure sensors, and the TPMS will
not function properly.
Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the
TPMS and cause the low tire pressure
warning light to illuminate. Some examples
are:
• Facilities or electric devices using similar
radio frequencies that are near the vehicle.
• If a transmitter set to similar frequencies
is being used in or near the vehicle.
• If a computer (or similar equipment) or a
DC/AC converter is being used in or near
the vehicle.
The low tire pressure warning light may
illuminate in the following cases:
• If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and
tire without TPMS.
• If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID
has not been registered.
• If the wheel is not originally specified by
NISSAN.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert
When tire pressure is low, the low tire pressure warning light illuminates.
This vehicle provides visual and audible
signals to help you inflate the tires to the
recommended COLD tire pressure.
Vehicle set-up:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.
2. Apply the parking brake and push the P
(Park) position switch on the shift lever.
3. Place the power switch in the ON position. Do not place in the READY to drive
mode.
Operation:
1. Add air to the tire.
2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicators will start flashing.
3. When the designated pressure is
reached, the horn beeps once and the
hazard indicators stop flashing.
4. Perform the above steps for each tire.
• If the tire is over-inflated more than
approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn
beeps and the hazard indicators flash
three times. To correct the pressure,
push the core of the valve stem on the
tire briefly to release pressure. When
the pressure reaches the designated
pressure, the horn beeps once.
• If the hazard indicator does not flash
within approximately 15 seconds after
starting to inflate the tire, it indicates
that the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not operating.
• The TPMS will not activate the Easy-Fill
Tire Alert under the following conditions:
– If there is interference from an external device or transmitter.
– The air pressure from the inflation
device is not sufficient to inflate the
tire, such as those using a power
socket.
– If electrical equipment is being used
in or near the vehicle.
– There is a malfunction in the TPMS.
– There is a malfunction in the horn or
hazard indicators.
– If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference,
move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m)
backward or forward and try again.
If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a
tire pressure gauge.
AVOIDING COLLISION AND
ROLLOVER
WARNING
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
and prudent manner may result in loss
of control or an accident.
Be alert and drive defensively at all times.
Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive
speed, high speed cornering, or sudden
steering maneuvers because these driving
practices could cause you to lose control of
your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of
control could result in a collision with
other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover, particularly if the loss of
control causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid
driving when tired. Never drive when under
the influence of alcohol or drugs (including
prescription or over-the-counter drugs
which may cause drowsiness). Always
wear your seat belt as outlined in “Seat
belts” in the “Safety — Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system” section of
this manual, and also instruct your passengers to do so.
Starting and driving 5-7
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in
collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,
an unbelted or improperly belted person
is significantly more likely to be injured
or killed than a person properly wearing
a seat belt.
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the
vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt
to drive the vehicle back onto the road
surface until the vehicle speed is
reduced.
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by
maintaining the correct air pressure and
visually inspecting the tires for wear and
damage. For additional information, refer
to “Wheels and tires” in the “Maintenance
and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.
OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn
the steering wheel until both tires return
to the road surface. When all tires are on
the road surface, steer the vehicle to
stay in the appropriate driving lane.
• If you decide that it is not safe to return
the vehicle to the road surface based
on vehicle, road or traffic conditions,
gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in
a safe place off the road.
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blowsout” while driving, maintain control of the
vehicle by following the procedure below.
Please note that this procedure is only a
general guide. The vehicle must be driven
as appropriate based on the conditions of
the vehicle, road and traffic.
While driving, the right side or left side
wheels may unintentionally leave the road
surface. If this occurs, maintain control of
the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only
a general guide. The vehicle must be driven
as appropriate based on the conditions of
the vehicle, road and traffic.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Do not apply the brakes.
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
wheel with both hands and try to hold a
straight course.
4. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the
vehicle.
5-8 Starting and driving
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can
occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged
due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air
pressure loss can also be caused by driving
on under-inflated tires.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle, especially
at highway speeds.
WARNING
The following actions can increase the
chance of losing control of the vehicle if
there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.
Losing control of the vehicle may cause a
collision and result in personal injury.
• The vehicle generally moves or pulls
in the direction of the flat tire.
• Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
• Do not rapidly release the accelerator
pedal.
• Do not rapidly turn the steering
wheel.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering
wheel with both hands and try to hold a
straight course.
3. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the
vehicle.
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic
if possible.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle.
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and
contact a roadside emergency service
to change the tire. For additional information, refer to “Flat tire” in the “In case of
emergency” section of this manual.
DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND
DRIVING
WARNING
Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays
reaction time and impairs judgement.
Driving after drinking alcohol increases
the likelihood of being involved in an
accident injuring yourself and others.
Additionally, if you are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury.
Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!
That is true for drugs, too (over-thecounter, prescription, and illegal drugs). Do
not drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some
other physical condition.
NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, you must choose not to drive under
the influence of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in
alcohol-related accidents. Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be
legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol
affects all people differently and most
people underestimate the effects of alcohol.
Starting and driving 5-9
PUSH-BUTTON POWER SWITCH
WARNING
• Do not operate the power switch
while driving the vehicle except in an
emergency. (The EV system shuts
down when the power switch is
pushed three consecutive times or
the power switch is pushed and held
for more than 2 seconds.) If the EV
system stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a crash
and serious injury.
• When turning off the power switch,
make sure to shift the shift lever to
the P (Park) position even if the vehicle is maintaining a stop and hold
using the e-pedal. This will prevent
the vehicle from moving or rolling
unexpectedly, which could result in
serious personal injury or property
damage.
Before operating the power switch, make
sure the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.
5-10 Starting and driving
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
SYSTEM
The Intelligent Key system allows the driver
to start the EV system without taking the
key out of a pocket or purse. The operating
environment and/or conditions may affect
Intelligent Key system operation.
Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” in the
“Instruments and controls” section of this
manual.
SSD0436
CAUTION
• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when operating the vehicle.
• Never leave the Intelligent Key inside
the vehicle when you leave the
vehicle.
OPERATING RANGE FOR EV START
FUNCTION
The Intelligent Key function can only be
used for starting the EV system when the
Intelligent Key is within the specified oper1 .
ating range O
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower and it may not function
properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key,
to push the power switch to start the EV
system.
• The cargo area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may
function.
• If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel or inside the glove box or
door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not
function.
• If the Intelligent Key is placed near a door
or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may not function.
Starting and driving 5-11
POWER SWITCH OPERATION
When the power switch is pushed without
depressing the brake pedal, the power
switch position will change as follows:
• Push once to change to ACC.
• Push two times to change to ON.
• Push three times to change to OFF.
• Push four times to return to ACC.
• Open or close any door to return to LOCK
while in the OFF position.
The power switch illuminates when in the
ACC or ON position.
The power lock is designed so that the
power switch position cannot be switched
to the LOCK position until the vehicle is
placed in the P (Park) position.
When the power switch cannot be placed
in the LOCK position, proceed as follows:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
shift lever to place the vehicle in the P
(Park) position.
2. Push the power switch to the OFF position. The power switch will not
illuminate.
3. Open the door. The power switch will
change to the LOCK position.
LSD2834
5-12 Starting and driving
POWER SWITCH POSITIONS
LOCK (Normal parking position)
The power switch cannot be placed in the
LOCK position until the vehicle is in the P
(Park) position.
The power switch can only be locked in this
position.
The power switch will be unlocked when it
is pushed to the ACC position while the
driver is carrying the Intelligent Key.
ACC (Accessories)
This position activates electrical accessories, such as the radio, when the EV system
is off.
ON
This position turns on the EV system and
electrical accessories.
READY (Normal operating
position)
This position turns on the EV system and
electrical accessories and the vehicle can
be driven.
OFF
This position turns off the EV system.
CAUTION
Do not leave the vehicle with the power
switch in the ACC position for an extended period of time. This can discharge the 12-volt battery.
NOTE:
If the power switch is pushed quickly or
is pushed twice quickly, the switch may
not function even if a chime sound is
heard. Push the switch again more
slowly.
EMERGENCY EV SHUT OFF
To shut off the EV system in an emergency
situation while driving, perform the following procedure:
• Rapidly push the power switch three consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
• Push and hold the power switch for more
than 2 seconds.
SSD0860
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®
BATTERY DISCHARGE
If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged
or environmental conditions interfere with
the Intelligent Key operation, start the EV
system in the READY to drive mode according to the following procedure:
1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
shift lever.
2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
3. Touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will
sound.)
Starting and driving 5-13
BEFORE STARTING THE EV SYSTEM
4. Push the power switch while depressing
the brake pedal within 10 seconds after
the chime sounds. The power switch
position changes to the READY to drive
mode.
After step 3 is performed, if the power
switch is pushed without depressing the
brake pedal, the power switch position will
change to ACC.
NOTE:
• When the power switch is pushed to
the ACC or ON position or READY to
drive mode by the above procedure,
the EV system operation for discharged Intelligent Key system indicator appears on the vehicle information
display even if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. To stop the warning indicator
from blinking, touch the power switch
with the Intelligent Key again.
• If the Intelligent Key battery discharge
indicator appears on the vehicle information display, replace the battery as
soon as possible. For additional information, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent
Key® battery replacement” in the
“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.
5-14 Starting and driving
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
will not allow the power switch to be placed
in the READY to drive position without the
use of the registered key.
If the power switch fails to place the vehicle
into the READY to drive position using the
registered key, it may be due to interference caused by another registered key, an
automated toll road device or automated
payment device on the key ring. Restart the
EV system using the following procedure:
1. Leave the power switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds.
2. Place the power switch in the OFF position and wait approximately 10 seconds.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 again.
4. Place the power switch in the READY to
drive position while holding the device
(which may have caused the interference) separate from the registered key.
If this procedure allows the power
switch to be placed in the READY to drive
mode, NISSAN recommends placing the
registered key on a separate key ring to
avoid interference from other devices.
• Make sure that the area around the vehicle is clear.
• Check fluid levels such as coolant, brake
fluid, and windshield-washer fluid as frequently as possible.
• Check that all windows and lights are
clean.
• Visually inspect tires for their appearance
and condition. Also check tires for proper
inflation.
• Check that all doors are closed.
• Position the seat and adjust the head
restraints/headrests.
• Adjust the inside and outside mirrors.
• Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers
to do likewise.
• Check the operation of the warning lights
when the power switch is pushed to the
ON position. For additional information,
refer to “Warning lights, indicator lights
and audible reminders” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this
manual.
STARTING THE EV SYSTEM
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
1. Confirm the parking brake is applied.
NOTE:
2. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park)
position.
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions
such as:
When the power switch is placed in the
ON position, the EV is designed not to
operate unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) or N (Neutral) position.
The Intelligent Key must be carried
with you when operating the power
switch.
3. Depress the brake pedal and push the
power switch to place the EV system in
the READY to drive position.
To place the vehicle in the READY to drive
position immediately, push and release
the power switch while depressing the
brake pedal with the power switch in any
position. The READY to drive indicator
in the meter illuminates.
light
4. To stop the EV system, push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever, and
push the power switch to the OFF
position.
ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL
SYSTEM
This vehicle is electronically controlled to
produce maximum available power and
smooth operation.
1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the EV system is not
running (phone chargers, GPS, DVD
players, etc.).
The recommended operating procedures
for this vehicle are shown on the following
pages.
2. The vehicle is not driven regularly
and/or only driven short distances.
1. After placing the vehicle in the READY to
drive position, fully depress the foot
brake pedal before moving the shift lever
to the D (Drive) position.
In these cases, the battery may need to
be charged to maintain battery health.
Starting the vehicle
The shift lever of this vehicle is designed so that the foot brake pedal
must be depressed before shifting
from the P (Park) position to any driving position while the power switch is
in the ON position.
The shift lever cannot be moved out of
the P (Park) position and into any of
the other positions if the power switch
is placed in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the Intelligent Key is removed.
Starting and driving 5-15
2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed,
and move the shift lever to the D (Drive)
position.
3. Release the parking brake and foot
brake pedal, and then gradually start the
vehicle in motion.
WARNING
• Do not depress the accelerator pedal
while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to the R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
position. Always depress the brake
pedal until shifting is completed.
Failure to do so could cause you to
lose control, which could result in an
accident.
• Never shift to the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position while the vehicle is
moving forward and the P (Park) or D
(Drive) position while the vehicle is
reversing. This could cause you to
lose control and have an accident.
• Do not shift to the B position abruptly
on slippery roads. This may cause a
loss of control.
5-16 Starting and driving
CAUTION
• To avoid possible damage to your vehicle, when stopping the vehicle on
an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator
pedal. The foot brake should be used
for this purpose.
• Do not hang items on the shift lever.
This may cause an accident due to a
sudden start.
LSD2835
Shifting
To move the shift lever,
: Slide along the gate while the brake
pedal is depressed.
: After sliding, maintain it in the same
position until the vehicle is placed in the N
(Neutral) position.
: When in the D (Drive) position, slide
along the gate.
NOTE:
• Confirm that the vehicle is in the desired shift position by checking the
1 located near the shift
shift indicator O
lever or the vehicle information display
in the meter.
• To place the vehicle into the D (Drive)
position from the B mode, move the
shift lever into the D (Drive) position.
After placing the vehicle in the READY to
drive position, fully depress the brake pedal,
and move the shift lever to any of the preferred shift positions.
If the power switch is placed in the OFF or
ACC position for any reason while the shift
position is in any position other than the P
(Park) position, the power switch cannot be
placed in the LOCK position.
If the power switch cannot be placed in the
LOCK position, perform the following steps:
4. Place the power switch in the OFF
position.
NOTE:
The vehicle automatically applies the P
(Park) position when the power switch is
in the OFF position.
When the following conditions overlap,
the shift position may be automatically
switched to P (Park):
– When maintaining a stop and hold
with the e-pedal.
– When taking off the seatbelt.
– When opening the door.
WARNING
• The shift lever is always in the center
position when released. When the
power switch is placed in the READY
to drive position, the driver needs to
confirm that the vehicle is in the P
(Park) position. The indicator next to
the “P” by the shift lever is illuminated and the “P” is displayed on the
meter. If the vehicle is in the D (Drive)
position or R (Reverse) position when
the power switch is placed in the
READY to drive position, this may
cause a sudden start which could result in an accident.
• On a hilly road, do not allow the vehicle to roll backwards while in the D
(Drive) position or B mode or allow
the vehicle to roll forward while in the
R (Reverse) position. This may cause
an accident.
1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped.
2. Place the power switch in the ON position while depressing the foot brake
pedal.
3. Push the P (Park) position switch and
confirm the vehicle is in the P (Park)
position.
Starting and driving 5-17
ing the foot brake pedal depressed then
push the P (Park) position switch and place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position. For additional information, refer to “Parking brake”
in this section.
CAUTION
• Do not slide the shift lever while
pushing the P (Park) position switch.
This may damage the electric motor.
• When switching to the preferred position by operating the shift lever,
check that the shift lever returns to
the central position by releasing your
hand from the lever. Holding the shift
lever in a mid-way position may also
damage the shift control system.
• Do not operate the shift lever while
the accelerator pedal is depressed,
except when switching to the B
mode. This may cause a sudden start
which could result in an accident.
• The following operations are not allowed because excessive force
would be applied to the traction motor and this may result in damage to
the vehicle:
– Moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position when driving
forward
– Moving the shift lever to the D
(Drive) position when reversing
• If these operations are attempted, a
chime sounds and the vehicle shifts
to the N (Neutral) position.
5-18 Starting and driving
NOTE:
LSD2836
P (Park)
Use this shift position when the vehicle is
parked or when placing the vehicle in the
READY to drive position. Make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped. In order to
switch to the P (Park) position, push the P
(Park) position switch as shown in the
illustration above once the vehicle has
come to a complete stop. If the P (Park)
position switch is pushed while the vehicle is in motion, a chime sounds and
the current shift position is maintained.
After switching to the P (Park) position, apply the parking brake. When parking on a
hill, apply the parking brake first while keep-
• While the vehicle is stationary, if the
shift position is placed in any position
other than the P (Park) position when
the power switch is set to OFF, it will
automatically switch to the P (Park)
position.
• If the P (Park) position switch is pushed
while sliding the shift lever, the shift
position will not switch to the P (Park)
position. When pushing the P (Park)
position switch be sure to first allow
the shift lever to return to its center
position.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to back up. Make sure that
the vehicle is completely stopped before
selecting the R (Reverse) position. If the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) position
while reversing, the chime will sound and
the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral)
position.
PARKING BRAKE
N (Neutral)
WARNING
Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The vehicle can be placed in the
READY to drive position in this position.
Do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while
driving. The regenerative brake system
does not operate in the N (Neutral) position.
However, the vehicle brakes will still stop
the car.
D (Drive)
Use this position for all normal forward
driving. If the vehicle is placed in the D
(Drive) position while reversing, the
chime will sound and the vehicle will
switch into the N (Neutral) position.
LSD2837
B mode
The B mode engages the regenerative
braking system more aggressively on
downhill slopes, and helps reduce brake
use. It is activated by moving the shift lever
left and down. The shift lever will then return to the center position. For additional
information, refer to “Brake system” in this
section.
• Be sure the parking brake is released
before driving. Failure to do so could
cause brake failure and lead to an
accident.
• Do not release the parking brake
from outside the vehicle.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
• When leaving the vehicle, apply the
parking brake and push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever.
Starting and driving 5-19
SWITCH TYPE (models with
electronic parking brake system)
The electronic parking brake can be applied or released automatically or by operating the electronic parking brake switch.
Automatic operation
The electronic parking brake is automatically released as soon as the vehicle starts
and the accelerator pedal is depressed.
LSD0158
In order for the electronic parking brake to
disable when the driver pushes the accelerator, the driver’s seat belt must be fastened.
PEDAL TYPE
To engage: Firmly depress the parking
brake.
To release:
1. Firmly apply the foot brake.
2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)
position.
3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal
and it will release.
4. Before driving, be sure the brake warning light goes out.
5-20 Starting and driving
WARNING
• The electronic parking brake will not
be automatically applied when the
EV system is stopped without using
the power switch (for example, by EV
system stalling).
• Before leaving the vehicle, move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position and
check that the electronic parking
or PARK) is
brake indicator light (
illuminated to confirm that the electronic parking brake is applied. The
electronic parking brake indicator
or PARK) will remain on for
light (
a period of time after the driver’s
door is locked.
CAUTION
• When parking in an area where the
outside temperature is below 32°F
(0°C), the parking brake, if applied,
may freeze in place and may be difficult to release.
• For safe parking, it is recommended
that you place the shift lever in the P
(Park) position and securely block
the wheels.
NOTE:
• If a malfunction occurs in the electronic parking brake system (for example, due to battery discharge), it is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer.
• If the shift lever is moved to the P (Park)
position when the brake force is maintained by the automatic brake hold
function, the electronic parking brake
will apply automatically.
• If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened
when the brake force is maintained by
the automatic brake hold function, the
electronic parking brake will apply automatically.
• When the ICC system (if so equipped) is
canceled under the following conditions at a standstill, the electronic
parking brake is automatically activated:
– Any door is open.
– The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
– Your vehicle has been stopped by
the ICC system for approximately 3
minutes or longer.
– The shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode.
– The Vehicle Dynamic Control system
is turned off.
– When distance measurement becomes impaired due to adhesion of
dirt or obstruction to the sensor.
– When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted.
Before driving, check that the electronic
parking brake indicator light (
or PARK)
goes out. For additional information, refer
to “Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders” in the “Instruments and
controls” section of this manual.
NOTE:
LSD2838
Manual operation
The electronic parking brake will not be automatically applied if the EV system is
stopped without using the power switch
(for example, by EV system stalling). In such
a case, you have to apply the parking brake
manually.
1 . The indicaTo apply: Pull the switch up O
A will illuminate.
tor light O
To release: With the power switch in the ON
position, depress the brake pedal and push
2 . The indicator light O
A
the switch down O
will turn off.
• A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is
driven without releasing the parking
brake. For additional information, refer
to “Warning lights, indicator lights and
audible reminders” in the “Instruments
and controls” section of this manual.
• While the electronic parking brake is
applied or released, an operating
sound is heard from the lower side of
the rear seat. This is normal and does
not indicate a malfunction.
• When the electronic parking brake is
frequently applied and released in a
short period of time, the parking brake
may not operate in order to prevent the
parking brake system from overheating. If this occurs, operate the electronic parking brake switch again after
waiting approximately 1 minute.
Starting and driving 5-21
E-PEDAL SYSTEM
• If the electronic parking brake must be
applied while driving in an emergency,
pull up and hold the electronic parking
brake switch. When you release the
electronic parking brake switch, the
parking brake will be released.
• While pulling up the electronic parking
brake switch during driving, the parking brake is applied and a chime
sounds. The electronic parking brake
or PARK) in the meindicator light (
ter and in the electronic parking brake
switch illuminates. This does not indicate a malfunction. The electronic
or
parking brake indicator light (
PARK) in the meter and in the electronic parking brake switch turns off
when the parking brake is released.
• When pulling the electronic parking
brake switch up with the power switch
in the OFF or ACC position, the electronic parking brake switch indicator
light will continue to illuminate for a
short period of time.
5-22 Starting and driving
WARNING
Never rely solely on the e-Pedal system,
as there is a performance limit to the
system function. Always drive carefully
and attentively. The brake pedal should
be operated to slow or stop the vehicle,
depending on traffic or road conditions.
The e-Pedal system enables the driver to
slow or stop the vehicle or to keep the vehicle stopped by operating only the accelerator pedal. This system helps to keep the
driver from moving his/her foot between
the accelerator pedal and the brake pedal.
LSD3165
E-PEDAL SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Acceleration
2. Deceleration (instead of brake pedal)
3. Making a stop (instead of brake pedal
NOTE:
LSD3166
LSD3645
When the e-Pedal system is activated, the
regenerative brake is enhanced and the
driver can adjust the vehicle speed by only
depressing or returning the accelerator
pedal. When you release (take your foot off)
the accelerator pedal, the vehicle slows
down and comes to a stop smoothly without depressing the brake pedal. After a
stop, the vehicle remains at a stop automatically.
To activate or deactivate the e-Pedal system, place the power switch in the ON position and pull the e-Pedal switch located
on the center console. The e-Pedal system
turns on or off each time the e-Pedal
switch is pulled. (The e-Pedal indicator in
the vehicle information display shows the
status of the e-Pedal system.)
To turn the e-Pedal system off while the
vehicle is stopped by the e-Pedal system,
depress the brake pedal and then pull the
e-Pedal switch.
• When the e-Pedal system is switched
on or off, the degree of vehicle deceleration changes.
• The e-Pedal system automatically
turns off when the EV system restarts.
• To keep the e-Pedal system activated
even after the EV system restarts, turn
on “Retain Mode” in the “Driver Assistance” menu of the vehicle information
display. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” in
the “Instruments and controls” section
of this manual.
• The setting for “Retain Mode” does not
reset after selecting “Factory Reset” in
the “Settings” menu of the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle information
display” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
When the e-Pedal system is activated, the
characteristics of the accelerator pedal
change significantly and the accelerator
pedal operates differently than a conventional accelerator pedal operates. Be sure
to confirm the status of the e-Pedal system
in the vehicle information display before
driving.
Starting and driving 5-23
The e-Pedal system provides the following
driving features:
When driving and stopping the vehicle:
• Depressing or returning the accelerator
pedal changes the degree of acceleration and deceleration accordingly.
• Returning the accelerator pedal generates more deceleration than normal. (The
maximum deceleration changes according to the vehicle speed.)
• Releasing (taking your foot off) the accelerator pedal reduces the vehicle speed
until the vehicle comes to a stop.
• The vehicle’s brake lights illuminate when
the deceleration level reaches an ordinary braking operation.
If the deceleration is not sufficient when the
accelerator pedal is returned or released,
depress the brake pedal. The brake pedal
can be operated to reduce the vehicle
speed in the same way as normal even
when the e-Pedal system is activated.
When restarting the vehicle:
• After the vehicle comes to a stop by the
e-Pedal system function, the vehicle remains at a stop as long as the accelerator
pedal is released.
5-24 Starting and driving
• The vehicle’s brake lights remain illuminated when the vehicle is stopped by the
e-Pedal system.
• Depress the accelerator pedal to start
the vehicle again from a stop.
When the vehicle needs to be stopped for a
certain period of time, place the vehicle in
the P (Park) position and apply the parking
brake.
CAUTION
When the e-Pedal system is turned off,
remember to depress the brake pedal
firmly to prevent the vehicle from moving with the shift lever in any position
other than P (Park).
When backing up the vehicle:
• With the shift lever in the R (Reverse) position, operating the accelerator pedal
adjusts the vehicle speed (acceleration,
deceleration, or stopping) in the same
way as the D (Drive) position.
Other driving tips for the e-Pedal system:
• For smooth deceleration when the
e-Pedal system is activated, it is recommended that you adjust the accelerator
pedal by either depressing or returning,
not releasing, the pedal.
• Moving the shift lever from D (Drive) to B
mode or from B mode to D (Drive) does
not affect the e-Pedal system feature.
• The e-Pedal system does not function
under the following conditions:
– When the vehicle is placed in the P
(Park) or N (Neutral) position
– When cruise control (if so equipped),
ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped), or Automatic Emergency Braking with Pedestrian Detection operates
E-PEDAL SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the e-Pedal system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with
these system limitations could result in
serious injury or death.
• If the “Press brake pedal to prevent
rolling” warning message appears in
the vehicle information display, depress the brake pedal. The vehicle
may start moving.
• If the deceleration force provided by
the e-Pedal system is not sufficient,
depress the brake pedal.
• If the vehicle starts to move while it is
stopped by the e-Pedal system, depress the brake pedal immediately.
• Under the following conditions, place
the vehicle in the P (Park) position
and make sure the parking brake is
securely applied. The vehicle may
start moving suddenly.
– When getting in and out of the
vehicle
– When loading and unloading the
vehicle
– When stopping the vehicle for a
long period of time
• Under the following conditions, the
e-Pedal system may not decelerate
or stop the vehicle sufficiently. Depress the brake pedal whenever
necessary.
– When excessively heavy baggage
is loaded in the vehicle
– When driving on steep downhill
roads
– When driving on icy roads
• On a slope, the e-Pedal system may
not stop the vehicle completely or
may not keep the vehicle stopped.
Depress the brake pedal whenever
necessary.
CAUTION
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the e-Pedal system malfunctions, the “ePedal system failure! Press brake pedal to
slow or stop” warning message appears in
the vehicle information display. When the
warning message appears, the e-Pedal
system will be turned off automatically.
Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
• Turn the e-Pedal system off and
place the vehicle in the N (Neutral)
position
under
the
following
conditions:
– When the vehicle enters an automatic car wash
– When the vehicle is towed
• Be careful not to operate the e-Pedal
switch mistakenly or unintentionally.
Starting and driving 5-25
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)
The LDW system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately
37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only
when the lane markings are clearly visible
on the road.
The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera
A located above the inside mirror.
unit O
LSD2839
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• This system is only a warning device
to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not
steer the vehicle or prevent loss of
control. It is the driver’s responsibility
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in
control of the vehicle at all times.
5-26 Starting and driving
The LDW system warns the driver with an
indicator in the vehicle information display
and a steering vibration that the vehicle is
beginning to leave the driving lane. For additional information, refer to “LDW system
operation” in this section.
LDW SYSTEM OPERATION
The LDW system provides a lane departure
warning function when the vehicle is driven
at speeds of approximately 37 mph (60
km/h) and above and the lane markings
are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling
lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the
LDW indicator in the vehicle information
display will blink to alert the driver.
The warning function will stop when the
vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.
LSD3646
Starting and driving 5-27
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
LDW SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the LDW system:
button until “Settings” dis1. Press the
plays in the vehicle information display.
button to select “Driver AsUse the
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.
3. Select “Lane Departure Warning” and
use the OK button to turn the system on
or off.
LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the LDW system. Failure to follow
the warnings and instructions for
proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death.
• The system will not operate at
speeds below approximately 37 mph
(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
LSD3647
5-28 Starting and driving
• Do not use the LDW system under the
following conditions as it may not
function properly:
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.).
– When driving on slippery roads,
such as on ice or snow.
– When driving on winding or uneven roads.
– When there is a lane closure due to
road repairs.
– When driving in a makeshift or
temporary lane.
– When driving on roads where the
lane width is too narrow.
– When driving without normal tire
conditions (for example, tire wear,
low tire pressure, installation of
spare tire, tire chains, nonstandard wheels).
– When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
– When you are towing a trailer or
other vehicle.
• The system may not function properly under the following conditions:
– On roads where there are multiple
parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted
clearly; yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers;
or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
– On roads where the discontinued
lane markers are still detectable.
– On roads where there are sharp
curves.
– On roads where there are sharply
contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
road repairs. (The LDW system
could detect these items as lane
markers.)
– On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates.
– When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with the lane
marker.
– When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.
– When rain, snow, dirt or an object
adheres to the windshield in front
of the lane camera unit.
– When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or if
the aiming is not adjusted
properly.
– When strong light enters the lane
camera unit (for example, the light
directly shines on the front of the
vehicle at sunrise or sunset).
– When a sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or under a bridge).
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104°F [40°C]) and then
started, the LDW system may be deactivated automatically and the following
message will appear in the vehicle information display: “Unavailable: High Cabin
Temperature.”
When the interior temperature is reduced,
the LDW system will resume operating automatically
Starting and driving 5-29
The LDW system is not designed to warn
under the following conditions:
• When you operate the lane change signal
and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The LDW system will
become operable again approximately 2
seconds after the lane change signal is
turned off.)
• When the vehicle speed lowers to less
than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit. If the camera unit is
damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
After the above conditions have finished
and the necessary operating conditions
are satisfied, the LDW functions will resume.
LSD2847
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically and “Malfunction: See
Owner’s Manual” will appear in the vehicle
information display. If “Malfunction: See
Owner’s Manual” appears in the vehicle information display, pull off the road to a safe
location and stop the vehicle. Place the
shift lever in the P (Park) position and the
power switch in the OFF position and restart the EV system. If “Malfunction: See
Owner’s Manual” continues to appear in
the vehicle information display, have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
5-30 Starting and driving
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
1 for the LDW sysThe lane camera unit O
tem is located above the inside mirror. To
keep the proper operation of the LDW system and prevent a system malfunction, be
sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION
(I-LI)
• The I-LI system is primarily intended
for use on well-developed freeways
or highways. It may not detect the
lane markers in certain road,
weather, or driving conditions.
The I-LI system monitors the lane markers
on the traveling lane using the camera unit
A located above the inside mirror.
O
The I-LI system must be turned on with the
ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering
wheel (models with ProPILOT Assist) or the
dynamic driver assistance switch (models
without ProPILOT Assist) every time the
power switch is placed in the ON position.
LSD2839
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-LI system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The I-LI system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is
the driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in
the traveling lane, and be in control of
the vehicle at all times.
The I-LI system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately
37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only
when the lane markings are clearly visible
on the road.
The I-LI system warns the driver when the
vehicle has left the center of the traveling
lane with an indicator in the vehicle information display and a steering vibration.
The system helps assist the driver to return
the vehicle to the center of the traveling
lane by applying the brakes to the left or
right wheels individually (for a short period
of time).
Starting and driving 5-31
I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION
The I-LI system operates above approximately 37 mph (60 km/h). When the vehicle
approaches either the left or the right side
of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will
vibrate and the LDW indicator in the vehicle
information display will blink to alert the
driver. Then, the I-LI system will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of
time to help assist the driver to return the
vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.
To turn on the I-LI system, push the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering wheel
(models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic
driver assistance switch (models without
ProPILOT Assist). The I-LI indicator will illuminate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch
(models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic
driver assistance switch (models without
ProPILOT Assist) again to turn off the I-LI
system. The I-LI indicator will turn off.
LSD3648
1. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator
2. Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) indicator
3. ProPILOT Assist switch (for models with ProPILOT Assist)
4. Dynamic driver assistance switch (for models without ProPILOT Assist)
5-32 Starting and driving
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI
SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the I-LI system:
button until “Settings” dis1. Press the
plays in the vehicle information display.
button to select “Driver AsUse the
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.
3. Select “Lane Departure Prevention” and
press the OK button.
4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic
driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist) to turn the system
on or off.
LSD3649
Starting and driving 5-33
NOTE:
When Lane Departure Prevention is ON in
the settings menu, turning the ProPILOT
Assist system (if so equipped) on will activate the Intelligent Lane Intervention
(I-LI) system at the same time. If Lane
Departure Prevention is OFF in the settings menu, I-LI will automatically activate when ProPILOT Assist is “SET” or
Steering Assist is active. For additional
information, refer to “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” in this section.
I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the I-LI system. Failure to follow the
warnings and instructions for proper
use of the I-LI system could result in
serious injury or death.
• The I-LI system may activate if you
change lanes without first activating
your turn signal or, for example, if a
construction zone directs traffic to
cross an existing lane marker. If this
occurs you may need to apply corrective steering to complete your lane
change.
5-34 Starting and driving
• Because the I-LI may not activate under the road, weather, and lane
marker conditions described in this
section, it may not activate every
time your vehicle begins to leave its
lane and you will need to apply corrective steering.
• When the I-LI system is operating,
avoid excessive or sudden steering
maneuvers. Otherwise, you could
lose control of the vehicle.
• The I-LI system will not operate at
speeds below approximately 37 mph
(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
• Do not use the I-LI system under the
following conditions as it may not
function properly:
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.).
– When driving on slippery roads,
such as on ice or snow.
– When driving on winding or uneven roads.
– When there is a lane closure due to
road repairs.
– When driving in a makeshift or
temporary lane.
– When driving on roads where the
lane width is too narrow.
– When driving without normal tire
conditions (for example, tire wear,
low tire pressure, installation of
spare tire, tire chains, nonstandard wheels).
– When the vehicle is equipped with
nonoriginal brake parts or suspension parts.
– When you are towing a trailer or
other vehicle.
– On roads where there are multiple
parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted
clearly; yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers;
or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.
– On roads where discontinued lane
markers are still detectable.
– On roads where there are sharp
curves.
– On roads where there are sharply
contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
road repairs. (The I-LI system
could detect these items as lane
markers.)
– On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates.
– When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with the lane
marker.
– When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.
– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to
the windshield in front of the lane
camera unit.
– When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or if
the aiming is not adjusted
properly.
– When strong light enters the lane
camera unit (for example, the light
directly shines on the front of the
vehicle at sunrise or sunset).
– When a sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or under a bridge).
While the I-LI system is operating, you may
hear a sound of brake operation. This is
normal and indicates that the I-LI system is
operating properly.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Condition A:
The warning and assist functions of the I-LI
system are not designed to work under the
following conditions:
• When you operate the lane change signal
and change the traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The I-LI system will
be deactivated for approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is
turned off.)
• When the vehicle speed lowers to less
than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).
After the above conditions have finished
and the necessary operating conditions
are satisfied, the warning and assist functions will resume.
Condition B:
The assist function of the I-LI system is not
designed to work under the following conditions (warning is still functional):
• When the brake pedal is depressed.
• When the steering wheel is turned as far
as necessary for the vehicle to change
lanes.
• When the vehicle is accelerated during
I-LI system operation.
• When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
approach warning occurs.
• When the hazard warning flashers are
operated.
• When driving on a curve at high speed.
After the above conditions have finished
and the necessary operating conditions
are satisfied, the I-LI system application of
the brakes will resume.
Condition C:
If the following messages appear in the
vehicle information display, a chime will
sound and the I-LI system will be turned off
automatically.
• “Not Available - Poor Road Conditions”:
When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system (except Traction Control System
[TCS] function) or ABS operates.
Starting and driving 5-35
• “Currently not available”: When the VDC
system is turned off.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
turn off the I-LI system. Push the ProPILOT
Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist)
or dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist) to turn the I-LI
system back on.
If the I-LI system warning light (orange) illuminates in the display, pull off the road to a
safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn the
EV system off and restart the EV system. If
the I-LI system warning light (orange) continues to illuminate, have the I-LI system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Temporary disabled status at high temperature:
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104°F [40°C]) and then the
I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system
may be deactivated automatically and the
following message will appear on the vehicle information display: “Unavailable: High
Cabin Temperature.” When the interior
temperature is reduced, the system will resume operating automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will cancel
automatically. The I-LI system warning light
(orange) will illuminate and “Malfunction:
See Owner’s Manual” warning message will
appear in the display.
5-36 Starting and driving
LSD2847
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
1 for the I-LI system
The lane camera unit O
is located above the inside mirror. To keep
the proper operation of the I-LI system and
prevent a system malfunction, be sure to
observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit. If the camera unit is
damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSW
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The BSW system is not a replacement
for proper driving procedures and is
not designed to prevent contact with
vehicles or objects. When changing
lanes, always use the side and rear
mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never
rely solely on the BSW system.
The BSW system helps alert the driver of
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when
changing lanes.
LSD3768
1
The BSW system uses radar sensors O
installed near the rear bumper to detect
other vehicles in an adjacent lane.
Starting and driving 5-37
LSD2875
Detection zone
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of
your vehicle and extends approximately
10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and
approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.
LSD2844
5-38 Starting and driving
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Side Indicator Light
2. BSW Indicator
The BSW system automatically turns on
every time the EV system is started, as long
as it is activated using the settings menu
on the vehicle information display.
The BSW system operates above approximately 20 mph (32 km/h).
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
detection zone, the side indicator light (1)
illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the system chimes (twice), the side
indicator light flashes, and the BSW indicator (2) illuminates (yellow) in the vehicle information display. The side indicator light
continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone.
The side indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the power switch is placed
in the ON position.
The brightness of the side indicator light is
adjusted automatically depending on the
brightness of the ambient light.
If a vehicle comes into the detection zone
after the driver activates the turn signal,
then only the side indicator light flashes
and no chime sounds. For additional information, refer to “BSW driving situations” in
this section
Starting and driving 5-39
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
BSW SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the BSW system:
button until “Settings” dis1. Press the
plays in the vehicle information display.
button to select “Driver AsUse the
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK
button.
3. Select “Blind Spot Warning” and use the
OK button to turn the system on or off.
NOTE:
When enabling/disabling the system,
the system will retain current settings
even if the EV system is restarted.
LSD3651
5-40 Starting and driving
BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the BSW system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
• The BSW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.
• The radar sensors may not be able to
detect and activate BSW when certain objects are present such as:
– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.
– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low
height vehicles, or high ground
clearance vehicles.
– Oncoming vehicles.
– Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate
from a stop.
– A vehicle merging into an adjacent
lane at a speed approximately the
same as your vehicle.
– A vehicle approaching rapidly
from behind.
– A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
– A vehicle that passes through the
detection zone quickly.
– When overtaking several vehicles
in a row, the vehicles after the first
vehicle may not be detected if
they are traveling close together.
• The radar sensor’s detection zone is
designed based on a standard lane
width. When driving in a wider lane,
the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two
lanes away.
• The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects; however, objects such as guardrails,
walls, foliage and parked vehicles
may occasionally be detected. This is
a normal operation condition.
• The following conditions may reduce
the ability of the radar to detect other
vehicles:
– Severe weather
– Road spray
– Ice/frost/dirt/snow build-up on
the vehicle
• Do not attach stickers (including
transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near
the radar sensors. These conditions
may reduce the ability of the radar to
detect other vehicles.
• Excessive noise (for example, audio
system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime
sound, and it may not be heard.
Starting and driving 5-41
NOTE:
• The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly
from behind.
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
LSD2877
LSD2878
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind
Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind
BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from behind in an adjacent lane.
Indicator on
Indicator off
Indicator flashing
5-42 Starting and driving
Another vehicle approaching
from behind
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the
turn signal when another vehicle is in the
detection zone, then the system chimes
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
LSD2882
Illustration 3 – Overtaking another
vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 3: The side indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that
vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 2 seconds.
LSD2883
Illustration 4 – Overtaking another
vehicle
Illustration 4: If the driver activates the
turn signal while another vehicle is in the
detection zone, then the system chimes
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE:
• When overtaking several vehicles in a
row, the vehicles after the first vehicle
may not be detected if they are traveling close together.
• The radar sensors may not detect
slower moving vehicles if they are
passed quickly.
Starting and driving 5-43
• The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.
LSD2884
Illustration 5 – Entering from the side
Entering from the side
Illustration 5: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection
zone from either side.
LSD2885
Illustration 6 – Entering from the side
Illustration 6: If the driver activates the
turn signal while another vehicle is in the
detection zone, then the system chimes
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
NOTE:
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
5-44 Starting and driving
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically. The
1 will blink (yellow) in the
BSW indicator O
vehicle information display. The indicator
next to “Blind spot” in the “Driving Aids”
2 will also blink (yellow).
menu O
The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as
ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the system will resume automatically.
LSD3769
Starting and driving 5-45
Malfunction
Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply
additional paint near the radar sensors.
If the BSW system malfunctions, it will turn
off automatically. The BSW indicator will illuminate (yellow) in the vehicle information
display. The indicator next to “Blind spot” in
the “Driving Aids” menu will also illuminate
(yellow).
Do not strike or damage the area around
the radar sensors. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if
the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system will also stop working.
Radio frequency statement
Action to take:
FCC : OAYSRR3B
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
indicators continue to appear, have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
For USA
LSD3768
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
1 for the BSW and
The two radar sensors O
RCTA systems are located near the rear
bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the radar sensors.
5-46 Starting and driving
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT
INTERVENTION (I-BSI)
For Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-BSI
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The I-BSI system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure
and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When
changing lanes, always use the side
and rear mirrors and turn and look in
the direction you will move to ensure
it is safe to change lanes. Never rely
solely on the I-BSI system.
• There is a limitation to the detection
capability of the radar or the sonar.
Not every moving object or vehicle
will be detected. Using the I-BSI system under some road, ground, lane
marker, traffic or weather conditions
could lead to improper system operation. Always rely on your own operation to avoid accidents.
LSD3770
1
The I-BSI system uses radar sensors O
installed near the rear bumper to detect
other vehicles in an adjacent lane. In addition to the radar sensors, the I-BSI system
2
installed behind the
uses a camera O
windshield to monitor the lane markers of
your traveling lane.
The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of
other vehicles in adjacent lanes when
changing lanes, and helps assist the driver
to return the vehicle to the center of the
traveling lane.
Starting and driving 5-47
SSD1030
Detection zone
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on
either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated.
The detection zone starts from the outside
mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10ft (3.0m) behind the rear bumper,
and approximately 10ft (3.0 m) sideways.
LSD3671
1. Side indicator light
2. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator
3. Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) indicator
4. Dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist)
5. ProPILOT Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist)
5-48 Starting and driving
I-BSI SYSTEM OPERATION
NOTE:
The I-BSI system operates above approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).
• I-BSI warning and system application
will only be activated if the side indicator light is already illuminated when
your vehicle approaches a lane marker.
If another vehicle comes into the detection zone after your vehicle has
crossed a lane marker, no I-BSI warning or system application will be activated. (For additional information, see
“I-BSI driving situations” (P.5–52).).
• The I-BSI system is typically activated
earlier than the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system when your vehicle
is approaching a lane marker.
If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
1
detection zone, the side indicator light O
illuminates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator
light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle
leaves the detection zone. The brightness
of the side indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of
the ambient light.
If the I-BSI system is ON and your vehicle
approaches a lane marker while another
vehicle is in the detection zone, the system
chimes (three times) and the side indicator
light flashes. The I-BSI system activates to
help return the vehicle back to the center of
the driving lane. The I-BSI system operates
regardless of turn signal usage.
To turn on the I-BSI system, push the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering wheel
(models with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver assistance switch (models
without ProPILOT Assist) after starting the
EV system. The I-BSI indicator will illuminate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch or
the dynamic driver assistance switch
again to turn off the I-BSI system. The I-BSI
indicator will turn off.
Starting and driving 5-49
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
I-BSI SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the I-BSI system:
button until “Settings” dis1. Press the
plays in the vehicle information display.
button to select “Driver AsUse the
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK
button.
3. Select “Blind Spot Intervention” and use
the OK button to turn the system on or
off.
4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic
driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist) to turn the system
on or off.
NOTE:
LSD3651
5-50 Starting and driving
When Blind Spot Intervention is ON in the
settings menu, turning the ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped) ON will activate the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) system at the same time. For
additional information, refer to “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” in this
section.
I-BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the I-BSI system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
• The I-BSI system cannot detect all
vehicles under all conditions.
• The radar sensors may not be able to
detect and activate I-BSI when certain objects are present such as:
– Pedestrians, bicycles, or animals.
– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low
height vehicles, or high ground
clearance vehicles.
– Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate
from a stop. For additional information, refer to “BSI driving situations” in this section.
– Oncoming vehicles.
– A vehicle merging into an adjacent
lane at a speed approximately the
same as your vehicle.
– A vehicle approaching rapidly
from behind.
– A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
– A vehicle that passes through the
detection zone quickly.
• The radar sensors’ detection zone is
designed based on a standard lane
width. When driving in a wider lane,
the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two
lanes away.
• The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects; however, objects such as guardrails,
walls, foliage and parked vehicles
may occasionally be detected. This is
a normal operation condition.
• The camera may not detect lane
markers in the following situations
and the I-BSI system may not operate properly.
– On roads where there are multiple
parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted
clearly; yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers;
lane markers covered with water,
dirt, snow, etc.
– On roads where discontinued lane
markers are still detectable.
– On roads where there are sharp
curves.
– On roads where there are sharply
contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after
road repairs.
– On roads where the traveling lane
merges or separates.
– When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with the lane
markers.
– When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.
– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to
the windshield in front of a lane
camera unit.
– When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or if
aiming is not adjusted properly.
– When strong light enters a lane
camera unit. (For example: light
directly shines on the front of the
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
Starting and driving 5-51
– When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example: when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or under a bridge.)
• Do not use the I-BSI system under the
following conditions because the
system may not function properly.
– During bad weather (for example:
rain, fog, snow, etc.).
– When driving on slippery roads,
such as on ice or snow, etc.
– When driving on winding or uneven roads.
– When there is a lane closure due to
road repairs.
– When driving in a makeshift or
temporary lane.
– When driving on roads where the
lane width is too narrow.
– When driving with a tire that is not
within normal tire conditions (e.g.,
tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire, tire chains,
nonstandard wheels).
– When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
5-52 Starting and driving
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it
may not be heard.
I-BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS
Indicator on
Indicator off
Indicator flashing
LSD2299
Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind
Another vehicle approaching
from behind
Illustration 1: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from behind in an adjacent lane.
NOTE:
• The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly
from behind.
• If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone,
the side indicator light will flash but no
chime will sound when the other vehicle
is detected.
LSD2300
LSD3775
Illustration 2 – Approaching from
behind
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn
signal then the system chimes a sound
(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.
Illustration 3 – Approaching from
behind
Illustration 3: If the I-BSI system is on and
your vehicle approaches a lane marker
while another vehicle is in the detection
zone, the system chimes (three times) and
the side indicator light flashes. Then the
I-BSI system activates to help return the
vehicle back to the center of the driving
lane.
Starting and driving 5-53
LSD2302
Illustration 4– Overtaking another
vehicle
Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 4: The side indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that
vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 3 seconds.
5-54 Starting and driving
LSD2303
LSD2072
Illustration 5– Overtaking another
vehicle
Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn
signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice)
and the side indicator light flashes.
Illustration 6– Overtaking another
vehicle
Illustration 6: If the I-BSI system is on and
your vehicle approaches a lane marker
while another vehicle is in the detection
zone, the system chimes (three times) and
the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI
system activates to help return the vehicle
back to the center of the driving lane.
NOTE:
• When overtaking several vehicles in a row,
the vehicles after the first vehicle may not
be detected if they are traveling close together.
• The radar sensors may not detect slower
moving vehicles if they are passed
quickly.
• If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone,
the side indicator light will flash but no
chime will sound when the other vehicle
is detected.
LSD2305
Illustration 7– Entering from the side
Entering from the side
Illustration 7: The side indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone
from either side.
NOTE:
The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.
LSD2308
Illustration 8– Entering from the side
Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn
signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the side indicator light
flashes and a chime will sound twice.
NOTE:
If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone,
the side indicator light will flash but no
chime will sound when another vehicle is
detected.
Starting and driving 5-55
NOTE:
SSD1094
LSD2051
Illustration 9– Entering from the side
Illustration 9: If the I-BSI system is on and
your vehicle approaches the lane marker
while another vehicle is in the detection
zone, the system chimes (three times) and
the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI
system activates to help return the vehicle
back to the center of the driving lane.
Illustration 10: – Entering from the side
Illustration 10: The I-BSI system will not operate if your vehicle is on a lane marker
when another vehicle enters the detection
zone. In this case only the BSW system operates.
5-56 Starting and driving
• The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.
• If the driver activates the turn signal
before a vehicle enters the detection
zone, the side indicator light will flash
but no chime will sound when the
other vehicle is detected.
• I-BSI will not operate or will stop operating and only a warning chime will
sound under the following conditions:
– When the brake pedal is depressed.
– When the vehicle is accelerated during I-BSI system operation.
– When steering quickly.
– When the ICC, I-FCW or AEB with Pedestrian Detection warnings sound.
– When the hazard warning flashers
are operated.
– When driving on a curve at a high
speed.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Under the following conditions, a chime will
sound, the following message will appear
in the vehicle information display and the
I-BSI system will be turned off automatically. The I-BSI system will not be available
until the conditions no longer exist.
• “Not available Poor Road Conditions”
• When the VDC system (except TCS function) or ABS operates.
• “Currently not available”
• When the VDC system is turned off.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models
with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver
assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist) again to turn the I-BSI system
back on.
When radar blockage is detected, the I-BSI
system will be turned off automatically, a
chime will sound and the “Unavailable: Side
Radar Obstruction” warning message will
appear in the vehicle information display.
The I-BSI system is not available until the
conditions no longer exist. For additional
information, refer to “System maintenance”
in this section.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
turn the I-BSI system on again. If the “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction” warning
message appears even after the I-BSI system is turned on again, stop the vehicle in a
safe location, place the vehicle in the P
(Park) position and turn the EV system off.
Check for and remove objects obscuring
the radar sensors on the rear bumper, and
restart the EV system.
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight
under high temperature conditions (over
approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the
I-BSI system is turned on, the I-BSI system
may be deactivated automatically. The
“Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature”
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display.
Action to take:
When the interior temperature is reduced,
push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models
with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver
assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist) again to turn the I-BSI system
back on.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
When the I-BSI system malfunctions, it will
be turned off automatically, a chime will
sound, and the “Not available System Malfunction” warning message with the BSW
indicator (orange) will appear in the vehicle
information display.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
“Not available System Malfunction” warning
message with the BSW indicator (orange)
continues to be displayed, have the I-BSI
system checked. It is recommended you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Starting and driving 5-57
Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply
additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around
the radar sensors.
It is recommended you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if the area around the
radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
LSD3770
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
1 for the I-BSI sysThe two radar sensors O
tem are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors
clean.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the radar sensors.
5-58 Starting and driving
2 for I-BSI system is
The lane camera unit O
located above the inside mirror. To keep
the proper operation of I-BSI and prevent a
system malfunction, be sure to observe
the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit. It is recommended
that you contact a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer if the camera unit is damaged due
to an accident.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID: OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)
NOTE:
The manufacturer is not responsible for
any radio or TV interference caused by
unauthorized modifications to this
equipment. Such modifications could
void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
For Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
Frequency bands: 24.05 — 24.25GHz
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RCTA
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The RCTA system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures
and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When
backing out of a parking space, always use the side and rear mirrors
and turn and look in the direction
your vehicle will move. Never rely
solely on the RCTA system.
The RCTA system will assist you when
backing out from a parking space. When
the vehicle is in reverse, the system is designed to detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left of the vehicle. If the
system detects cross traffic, it will alert you.
Starting and driving 5-59
RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Side Indicator Light
The RCTA system can help alert the driver
of an approaching vehicle when the driver
is backing out of a parking space.
When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and
the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system is
operational.
If the radar detects an approaching vehicle
from either side, the system chimes (once)
and the side indicator light (1) flashes on the
side the vehicle is approaching from.
LSD3418
5-60 Starting and driving
LSD2886
LSD3768
1
The RCTA system uses radar sensors O
installed on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicle.
1 can detect an apThe radar sensors O
proaching vehicle from up to approximately 66 ft (20 m) away.
Starting and driving 5-61
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
RCTA SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the RCTA system.
button until “Settings” dis1. Press the
plays in the vehicle information display.
button to select “Driver AsUse the
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK
button.
3. Select “Cross Traffic” and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.
NOTE:
When enabling/disabling the system,
the system setting will be retained even
if the EV system is restarted.
LSD3771
5-62 Starting and driving
LSD2887
RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the RCTA system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
• Always check surroundings and turn
to check what is behind you before
backing up. The radar sensors detect
approaching (moving) vehicles. The
radar sensors cannot detect every
object such as:
– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child-operated
toy vehicles
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
greater than approximately 19
mph (30 km/h)
– A vehicle that is passing at speeds
lower than approximately 5 mph
(8 km/h)
• The radar sensors may not detect
approaching vehicles in certain
situations:
– Illustration a: When a vehicle
parked next to you obstructs the
beam of the radar sensor.
– Illustration b: When the vehicle is
parked in an angled parking
space.
– Illustration c: When the vehicle is
parked on inclined ground.
– Illustration d: When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle’s parking lot aisle.
Starting and driving 5-63
– Illustration e: When the angle
formed by your vehicle and approaching vehicle is small.
• The following conditions may reduce
the ability of the radar to detect other
vehicles:
– Severe weather
– Road spray
– Ice/frost/dirt/snow build-up on
the vehicle
• Do not attach stickers (including
transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near
the radar sensors. These conditions
may reduce the ability of the radar to
detect other vehicles.
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it
may not be heard.
5-64 Starting and driving
LSD2888
LSD2889
Illustration 1
Illustration 2
NOTE:
In the case of several vehicles approaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direction (Illustration 2), a chime may
not be sounded by the RCTA system after the first vehicle passes the sensors.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
When radar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically.
The systems are not available until the
conditions no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
system does not resume automatically,
have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
LSD3768
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the
RCTA system will also stop working.
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the system will resume automatically.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
1 for the BSW and
The two radar sensors O
RCTA systems are located near the rear
bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.
Malfunction
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
When the RCTA system malfunctions, it will
turn off automatically. The “Malfunction:
See Owner’s Manual” warning message will
appear.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the radar sensors.
Starting and driving 5-65
CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)
Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply
additional paint near the radar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around
the radar sensors. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if
the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC : OAYSRR3B
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Applicable law: Canada 310
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
1. RES+ switch
Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz
2. CANCEL switch
Output power: less than 20 milliwatts
3. SET- switch
LSD3168
4. Cruise control switch
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE
CONTROL
• If the cruise control system malfunctions,
it cancels automatically. The cruise
indicator in the vehicle information display then blinks to warn the driver.
5-66 Starting and driving
• If the cruise
indicator blinks, turn the
cruise control switch off and have the
system checked. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
indicator may blink when
• The cruise
the cruise control switch is turned on
while pushing the RES+, SET- or CANCEL
switch. To properly set the cruise control
system, use the following procedures.
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions:
• When it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
• In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies
in speed
• On winding or hilly roads
• On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)
• In very windy areas
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS
The cruise control allows driving at a speed
between 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h)
without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.
To turn on the cruise control, push the
cruise control switch on. The cruise
indicator in the vehicle information display
will illuminate.
To set the cruising speed, accelerate the
vehicle to the preferred speed, push the
SET- switch and release it. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will
maintain the set speed.
• To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
• The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed on winding or hilly roads. If this
happens, drive without using the cruise
control.
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
following methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch.
3. Turn the cruise control switch off. The
indicator in the vehicle inforcruise
mation display will turn off.
• If you depress the brake pedal while
pushing the RES+ or SET- switch and reset at the cruising speed, the cruise control will disengage. Turn the cruise control
switch off once and then turn it on again.
• The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 mph
(13 km/h) below the set speed.
• If you move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position, the cruise control will be
canceled.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use
one of the following methods:
• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the preferred speed, push
and release the SET- switch.
• Push and hold the RES+ switch. When the
vehicle attains the preferred speed, release the switch.
• Push, then quickly release the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by about 1 mph or 1.6
km/h.
2. Tap the brake pedal.
Starting and driving 5-67
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use
one of the following methods:
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the preferred speed, push
the SET- switch and release it.
• Push and hold the SET- switch. Release
the switch when the vehicle slows down
to the preferred speed.
• Push, then quickly release, the SETswitch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will decrease by about 1 mph or
1km/h.
To resume the preset speed, push and
release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will
resume the last set cruising speed when
the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).
LSD3654
5-68 Starting and driving
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)
(for vehicles without ProPILOT
Assist) (if so equipped)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the ICC system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The ICC system is only an aid to assist
the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely, and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.
• Always observe posted speed limits
and do not set the speed over them.
• Always drive carefully and attentively when using the ICC system.
Read and understand the Owner’s
Manual thoroughly before using the
ICC system. To avoid serious injury or
death, do not rely on the system to
prevent accidents or to control the
vehicle’s speed in emergency situations. Do not use the ICC system except in appropriate road and traffic
conditions.
• In the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, a warning
chime will not sound to warn you if
you are too close to the vehicle
ahead. Pay special attention to the
distance between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead of you or a collision
could occur
The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within
the speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144
km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed
can be selected by the driver between 20 to
90 mph (32 to 144 km/h).
The vehicle travels at a set speed when the
road ahead is clear.
The ICC system can be set to one of two
cruise control modes:
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode: For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the present
speed
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode: For cruising at a preset speed
A to choose the
Push the ICC switch 䊊
cruise control mode between the vehicleto-vehicle distance control mode and the
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
mode.
Once a control mode is activated, it cannot
be changed to the other cruise control
mode. To change the mode, push the ICC
A once to turn the system off. Then
switch 䊊
A again to turn the
push the ICC switch 䊊
system back on and select the desired
cruise control mode.
Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display.
For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode, refer to “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode” in this section.
For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode, refer to “Conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode” in this section.
Starting and driving 5-69
LSD2891
HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE
CONTROL MODE
Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: To choose the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
1 , quickly push and release the ICC switch
O
A .
O
Selecting the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode: To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
2 , push and hold the ICC switch O
A for
O
longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. For
additional information, refer to “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” in
this section.
LSD2850
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
CONTROL MODE
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode, the ICC system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle
traveling in front of you according to that
vehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or at
the set speed when the road ahead is clear.
The ICC system is intended to enhance the
operation of the vehicle when following a
vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction.
5-70 Starting and driving
B detects a slower
If the radar sensor O
moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle
follows the vehicle in front at the selected
distance.
The system automatically controls the
throttle and applies the brakes (up to approximately 40% of vehicle braking power)
if necessary.
The detection range of the sensor is approximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.
LSD3772
Starting and driving 5-71
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
CONTROL MODE OPERATION
disengage when the vehicle goes above
the maximum set speed.
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode is designed to maintain a selected
distance from the vehicle in front of you
and can reduce the speed to match a
slower vehicle ahead. The system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary and if the
vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC
system can only apply up to 40% of the
vehicle’s total braking power.
For additional information, refer to “Approach warning” in this section.
This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle
speeds change gradually. If a vehicle
moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a
vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,
the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough.
If this occurs, the ICC system will sound a
warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary
action.
The system will cancel and a warning
chime will sound if the speed is below approximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicle
is not detected ahead. The system will also
5-72 Starting and driving
The following items are controlled in the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:
• When there are no vehicles traveling
ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode maintains the speed set by
the driver. The set speed range is between approximately 20 and 90 mph (32
and 144 km/h).
• When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,
the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode adjusts the speed to maintain the
distance, selected by the driver, from the
vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes
to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a
standstill within the limitations of the system. The system will cancel once it judges
a standstill with a warning chime.
• When the vehicle traveling ahead has
moved out from its lane of travel, the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
accelerates and maintains vehicle speed
up to the set speed.
The ICC system does not control vehicle
speed or warn you when you approach
stationary and slow moving vehicles. You
must pay attention to vehicle operation to
maintain proper distance from vehicles
ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion.
Normally when controlling the distance to
a vehicle ahead, this system automatically
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake
pedal when deceleration is required to
maintain a safe distance to the vehicle
ahead due to its sudden braking or if a
vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.
LSD2892
When driving on the freeway at a set speed
and approaching a slower traveling vehicle
ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed
to maintain the distance, selected by the
driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle
ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,
the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed. Pay
attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates
to the set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have to manually control the
vehicle speed.
LSD2893
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
CONTROL MODE SWITCHES
The system is operated by the ICC switch
and four control switches, all mounted on
the steering wheel.
1. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing
the set speed.
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally.
Starting and driving 5-73
3. SET- switch:
• ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indicates that the ICC switch is on.
• ICC system SET indicator (green): Indicates that the cruising speed is set.
• ICC system warning (yellow): Indicates that there is a malfunction in the
ICC system.
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally.
4. DISTANCE switch:
Changes the vehicle’s following distance:
• Long
• Middle
• Short
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in
front of you.
5. ICC switch:
4. Set distance indicator:
Master switch to activate the system.
LSD2852
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode display and
indicators
The display is shown in the vehicle information display.
1. Set vehicle speed indicator:
Indicates the set vehicle speed.
For Canadian models, the speed is displayed in km/h.
2. This indicator indicators the ICC system
status depending on a color:
5-74 Starting and driving
Displays the selected distance between
vehicles set with the distance switch.
LSD2853
Operating vehicle-to-vehicle
distance control mode
To turn on the cruise control, quickly push
A . The ICC sysand release the ICC switch O
tem ON indicator (gray), set distance indiB
cator and set vehicle speed indicator O
come on in a standby state for setting.
LSD2854
LSD2894
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET–
C and release it. The ICC system
switch O
set indicator (green), vehicle ahead detection indicator, set distance indicator and
B will come on.
set vehicle speed indicator O
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.
When the SET– switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the system cannot be
set and the ICC indicators will blink for approximately 2 seconds:
• When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)
and a vehicle ahead is not detected
• When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or B
mode
• When the parking brake is applied
• When the brakes are operated by the
driver
When the SET– switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the system cannot be
set.
Starting and driving 5-75
A warning chime will sound and a message
will pop up:
• When the VDC system is off (To use the
ICC system, turn on the VDC system. Push
the ICC switch to turn off the ICC system
and reset the ICC switch by pushing the
ICC switch again.)
For additional information about the
VDC system, refer to “Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) system” in this section.
• When VDC is operating
• When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC
system, make sure the wheels are no longer slipping.)
controls the vehicle speed based on the
speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the
driver selected distance.
NOTE:
• The stop lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the ICC
system.
• When the brake operates, a noise may
be heard. This is not a malfunction.
When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on.
The ICC system will also display the set
speed and selected distance.
LSD3169
1. System set display with vehicle ahead
2. System set display without vehicle ahead
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed
based on the road conditions. The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard cruise control, as long as no
vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The
ICC system displays the set speed.
Vehicle detected ahead
When a vehicle is detected in the lane
ahead, the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a
slower vehicle ahead. The system then
5-76 Starting and driving
Vehicle ahead not detected
When a vehicle is no longer detected
ahead, the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously
set vehicle speed. The ICC system then
maintains the set speed.
When a vehicle is no longer detected, the
vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.
If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the
ICC system is in operation, the system controls the distance to that vehicle.
When a vehicle is no longer detected under
approximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the system will be canceled.
How to change the set vehicle
speed
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
following methods:
• Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle
speed indicator will go out.
• Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle
speed indicator will go out.
• Turn the ICC switch off. The ICC indicators
will go out.
LSD2895
When passing another vehicle, the set
B will flash when the vespeed indicator O
hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the
area ahead of the vehicle is open. When the
pedal is released, the vehicle will return to
the previously set speed.
Even though your vehicle speed is set in the
ICC system, you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate
your vehicle rapidly.
• Push and hold the SET– switch. The set
vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 mph (5 km/h).
• Push, then quickly release the SET–
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will decrease by approximately 1
mph (1 km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and
release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will
resume the last set cruising speed when
the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use
one of the following methods:
• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
and release the SET– switch.
• Push and hold the RES+ switch. The set
vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 mph (5 km/h).
• Push, then quickly release the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by approximately 1
mph (1 km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use
one of the following methods:
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the
SET– switch and release it.
Starting and driving 5-77
Approach warning
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and
ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
• The chime sounds.
• The vehicle ahead detection indicator
blinks.
LSD2896
How to change the set distance
to the vehicle ahead
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be
selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions.
A
is
Each time the DISTANCE switch O
pushed, the set distance will change to
long, middle, short and back to long again,
in that sequence.
5-78 Starting and driving
LSD2897
Distance
Approximate
distance at 60
mph (97 km/h)
[ft (m)]
1.
Long
200 (60)
2.
Middle
150 (45)
3.
Short
90 (30)
• The distance to the vehicle ahead will
change according to the vehicle speed.
The higher the vehicle speed, the longer
the distance.
• The distance setting will remain at the
current setting even if the EV system is
restarted.
The warning chime may not sound in
some cases when there is a short distance
between vehicles. Some examples are:
• When the vehicles are traveling at the
same speed and the distance between
vehicles is not changing.
• When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster
and the distance between vehicles is increasing.
• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.
The warning chime will not sound when:
• The vehicle approaches other vehicles
that are parked or moving slowly.
• The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding the system.
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound
and the system display may blink when
the ICC sensor detects objects on the
side of the vehicle or on the side of the
road. This may cause the ICC system to
decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The
ICC sensor may detect these objects
when the vehicle is driven on winding
roads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or when
entering or exiting a curve. In these
cases you will have to manually control
the proper distance ahead of your
vehicle.
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering
maneuver or driving position in the
lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (for
example, if a vehicle is being driven with
some damage).
Acceleration when passing
When the ICC system is engaged above 43
mph and following a slower vehicle (below
ICC set speed), and the turn signal is activated to the left, the ICC system will automatically start to accelerate the vehicle to
help initiate passing on the left and will
begin to reduce the distance to the vehicle
directly ahead. Only the left side turn signal
operates this feature. As the driver steers
the vehicle and moves into the passing
lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC
system will continue to accelerate to the
ICC system set speed. If another vehicle is
detected ahead, then the vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed of that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the
left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop
after a short time and regain the set following distance. Acceleration can be stopped
at any point by depressing the brake pedal
or the CANCEL switch on the steering
wheel.
WARNING
In order to reduce the risk of a collision
that may result in serious injury or
death, please be aware of the following:
• This function is only activated with
the left turn signal and will briefly accelerate the vehicle even if a lane
change is not initiated. This can include non-passing situations such as
left side exits.
• Ensure that when passing another
vehicle, the adjacent lane is clear before initiating the pass. Sudden
changes in traffic may occur while
passing.
– Always manually steer or brake as
needed
– Never solely rely on the system
Automatic cancellation
A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled:
• When the vehicle ahead is not detected
and your vehicle is traveling below the
speed of 15 mph (24 km/h)
• When the system judges the vehicle is at
a standstill
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode
• When the parking brake system is applied
• When the VDC system is turned off
• When VDC operates
• When distance measurement becomes
impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor
• When a wheel slips
• When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted
Starting and driving 5-79
VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE
CONTROL MODE LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the ICC system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
• The ICC system is primarily intended
for use on straight, dry, open roads
with light traffic. It is not advisable to
use the ICC system in city traffic or
congested areas.
• The ICC system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. This
system should be used in evenly
flowing traffic. Do not use the system
on roads with sharp curves, or on icy
roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
5-80 Starting and driving
• As there is a performance limit to the
distance control function, never rely
solely on the ICC system. This system
does not correct careless, inattentive
or absentminded driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or
other bad weather. Decelerate the
vehicle speed by depressing the
brake pedal, depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the
surrounding circumstances in order
to maintain a safe distance between
vehicles.
• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,
the vehicle decelerates to a standstill
within the limitations of the system.
The system will cancel once it judges
that the vehicle has come to a standstill and sound a warning chime. To
prevent the vehicle from moving, the
driver must depress the brake pedal.
• Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to
manually control the proper following distance. The ICC system may not
be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles (following
distance) or selected vehicle speed
under some circumstances.
• The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or
weather conditions. To avoid accidents, never use the ICC system under the following conditions:
– On roads where the traffic is heavy
or there are sharp curves
– On slippery road surfaces such as
on ice or snow, etc.
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.)
– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to
the bumper around the distance
sensor
– On steep downhill roads (the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking
may result in overheating the
brakes)
– On repeated uphill and downhill
roads
– When traffic conditions make it
difficult to keep a proper distance
between vehicles because of frequent
acceleration
or
deceleration
– Interference by other radar
sources.
• Do not use the ICC system if you are
towing a trailer. The system may not
detect a vehicle ahead.
• In some road or traffic conditions, a
vehicle or object can unexpectedly
come into the sensor detection zone
and cause automatic braking. Always stay alert and avoid using the
ICC system where not recommended
in this warning section.
The following are some conditions in which
the sensor cannot properly detect a vehicle ahead and the system may not operate properly:
• When snow or road spray from traveling
vehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.
• When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.
• When excessively heavy baggage is
loaded in the rear seat or the cargo area
of your vehicle.
The radar sensor will not detect the following objects:
• Stationary and slow moving vehicles
• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel
lane
The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s operation within
the limitations of the system.
The sensor generally detects the signals
returned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore,
if the sensor cannot detect the reflection
from the vehicle ahead, the ICC system
may not maintain the selected distance.
When the sensor is covered with dirt or is
obstructed, the system will automatically
be canceled. If the sensor is covered with
ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,
etc., the ICC system may not detect them.
In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle
distance control mode may not cancel and
may not be able to maintain the selected
following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Be sure to check and clean the sensor
regularly.
The detection zone of the radar sensor is
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the
detection zone due to its position within
the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may
not be detected in the same lane ahead if
they are traveling offset from the center
line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the
lane ahead may not be detected until the
vehicle has completely moved into the
lane.
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
you by blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime. The driver may
have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling
ahead.
Starting and driving 5-81
LSD2898
5-82 Starting and driving
LSD2899
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads
which are under construction, the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane,
or may temporarily not detect a vehicle
traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC
system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle.
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn
you by blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime unexpectedly. You
will have to manually control the proper
distance away from the vehicle traveling
ahead.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)
or vehicle condition.
Starting and driving 5-83
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
The following are conditions in which the
ICC system may be temporarily unavailable. In these instances, the ICC system
may cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from
the vehicle ahead.
Condition A
Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled. A chime will
sound and the system will not be able to be
set:
• When the VDC system is turned off
• When VDC is operating
• When a vehicle ahead is not detected and
your vehicle is traveling below the speed
of 15 mph (24 km/h)
• When the system judges the vehicle is at
a standstill
• When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or B
mode
• When the parking brake is applied
• When a wheel slips
• When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted
LSD3656
5-84 Starting and driving
Action to take
• When driving on roads with limited road
structures or bridges (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next
to long walls), the system may illuminate
the system warning light (orange) and
display the “Not Available: Front Radar
Blocked” message.
When the conditions listed above are no
longer present, turn the system off using
the ICC switch. Turn the ICC system back on
to use the system.
Condition B
• When the radar sensor area of the front
bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICC system will automatically be canceled.
Action to take
When the above driving conditions no longer exist, turn the system back on.
Condition C
The chime will sound and the “Not Available: Front Radar Blocked” warning message will appear in the vehicle information
display.
LSD2857
When the ICC system is not operating
properly, a chime sounds and the ICC system warning light (orange) will come on.
Action to take
If the warning message appears, stop the
vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever
in the P (Park) position, and turn the EV
system off. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of
the front bumper and restart the EV system. If the “Not Available: Front Radar
Blocked” warning message continues to
be displayed, have the system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Starting and driving 5-85
• Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could
cause failure or malfunction.
• Do not alter, remove, or paint the front
bumper. Before customizing or restoring
the front bumper, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
LSD2858
LSD2859
Action to take
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the EV system off,
restart the EV system, resume driving and
set the ICC system again.
A is located
The sensor for the ICC system O
on the front of the vehicle.
If it is not possible to set the system or
the indicator stays on, it may indicate
that the system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still drivable under
normal conditions, have the vehicle
checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
5-86 Starting and driving
To keep the ICC system operating properly,
be sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the sensor area clean.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensor.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the sensor. This could cause failure
or malfunction.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4–B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Industry Canada licenceexempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference,
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the
device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation
est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
tout brouillage radio électrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible
d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Information:
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)
CRUISE CONTROL MODE
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 30 cm
between the radiator and your body.
The transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites
d’exposition aux rayonnements IC établies
pour un environnement non contrôlé. Cet
équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec
un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la
source de rayonnement et votre corps.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
WARNING
• In the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, a warning
chime does not sound to warn you if
you are too close to the vehicle
ahead, as neither the presence of the
vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-tovehicle distance is detected.
• Pay special attention to the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you or a collision could
occur.
• Always confirm the setting in the ICC
system display.
• Do not use the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode when
driving
under
the
following
conditions:
– When it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
– In heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed
Starting and driving 5-87
4. ICC switch:
– On winding or hilly roads
– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)
– In very windy areas
• Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.
Master switch to activate the system.
LSD2900
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control switches
1. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing
the set speed.
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally.
3. SET- switch:
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally.
5-88 Starting and driving
• Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicates that there is a malfunction in the
ICC system.
2. Set vehicle speed indicator: This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed.
For Canadian models, the speed is displayed in km/h.
LSD2901
LSD2902
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode display and
indicators
Operating conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode
The display is located in the vehicle information display.
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, push and hold the ICC
A for longer than about 1.5 secswitch O
onds.
1. Cruise indicator: This indicator indicates the ICC system status depending
on a color:
• Cruise control ON indicator (gray):
Indicates that the ICC switch is on.
• Cruise control SET indicator (green):
Indicates that the cruising speed is
set.
When pushing ICC switch on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
B are displayed in
display and indicators O
the vehicle information display. After you
hold the ICC switch for longer than about
1.5 seconds, the ICC system display turns
off. The cruise indicator appears. You can
Starting and driving 5-89
now set your desired cruising speed. Pushing the ICC switch again will turn the system completely off. When the power switch
is placed in the OFF position, the system is
also automatically turned off.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the
following methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle
speed indicator will turn off.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed
indicator will turn off.
To use the ICC system again, quickly push
and release the ICC switch (vehicle-to vehicle distance control mode) or push and
hold it (conventional cruise control mode)
again to turn it on.
3. Turn the ICC switch off. Both the cruise
indicator and vehicle speed indicator will
turn off.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise
control, make sure to turn the ICC
switch off when not using the ICC system.
5-90 Starting and driving
LSD2903
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET- ©
switch and release it. (The color of the
cruise indicator changes to green and set
vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take
your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your
vehicle will maintain the set speed.
• To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
• The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed when going up or down steep hills.
If this happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
and release the SET- switch.
2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When
the vehicle attains the desired speed,
release the switch.
3. Push, then quickly release the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by about 1 mph (1.6
km/h).
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
the SET- switch and release it.
2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Release
the switch when the vehicle slows down
to the desired speed.
3. Push, then quickly release the SETswitch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will decrease by about 1 mph (1.6
km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the
vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).
LSD3657
Starting and driving 5-91
PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)
System temporarily unavailable
A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled:
• When the vehicle slows down more than
8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
or B mode
• When the parking brake is applied
• When the VDC operates (including the
traction control system)
• When a wheel slips
When the system is not operating properly,
the chime sounds and the color of the
cruise indicator will change to orange.
Action to take
If the color of the cruise indicator changes
to orange, stop the vehicle in a safe place
and place the shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn the EV system off, restart the EV
system, resume driving, and then perform
the setting again.
5-92 Starting and driving
If it is not possible to set or the indicator
stays on, it may indicate that the system
is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle
is still drivable under normal conditions,
have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the ProPILOT Assist system could result in serious injury or death.
• ProPILOT Assist is not a self-driving
system. Within the limits of its capabilities, as described in this manual, it
helps the driver with certain driving
activities.
• The ProPILOT Assist system is not a
replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to correct careless, inattentive or absentminded driving. ProPILOT Assist will
not always steer the vehicle to keep it
in the lane. The ProPILOT Assist system is not designed to prevent loss of
control. It is the driver’s responsibility
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in
control of the vehicle at all times.
• There are limitations to the ProPILOT
Assist system capability. The ProPILOT Assist system does not function
in all driving, traffic, weather, and
road conditions. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,
keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,
and be in control of the vehicle at all
times.
• The ProPILOT Assist system is only an
aid to assist the driver and is not a
collision warning or avoidance
device.
• The ProPILOT Assist system is for
highway use only and is not intended
for city driving. Failure to apply the
brake or steer the vehicle when necessary may result in a serious
accident.
• Always observe posted speed limits
and do not set the speed over them.
• Never take your hands off the steering wheel when driving. Always keep
your hands on the steering wheel
and drive your vehicle safely.
• Never unfasten your safety belt
when using ProPILOT Assist. Doing so
automatically cancels the ProPILOT
Assist system.
• The ProPILOT Assist system does not
react to stationary and slow moving
vehicles.
• Always drive carefully and attentively when using the ProPILOT Assist
system. Read and understand the
Owner’s Manual thoroughly before
using the ProPILOT Assist system. To
avoid serious injury or death, do not
rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle’s
speed in emergency situations. Do
not use the ProPILOT Assist system
except in appropriate road and traffic
conditions.
LSD3009
The ProPILOT Assist system is intended to
enhance the operation of the vehicle when
following a vehicle traveling in the same
lane and direction.
The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multiA installed behind
sensing front camera unit O
the windshield and a radar sensor located on
B to measure the
the front of the vehicle O
distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane
and to monitor the lane markers. If the vehicle
detects a slower moving vehicle ahead, the
system will reduce the vehicle speed so that
your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the
selected distance. The system will also help
keep the vehicle centered in the traveling lane
when clear lane markings are detected.
Starting and driving 5-93
PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM
OPERATION
1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)
2. Vehicle information display
3. Steering-wheel-mounted control (right)
4. ProPILOT Assist switch
The ProPILOT Assist system has the following two functions:
1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
The ICC system can be set to one of two
cruise control modes:
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode: For cruising at a preset
speed
NOTE:
Steering Assist is not available in the
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode: The ICC system maintains a
selected distance from the vehicle in
front of you within the speed range of
0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 km/h) up to the
set speed. The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90
LSD3658
5-94 Starting and driving
mph (32 to 144 km/h). When the vehicle ahead slows to a stop, your vehicle gradually decelerates to a standstill. When the vehicle is stopped, the
ICC system maintains braking force to
keep your vehicle stopped.
NOTE:
When your vehicle is stopped for less
than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead
begins to move, your vehicle will start
moving again automatically.
– When your vehicle is at a standstill for
more than 3 seconds and the vehicle
ahead begins to accelerate, push the
RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts to
follow the vehicle ahead.
– When no vehicle is detected ahead
within the driver selected distance, the
vehicle travels at the speed set by the
driver. The speed must be above 20 mph
(32 km/h) to use this function.
NOTE:
Even if the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection setting is turned off by the driver using the
“Settings” menu in the vehicle information display, AEB with Pedestrian Detection will be automatically turned on
when ICC is used.
2. Steering Assist
The Steering Assist function controls the
steering system to help keep your vehicle within the traveling lane.
When there is no vehicle ahead, Steering
Assist is not available at speeds under 37
mph (60 km/h).
LSD3170
ProPILOT Assist switches
1. DISTANCE switch:
• Long
• Middle
• Short
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally
3. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist system
Starting and driving 5-95
2. ProPILOT Assist activation
Displays once the ProPILOT Assist system is activated
3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
Indicates whether the system detects a
vehicle in front of you
4. ProPILOT Assist status indicator
LSD3659
4. ProPILOT Assist switch:
Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on or
off
5. SET- switch:
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally
6. Steering Assist switch:
Turns the Steering Assist function on or
off
5-96 Starting and driving
LSD3171
The ProPILOT Assist system
display and indicators
1. Steering Assist indicator
Indicates the status of the Steering Assist function by the color of the indicator
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steering Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
Steering Assist active
• Steering Assist indicator (orange):
Steering Assist malfunction
Indicates the status of the ProPILOT Assist system by the color of the indicator
• ProPILOT Assist status indicator
(white): ProPILOT Assist is on but in
standby
• ProPILOT Assist status indicator (blue):
ProPILOT Assist active
5. Lane marker indicator
Indicates whether the system detects
lane markers
• No lane markers displayed: Steering
Assist is turned off
• Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane
markers detected
• Lane marker indicator (green): Lane
markers detected
• Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane
departure is detected
6. Set distance indicator
Displays the selected distance
7. Steering Assist status indicator/warning
Displays the status of the Steering Assist
by the color of the indicator/warning
• No Steering Assist status indicator
displayed: Steering Assist is turned off
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steering Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
Steering Assist active
• Steering Assist indicator (yellow):
Steering Assist malfunction
8. Speed control status indicator/warning
• Speed control status indicator/
): ICC
warning (green outline
(maintain speed control mode) is active (no vehicle detected ahead). Your
vehicle maintains the driver-selected
set speed.
• Speed control status indicator/
warning (orange): Indicates an ICC
malfunction
9. Set vehicle speed indicator
Indicates the set vehicle speed
TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL
(fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL
MODE ON
NOTE:
ProPILOT Assist provides no approach
warnings, automatic braking, or steering
assist in the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode.
To choose the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, push and hold the
ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. For additional information, refer to “Conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode” in this section.
Displays the status of speed control by
the color and shape of the indicator/
warning
• Speed control status indicator/
warning (gray): ICC standby
• Speed control status indicator/
): ICC (diswarning (solid green
tance control mode) is active (vehicle
detected
ahead).
Your
vehicle
matches the speed of the vehicle
ahead.
Starting and driving 5-97
NOTE:
Turning the ProPILOT Assist system on
will turn on the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) and the Intelligent Blind Spot
Intervention (I-BSI) systems at the same
time. For additional information, refer to
“Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” and
“Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (IBSI)” in this section.
LSD3016
OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST
A . This
1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch O
turns on the ProPILOT Assist system and
displays the status of the ProPILOT Assist system on the vehicle information
B .
display O
2. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle to
the desired speed.
5-98 Starting and driving
LSD3017
3. Push the SET- switch ©. The ProPILOT
Assist system begins to automatically
maintain the set speed. The ProPILOT
D and ProPIAssist activation indicator O
E illuminate
LOT Assist status indicator O
(blue). When a vehicle ahead is traveling
at a speed of 20 mph (32 km/h) or below
and the SET- switch is pushed, the set
speed of your vehicle is 20 mph (32
km/h).
• When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system is off. For additional information,
refer to “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system” in this section.
• When the VDC system (including the traction control system) is operating
• When a wheel is slipping
• When any door is open
• When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
LSD3018
When the SET- switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the ProPILOT Assist
system cannot be set and the set vehicle
1
blinks for approxispeed indicator O
mately 2 seconds:
• When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)
and the vehicle ahead is not detected
• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode
• When the parking brake is applied
• When the brakes are operated by the
driver
LSD3019
How to change the set vehicle
speed
The set vehicle speed can be adjusted.
To change to a faster cruising speed:
• Push and hold the RES+ switch. The set
vehicle speed increases by approximately 5 mph (5 km/h).
• Push, then quickly release, the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed increases by approximately 1 mph
(1 km/h).
Starting and driving 5-99
To change to a slower cruising speed:
• Push and hold the SET- switch. The set
vehicle speed decreases by approximately 5 mph (5 km/h).
• Push, then quickly release, the SETswitch. Each time you do this, the set
speed decreases by approximately 1 mph
(1 km/h).
How to momentarily accelerate or
decelerate
• Depress the accelerator pedal when acceleration is required. Release the accelerator pedal to resume the previously set
vehicle speed.
• Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required. Control by the ProPILOT
Assist system is canceled. Push the RES+
switch to resume the previously set vehicle speed.
WARNING
When the accelerator pedal is depressed and you are approaching the
vehicle ahead, the ICC system will neither control the brake nor warn the
driver with the chime and display. The
driver must manually control the vehicle speed to maintain a safe distance
to the vehicle ahead. Failure to do so
could result in severe personal injury or
death.
NOTE:
When you accelerate by depressing the
accelerator pedal or decelerate by pushing the SET- switch and the vehicle travels faster than the speed set by the
driver, the set speed vehicle indicator will
blink.
LSD3020
How to change the set distance
to the vehicle ahead
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be
selected at any time.
A
is
Each time the DISTANCE switch O
pushed, the set distance will change to
long, middle, short and back to long again
in that sequence.
5-100 Starting and driving
Distance
Approximate
distance at 60
mph (97 km/h)
[ft (m)]
1.
Long
200 (60)
2.
Middle
150 (45)
3.
Short
90 (30)
• The distance to the vehicle ahead
changes automatically according to the
vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle
speed, the longer the distance.
• The distance setting will remain at the
current setting even if the EV system is
restarted.
LSD3021
Starting and driving 5-101
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
STEERING ASSIST
1. Steering-wheel mounted control (right)
2. Vehicle information display
3. Steering Assist switch
Use the following methods to enable or
disable the Steering Assist.
Steering Assist switch:
To turn the Steering Assist on or off, push
the Steering Assist switch (3) on the instrument panel.
NOTE:
• When the Steering Assist switch is
used to turn the system on or off, the
system remembers the setting even if
the power switch is cycled. The switch
must be pushed again to change the
setting to on or off.
• The Steering Assist switch changes the
status of the “Steering Assist” selection
made in the “Settings” screen in the
vehicle information display.
LSD3660
5-102 Starting and driving
Setting in the vehicle information display:
How to cancel the ProPILOT Assist
system
button on the steering
1. Press the
wheel (1) until “Settings” displays in the
vehicle information display (2) and then
press the OK button (1).
To cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, use
one of the following methods:
• Push the CANCEL switch.
• Tap the brake pedal (except at a standstill).
• Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn
the system off. The ProPILOT Assist status
indicator will go out.
button (1) to select “Driver
2. Use the
Assistance.” Then press the OK button
(1).
3. Select “Steering Assist” and press the OK
button (1).
NOTE:
• When the Cruise screen is displayed on
the vehicle information display, press
the OK button on the steering wheel to
call up the “Driver Assistance” setting
display.
• When enabling/disabling the system
through the vehicle information display or when pressing the Steering Assist switch, the system retains the current settings even if the EV system is
restarted.
When the ProPILOT Assist system is canceled while the vehicle is stopped, the electronic parking brake is automatically activated.
WARNING
To prevent the vehicle from moving or
rolling unexpectedly, which could result in serious personal injury or property damage, before exiting the vehicle
make sure to push the ProPILOT Assist
switch to turn the system off, place the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, and
turn the EV system off.
INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL
(ICC) (for vehicles with ProPILOT
Assist)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the ICC system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The ICC system is only an aid to assist
the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is recommended for highway use only and it
is not intended for city driving. It is
the driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, and be in control of
the vehicle at all times.
• There are limitations to the ICC system capability. The ICC system does
not function in all driving, traffic,
weather, and road conditions. It is the
driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, keep the vehicle in the
traveling lane, and be in control of the
vehicle at all times.
• Always observe posted speed limits
and do not set the speed over them.
• The ICC system does not react to stationary and slow moving vehicles.
Starting and driving 5-103
• Always drive carefully and attentively when using the ICC system.
Read and understand the Owner’s
Manual thoroughly before using the
ICC system. To avoid serious injury or
death, do not rely on the system to
prevent accidents or to control the
vehicle’s speed in emergency situations. Do not use the ICC system except in appropriate road and traffic
conditions.
ICC system operation
The ICC system is designed to maintain a
selected distance from the vehicle in front
of you and can reduce the speed to match
a slower vehicle ahead. The system decelerates the vehicle as necessary and if the
vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC
system can only apply up to 40% of the
vehicle’s total braking power. This system
should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly
constant or when vehicle speeds change
gradually. If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling
ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate
5-104 Starting and driving
the vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs,
the ICC system sounds a warning chime
and blinks the system display to notify the
driver to take necessary action.
The ICC system cancels and a warning
chime sounds if the speed is below approximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicle
is not detected ahead.
The ICC system operates as follows:
• When there are no vehicles traveling
ahead, the ICC system maintains the
speed set by the driver. The set speed
range is between approximately 20 and
90 mph (32 and 144 km/h).
• When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,
the ICC system adjusts the speed to
maintain the distance, selected by the
driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle
decelerates to a standstill. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC system keeps the vehicle stopped.
• When your vehicle is stopped for less
than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead
begins to move, your vehicle will start
moving again automatically.
• When your vehicle is at a standstill for
more than 3 seconds and the vehicle
ahead begins to accelerate, push the
RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts to
follow the vehicle ahead.
• When the vehicle traveling ahead moves
to a different traveling lane, the ICC system accelerates and maintains vehicle
speed up to the set speed.
The ICC system does not control vehicle
speed or warn you when you approach
stationary and slow moving vehicles. You
must pay attention to vehicle operation to
maintain proper distance from vehicles
ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion.
Normally when controlling the distance to
a vehicle ahead, the system automatically
accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake
pedal when deceleration is required to
maintain a safe distance to the vehicle
ahead due to sudden braking or if a vehicle
cuts in. Always stay alert when using the
ICC system.
LSD2892
When driving on the freeway at a set speed
and approaching a slower traveling vehicle
ahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed to
maintain the distance, selected by the
driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle
ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,
the ICC system accelerates and maintains
the speed up to the set speed. Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain
control of the vehicle as it accelerates to
the set speed.
LSD3023
System set display with no vehicle
detected ahead
No vehicle detected ahead
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed
based on the road conditions. The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard cruise control, as long as no
vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The
ICC system displays the set speed.
The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have to manually control the
vehicle speed.
Starting and driving 5-105
LSD3024
System set display with vehicle ahead
Vehicle detected ahead
When a vehicle is detected in the lane
ahead, the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a
slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system then
controls the vehicle speed based on the
speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the
driver selected distance.
5-106 Starting and driving
NOTE:
Vehicle ahead accelerates
• The stop lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the ICC
system.
• When the brake is applied by the system, a noise may be heard. This is not a
malfunction.
When your vehicle is stopped and the vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the
RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts to follow
the vehicle ahead.
When the ICC system detects a vehicle
ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indicator and the speed control status indicator
(distance control mode) illuminates (solid
).
green
When a vehicle is no longer detected
ahead, the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously
set vehicle speed. The ICC system then
maintains the set speed.
Vehicle ahead stops
When a vehicle is no longer detected, the
vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off
and the speed control status indicator
(maintain speed control mode) illuminates
).
(green outline
When the vehicle ahead decelerates to
stop, your vehicle decelerates to a standstill. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC system automatically applies the brakes to
keep the vehicle stopped. When your vehicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Press to
start” message is displayed on the vehicle
information display.
NOTE:
When your vehicle stops for less than 3
seconds, your vehicle will automatically
follow the vehicle as it accelerates from a
stop.
Vehicle ahead not detected
The ICC system gradually accelerates to
the set speed, but you can depress the
accelerator pedal to quickly accelerate.
When a vehicle is no longer detected and
your vehicle is traveling under approximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the ICC system
automatically cancels.
Cut-in detection
• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.
If a vehicle moves into your traveling lane
near your vehicle, the ICC system may inform the driver by flashing the vehicle
ahead detection indicator.
The warning chime will not sound when:
• Your vehicle approaches other vehicles
that are parked or moving slowly.
• The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding the system.
Approach warning
LSD2895
When passing another vehicle, the set
B flashes when the vespeed indicator O
hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off
when the area ahead of the vehicle is open.
When the pedal is released, the vehicle returns to the previously set speed. Even
though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC
system, you can depress the accelerator
pedal when it is necessary to accelerate
your vehicle rapidly.
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle
ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and
ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
• The chime sounds.
• The vehicle ahead detection indicator
and set distance indicator blink.
• You judge it necessary to maintain a safe
distance.
The warning chime may not sound in
some cases when there is a short distance
between vehicles. Some examples are:
• When the vehicles are traveling at the
same speed and the distance between
vehicles is not changing.
• When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster
and the distance between vehicles is increasing.
NOTE:
The approach warning chime may sound
and the system display may flash when
the radar sensor detects objects on the
side of the vehicle or on the side of the
road. This may cause the ICC system to
decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The
radar sensor may detect these objects
when the vehicle is driven on winding,
narrow, or hilly roads or when the vehicle
is entering or exiting a curve. In these
cases, you will have to manually control
the proper distance ahead of your
vehicle.
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering
maneuver or driving position in the
lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions (for
example, if a vehicle is being driven with
some damage).
Starting and driving 5-107
Acceleration when passing
When the ICC system is engaged above 43
mph and following a slower vehicle (below
ICC set speed), and the turn signal is activated to the left, the ICC system will automatically start to accelerate the vehicle to
help initiate passing on the left and will
begin to reduce the distance to the vehicle
directly ahead. Only the left side turn signal
operates this feature. As the driver steers
the vehicle and moves into the passing
lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC
system will continue to accelerate to the
ICC system set speed. If another vehicle is
detected ahead, then the vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed of that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the
left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop
after a short time and regain the set following distance. Acceleration can be stopped
at any point by depressing the brake pedal
or the CANCEL switch on the steering
wheel.
5-108 Starting and driving
WARNING
In order to reduce the risk of a collision
that may result in serious injury or
death, please be aware of the following:
• This function is only activated with
the left turn signal and will briefly accelerate the vehicle even if a lane
change is not initiated. This can include non-passing situations such as
left side exits.
• Ensure that when passing another
vehicle, the adjacent lane is clear before initiating the pass. Sudden
changes in traffic may occur while
passing.
– Always manually steer or brake as
needed
– Never solely rely on the system
ICC system limitations
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the ICC system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury or death:
• The ICC system is primarily intended
for use on straight, dry, open roads
with light traffic. It is not advisable to
use the ICC system in city traffic or
congested areas.
• The ICC system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. This
system should be used in evenly
flowing traffic. Do not use the system
on roads with sharp curves or on icy
roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
• As there is a performance limit to the
distance control function, never rely
solely on the ICC system. This system
does not correct careless, inattentive
or absentminded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or
other bad weather. Decelerate the
vehicle speed by depressing the
brake pedal, depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the
surrounding circumstances in order
to maintain a safe distance between
vehicles.
• When the ICC system automatically
brings the car to a stop, your vehicle
can automatically accelerate if the
vehicle is stopped for less than approximately 3 seconds. Be prepared
to stop your vehicle if necessary.
• Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to
manually control the proper following distance. The ICC system may not
be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles (following
distance) or selected vehicle speed
under some circumstances.
• The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or
weather conditions. To avoid accidents, never use the ICC system under the following conditions:
– On roads with heavy, high-speed
traffic or sharp curves
– On slippery road surfaces such as
on ice or snow, etc.
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, etc.)
– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to
the bumper around the distance
sensor
– On steep downhill roads (the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking
may result in overheating the
brakes)
– On repeated uphill and downhill
roads
– When traffic conditions make it
difficult to keep a proper distance
between vehicles because of frequent
acceleration
or
deceleration
– Interference by other radar
sources
• Do not use the ICC system if you are
towing a trailer. The system may not
detect a vehicle ahead.
• In some road or traffic conditions, a
vehicle or object can unexpectedly
come into the sensor detection zone
and cause automatic braking. Always stay alert and avoid using the
ICC system where not recommended
in this warning section.
The ICC system will not detect the following
objects:
• Stationary or slow moving vehicles
• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel
lane
The following are some conditions in which
the radar sensor cannot properly detect a
vehicle ahead and the system may not operate properly:
• When the sensor detection is reduced
(conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust
storms, sandstorms, and road spray from
other vehicles)
• Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads
with sharp curves
Starting and driving 5-109
• Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as
an uneven dirt road
• If dirt, ice, snow or other material is covering the radar sensor area
• A complicated-shaped vehicle such as a
car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer is
near the vehicle ahead
• Interference by other radar sources
• When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.
• When excessively heavy baggage is
loaded in the rear seat or cargo area of
your vehicle
The ICC system is designed to automatically check the radar sensor’s operation
within the limitations of the system.
The detection zone of the radar sensor is
limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the ICC system to maintain
the selected distance from the vehicle
ahead. A vehicle ahead may move outside
of the detection zone due to its position
within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles
may not be detected in the same lane
ahead if they are traveling offset from the
center line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected
until the vehicle has completely moved into
the lane.
5-110 Starting and driving
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you
by blinking the system indicator and
sounding the chime. The driver may have
to manually control the proper distance
away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
The ICC system (with ProPILOT Assist) uses
a multi-sensing front camera. The following are some conditions in which the camera may not properly detect a vehicle and
detection of a vehicle ahead may be delayed:
• Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,
snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and
road spray from other vehicles)
• The camera area of the windshield is
fogged up or covered with dirt, water
drops, ice, snow, etc.
• Strong light (for example, sunlight or high
beams from oncoming vehicles) enters
the front camera
• A sudden change in brightness occurs
(for example, when the vehicle enters or
exits a tunnel or shaded area or lightning
flashes)
LSD2898
Starting and driving 5-111
Condition A
LSD2899
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads
which are under construction, the radar
sensor may detect vehicles in a different
lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the
radar system to decelerate or accelerate
the vehicle.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)
or vehicle condition.
5-112 Starting and driving
If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you
by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to
manually control the proper distance away
from the vehicle traveling ahead.
Automatic cancellation
The following are conditions in which the
ICC system may be temporarily unavailable. In these instances, the ICC system
may not cancel and may not be able to
maintain the selected following distance
from the vehicle ahead.
Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled. A chime will
sound and the system will not be able to be
set:
• Any door is open.
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
• The vehicle ahead is not detected and
your vehicle is traveling below the speed
of 15 mph (24 km/h).
• Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC
system for approximately 3 minutes or
longer.
• The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) position or B mode.
• The electronic parking brake is applied.
• The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is turned off.
• The Automatic Emergency Braking with
Pedestrian Detection applies harder
braking.
• VDC (including the traction control system) operates.
• A wheel slips.
• When distance measurement becomes
impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor.
• When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted.
Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no
longer present, turn the system off using
the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the ProPILOT Assist system back on to use the system.
NOTE:
When the ICC system is canceled under
the following conditions at a standstill,
the electronic parking brake is automatically activated:
• Any door is open.
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
• Your vehicle has been stopped by the
ICC system for approximately 3 minutes or longer.
• The shift lever is not in the D (Drive)
position or B mode.
• The VDC system is turned off.
• When distance measurement becomes impaired due to adhesion of dirt
or obstruction to the sensor.
• When the radar signal is temporarily
interrupted.
Condition B
Action to take:
When the radar sensor of the front bumper
is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICC
system will automatically be canceled.
If the warning message appears, stop the
vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever
in the P (Park) position, and turn the EV
system off. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of
the front bumper and restart the EV system. If the “Not Available: Front Radar
Blocked” warning message continues to
be displayed, have the system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
The chime will sound and the “Not Available: Front Radar Blocked” warning message will appear in the vehicle information
display.
Condition C
When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to
long walls), the system may illuminate the
system warning light and display the “Not
Available: Front Radar Blocked” message.
Action to take:
When the above driving conditions no longer exist, turn the system back on.
Starting and driving 5-113
ICC system malfunction
If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be
turned off automatically, a chime will
sound, and the speed control status warning (orange) will illuminate.
Action to take:
If the warning light comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the EV system off,
restart the EV system and set the ICC system again. If it is not possible to set the ICC
system or the indicator stays on, it may be
a malfunction. Although the normal driving
can be continued, the ICC system should
be inspected. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
ICC sensor maintenance
The radar sensor is located on the front of
the vehicle.
To keep the ICC system operating properly,
be sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the sensor area clean.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensor.
5-114 Starting and driving
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the sensor. This could cause failure
or malfunction.
• Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could
cause failure or malfunction.
• Do not alter, remove, or paint the front
bumper.
Before customizing or restoring the front
bumper, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
The camera sensor is located above the
inside mirror.
To keep the proper operation of the systems and prevent a system malfunction,
be sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit.
If the camera unit is damaged due to an
accident, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
STEERING ASSIST
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Steering Assist could result in serious injury
or death.
• The Steering Assist is not a replacement for proper driving procedures
and is not designed to correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded
driving. The Steering Assist will not
always steer the vehicle to keep it in
the lane. It is not designed to prevent
loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,
keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,
and be in control of the vehicle at all
times.
• As there is a performance limit to the
Steering Assist’s capability, never
rely solely on the system. The Steering Assist does not function in all
driving, traffic, weather, and road
conditions. Always drive safely, pay
attention to the operation of the vehicle, and manually control your vehicle appropriately.
• The Steering Assist is intended for
use on well-developed freeways or
highways with gentle (moderate)
curves. To avoid risk of an accident,
do not use this system on local or
non-highway roads.
• The Steering Assist only steers the
vehicle to maintain its position in the
center of a lane. The vehicle will not
steer to avoid objects in the road in
front of the vehicle or to avoid a vehicle moving into your lane.
• It is the driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in
the traveling lane, and be in control of
the vehicle at all times. Never take
your hands off the steering wheel
when driving. Always keep your
hands on the steering wheel and
drive your vehicle safely.
• Always drive carefully and attentively when using the Steering Assist.
Read and understand the Owner’s
Manual thoroughly before using the
Steering Assist. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle’s speed in emergency
situations. Do not use the Steering
Assist except in appropriate road and
traffic conditions.
Steering Assist operation
The Steering Assist controls the steering
system to help keep your vehicle near the
center of the lane when driving. The Steering Assist is combined with the Intelligent
Cruise Control (ICC) system. For additional
information, refer to “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT Assist)” in this section.
The Steering Assist can be activated when
the following conditions are met:
• The ICC system is activated.
• Lane markers on both sides are clearly
detected.
• A vehicle ahead is detected (when the
vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 mph
[60 km/h]).
• The driver grips the steering wheel.
• The vehicle is driven at the center of the
lane.
• The turn signals are not operated.
• The windshield wiper is not operated in
the high (HI) speed operation (the steering assist function is disabled after the
wiper operates for approximately 10 seconds).
Starting and driving 5-115
2. Steering
Assist
indicator/warning
status
Displays the status of the Steering Assist
by the color of the indicator/warning
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steering Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
Steering Assist active
• Steering Assist indicator (yellow):
Steering Assist malfunction
3. Lane marker indicator
LSD3172
Steering Assist display and
indicators
1. Steering Assist indicator
Indicates the status of the Steering Assist by the color of the indicator
• Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steering Assist standby
• Steering Assist indicator (green):
Steering Assist active
• Steering Assist indicator (yellow):
Steering Assist malfunction
5-116 Starting and driving
Indicates whether the system detects
the lane marker
• Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane
markers not detected
• Lane marker indicator (green): Lane
markers detected
• Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane
departure is detected
When the Steering Assist is in operation,
the Steering Assist status indicator (1), the
Steering Assist indicator (2), and the lane
marker indicator (3) on the vehicle information display turn green. A chime sounds
when the Steering Assist initially activates.
When the Steering Assist deactivates, the
Steering Assist status indicator (1), the
Steering Assist indicator (2), and the lane
marker indicator (3) on the vehicle information display turn gray and a chime sounds
twice.
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)
When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds
the capabilities of the Steering Assist and
your vehicle approaches either the left or
the right side of the traveling lane, a warning chime sounds and the I-LI indicator
light (orange) on the instrument panel
flashes to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system automatically applies the brakes for a
short period of time to help assist the
driver to return the vehicle to the center of
the traveling lane. This action is in addition
to any Steering Assist actions.
Hands on detection
When the Steering Assist is activated, it
monitors the driver’s steering wheel operation.
If the steering wheel is not operated or the
driver takes his/her hands off the steering
1
wheel for a period of time, the warning O
appears in the vehicle information display.
If the driver does not operate the steering
wheel after the warning has been displayed, an audible alert sounds and the
warning flashes in the vehicle information
display, followed by a quick brake application to request the driver to take control of
the vehicle again.
If the driver still does not respond, the ProPILOT Assist turns on the hazard flasher
and slows the vehicle to a complete stop.
The driver can cancel the deceleration at
any time by steering, braking, accelerating,
or operating the ProPILOT Assist switch.
LSD3661
Starting and driving 5-117
WARNING
Steering Assist is not a system for
hands-free driving. Always keep your
hands on the steering wheel and drive
your vehicle safely. Failure to do so
could cause a collision resulting in serious personal injury or death.
NOTE:
If the driver lightly touches (instead of
firmly grips) the steering wheel, the
steering torque sensor may not detect
the driver’s hand(s) on the wheel and a
sequence of warnings may occur. When
the driver holds and operates the steering wheel again, the warnings turn off.
5-118 Starting and driving
Steering Assist limitations
WARNING
• In the following situations, the camera may not detect lane markers correctly or may detect lane markers incorrectly and the Steering Assist may
not operate properly:
– When driving on roads where there
are multiple parallel lane markers,
lane markers that are faded or not
painted clearly, nonstandard lane
markers, or lane markers covered
with water, dirt, snow, etc.
– When driving on roads with discontinued lane markers
– When driving on roads with a widening or narrowing lane width
– When driving on roads where
there are multiple lanes or unclear
lane markers due to road
construction
– When driving on roads where
there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams, or lines remaining after road repairs (the
Steering Assist could detect these
items as lane markers)
– When driving on roads where the
traveling
lane
merges
or
separates
• Do not use the Steering Assist under
the following conditions because the
system may not properly detect lane
markers. Doing so could cause a loss
of vehicle control and result in an
accident.
– During bad weather (rain, fog,
snow, dust, etc.)
– When rain, snow, sand, etc., is
thrown up by the wheels of other
vehicles
– When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or
another object adheres to the
camera unit
– When the lens of the camera unit
is foggy
– When strong light (for example,
sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) shines on the
camera
– When the headlights are not
bright due to dirt on the lens or
the headlights are off in tunnels or
in darkness
– When a sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when
the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or is under a bridge)
– When driving on roads where the
traveling lane merges or separates or where there are temporary lane markers because of road
construction
– When there is a lane closure due to
road repairs
– When driving on a bumpy road
surface, such as an uneven dirt
road
– When driving on sharp curves or
winding roads
– When driving on repeated uphill
and downhill roads
• Do not use the Steering Assist under
the following conditions because the
system will not operate properly:
– When driving with a tire that is not
within normal tire conditions (for
example, tire wear, abnormal tire
pressure, installation of a spare
tire, tire chains, nonstandard
wheels)
– When the vehicle is equipped with
non-original brake or suspension
parts
– When an object such as a sticker
or cargo obstructs the camera
– When excessively heavy baggage
is loaded in the rear seat or luggage area of your vehicle
– When the vehicle load capacity is
exceeded
– When towing a trailer or other
vehicle
• Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the beep
may not be heard.
• For the ProPILOT Assist system to operate properly, the windshield in
front of the camera must be clean.
Replace worn wiper blades. The correct size wiper blades must be used
to help make sure the windshield is
kept clean. Only use Genuine NISSAN
wiper blades, or equivalent wiper
blades, that are specifically designed
for use on your vehicle model and
model year. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer for the correct parts for your
vehicle.
Steering Assist temporary
standby
Automatic standby due to driving operation:
When the driver activates the turn signal,
the Steering Assist is temporarily placed in
a standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts automatically when the operating
conditions are met again.)
Automatic standby:
In the following cases, a warning message
is displayed along with the chime, and the
Steering Assist is placed in a temporary
standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts automatically when the operating
conditions are met again.)
• When lane markers on both sides are no
longer detected
• When a vehicle ahead is no longer detected under approximately 37 mph (60
km/h)
Starting and driving 5-119
Steering Assist cancel
Steering Assist malfunction
Under the following conditions, the Steering Assist cancels, and the Steering Assist
status indicator and the Steering Assist indicator turn off, and the “Not Available Bad
Weather” warning message will appear:
• When unusual lane markers appear in
the traveling lane or when the lane
marker cannot be correctly detected for
some time due to certain conditions (for
example, a snow rut, the reflection of light
on a rainy day, the presence of several
unclear lane markers)
• When the windshield wiper operates in
the high (HI) speed operation (the Steering Assist is disabled when the wiper operates for more than approximately 10
seconds)
When the system malfunctions, it turns off
automatically. The Steering Assist status
warning illuminates (orange). A chime may
sound depending on the situation.
Action to take:
Steering Assist maintenance
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL
switch. When the conditions listed above
are no longer present, turn the ICC system
on again.
The camera sensor is located above the
inside mirror.
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
To keep the proper operation of the system
and prevent a system malfunction, be sure
to observe the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory
near the camera unit.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
5-120 Starting and driving
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV
system off, restart the EV system, resume
driving, and set the Intelligent Cruise Control system again. If the warning (orange)
continues to illuminate, the Steering Assist
is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is
still drivable under normal conditions, have
the system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the camera unit. Do not touch the
camera lens or remove the screw located
on the camera unit.
If the camera unit is damaged due to an
accident, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4–B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Industry Canada licenceexempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR
d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation
est autorisee aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
tout brouillage radioelectrique subi,
meme si le brouillage est susceptible
d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)
CRUISE CONTROL MODE
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Information:
ProPILOT Assist provides no approach
warnings, automatic braking, or steering
assist in the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 30 cm
between the radiator and your body.
The transmitter must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
Cet equipement est conforme aux limites
d’exposition aux rayonnements IC etablies
pour un environnement non controle. Cet
equipement doit etre installe et utilise avec
un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la
source de rayonnement et votre corps.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
NOTE:
This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.
WARNING
• In the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, a warning
chime does not sound to warn you if
you are too close to the vehicle
ahead, as neither the presence of the
vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-tovehicle distance is detected.
• Pay special attention to the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you or a collision could
occur.
• Always confirm the setting in the ICC
system display.
Starting and driving 5-121
4. ProPILOT Assist switch:
• Do not use the conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode when
driving
under
the
following
conditions:
– When it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
– In heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed
– On winding or hilly roads
– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)
– In very windy areas
• Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.
Master switch to activate the system
5. SET- switch:
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces
speed incrementally
LSD3170
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control switches
1. DISTANCE switch:
• Long
• Middle
• Short
2. RES+ switch:
Resumes set speed or increases speed
incrementally
3. CANCEL switch:
Deactivates the system without erasing
the set speed
5-122 Starting and driving
• Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicates that there is a malfunction in the
ICC system
2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
This indicator indicates the set vehicle
speed. For Canadian models, the speed
is displayed in km/h.
LSD2901
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode display and
indicators
The display is located in the vehicle information display:
1. Cruise indicator:
This indicator indicates the condition of
the ICC system depending on a color.
• Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indicates that the ProPILOT Assist switch
is on
• Cruise control SET indicator (green): Indicates that the cruising speed is set
LSD3029
Operating conventional (fixed
speed) cruise control mode
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)
cruise control mode, push and hold the
A for longer than
ProPILOT Assist switch O
about 1.5 seconds.
When pushing the ProPILOT Assist switch
on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
B are
control mode display and indicators O
displayed in the vehicle information display. After you hold ProPILOT Assist switch
on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the
Starting and driving 5-123
ICC system display turns off. The cruise indicator appears. You can now set your desired cruising speed. Pushing the ProPILOT
Assist switch again will turn the system
completely off. When the power switch is
placed in the OFF position, the system is
also automatically turned off.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the
following methods:
To use the ICC system again, quickly push
and release the ProPILOT Assist switch
(vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
or push and hold it (conventional cruise
control mode) again to turn it on.
3. Turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off. Both
the cruise indicator and vehicle speed
indicator will turn off.
CAUTION
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise
control, make sure to turn the ProPILOT
Assist switch off when not using the ICC
system.
5-124 Starting and driving
1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle
speed indicator will turn off.
2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed
indicator will turn off.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
LSD3030
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET- ©
switch and release it. (The color of the
cruise indicator changes to green and set
vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take
your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your
vehicle will maintain the set speed.
• To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
• The vehicle may not maintain the set
speed when going up or down steep hills.
If this happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.
1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
and release the SET- switch.
2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When
the vehicle attains the desired speed,
release the switch.
3. Push, then quickly release the RES+
switch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will increase by about 1 mph (1.6
km/h).
AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING
(AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following three methods:
1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push
the SET- switch and release it.
2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Release
the switch when the vehicle slows down
to the desired speed.
3. Push, then quickly release the SETswitch. Each time you do this, the set
speed will decrease by about 1 mph (1.6
km/h).
To resume the preset speed, push and release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the
vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the AEB
with Pedestrian Detection system
could result in serious injury or death.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system is a supplemental aid to the
driver. It is not a replacement for the
driver’s attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely.
It cannot prevent accidents due to
carelessness or dangerous driving
techniques.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather and road
conditions.
LSD2861
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
can assist the driver when there is a risk of
a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in
the traveling lane or with a pedestrian
ahead in the traveling lane.
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
uses a radar sensor located on the front of
B to measure the distance to
the vehicle O
the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For
pedestrians, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system uses a camera installed beA in addition to the
hind the windshield O
radar sensor.
Starting and driving 5-125
AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN
DETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
2. AEB emergency warning indicator
3. AEB system warning light
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
operates at speeds above approximately 3
mph (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detection
function, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system operates at speeds between 6
– 37 mph (10 – 60 km/h).
If a risk of a forward collision with a vehicle
is detected, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will first provide a warning to
the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead detection indicator and providing an audible
alert. In addition, the AEB with Pedestrian
Detection system applies partial braking. If
the driver applies the brakes quickly and
forcefully, but the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system detects that there is still the
possibility of a forward collision, the system
will automatically increase the braking
force.
If the risk of a collision becomes imminent
and the driver does not take action, the AEB
with Pedestrian Detection system issues
LSD3662
5-126 Starting and driving
the second warning to the driver by flashing the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
emergency warning indicator (red), providing an audible warning, and then automatically applies harder braking.
If a risk of a forward impact with a pedestrian is detected, the AEB with Pedestrian
Detection system will provide a warning to
the driver by flashing the AEB with Pedestrian Detection emergency warning indicator (red), provides an audible alert and the
system will apply partial braking. If the
driver applies the brakes quickly and forcefully but the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward impact with a pedestrian,
the system will automatically increase the
braking force. If the risk of collision becomes imminent and the driver does not
take action, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system automatically applies harder
braking.
Depending on vehicle speed and distance
to the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well
as driving and roadway conditions, the system may help the driver avoid a forward
collision or may help mitigate the consequences if a collision should be unavoidable. If the driver is handling the steering
wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system will function
later or will not function.
The automatic braking will cease under the
following conditions:
• When the steering wheel is turned to
avoid a collision.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
• When there is no longer a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected ahead.
If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle
will remain at a standstill for approximately
2 seconds before the brakes are released.
NOTE:
The vehicle’s brake lights come on when
any braking is performed by the AEB
with Pedestrian Detection system.
Starting and driving 5-127
TURNING THE AEB WITH
PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM
ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system:
button until “Settings” dis1. Press the
plays in the vehicle information display.
button to select “Driver AsUse the
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the
OK button.
3. Select “Front” and use the OK button to
turn the system on or off.
When the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system is turned off, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will be automatically turned on
when the EV system is restarted.
LSD3663
5-128 Starting and driving
AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN
DETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system. Failure to operate the vehicle in
accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or
death.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system cannot detect all vehicles or
pedestrians under all conditions.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system does not detect the following
objects:
– Small
pedestrians
(including
small children), animals and
cyclists.
– Pedestrians in wheelchairs or using mobile transport such as
scooters, child-operated toys, or
skateboards.
– Pedestrians who are seated or
otherwise not in a full upright
standing or walking position.
– Oncoming vehicles
– Crossing vehicles
– Obstacles on the roadside
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system has some performance
limitations.
– If a stationary vehicle is in the vehicle’s path, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will not
function when the vehicle is
driven at speeds over approximately 50 mph (80 km/h).
– For pedestrian detection, the AEB
with Pedestrian Detection system
will not function when the vehicle
is driven at speeds over approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) or below
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system will not function for pedestrians in darkness or in tunnels, even if
there is street lighting in the area.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may not function if the vehicle ahead is narrow (for example, a
motorcycle).
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may not function if speed difference between the two vehicles is
too small.
• The radar sensor AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may not
function properly or detect a vehicle
ahead in the following conditions:
– Poor visibility (conditions such as
rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and road spray from other
vehicles)
– Driving on a steep downhill slope
or roads with sharp curves.
– Driving on a bumpy road surface,
such as an uneven dirt road.
– If dirt, ice, snow or other material
is covering the radar sensor area.
– Interference by other radar
sources.
– The camera area of windshield is
fogged up, or covered with dirt,
water drops, ice, snow, etc.
– Strong light (for example, sunlight
or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the front camera.
Strong light causes the area
around the pedestrian to be cast
in a shadow, making it difficult to
see.
Starting and driving 5-129
– A sudden change in brightness
occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or a
shaded area or lightning flashes).
– The poor contrast of a person to
the background, such as having
clothing color or pattern which is
similar to the background.
– The pedestrian’s profile is partially
obscured or unidentifiable due to
the pedestrian transporting luggage, wearing bulky or very loose
fitting clothing or accessories.
• The system performance may degrade in the following conditions:
– The vehicle is driven on a slippery
road.
– The vehicle is driven on a slope.
– Excessively heavy baggage is
loaded in the rear seat or the
cargo area of your vehicle.
5-130 Starting and driving
• The system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s (radar and
camera) functionality, within certain
limitations. The system may not detect blockage of sensor areas covered by ice, snow or stickers, for example. In these cases, the system
may not be able to warn the driver
properly. Be sure that you check,
clean and clear sensor areas
regularly.
• In some road and traffic conditions,
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may unexpectedly apply partial braking. When acceleration is
necessary, depress the accelerator
pedal to override the system.
• Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may react to a person on a
bicycle, detecting as a pedestrian.
• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system may operate under the following conditions, detecting the
possibility of a forward collision:
– A vehicle or a person is on the
roadside at the beginning of a
curve.
– A pedestrian approaches the driving lane in front of the vehicle.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
In the following conditions, the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system warning light
blinks and the system will be turned off
automatically:
• The radar sensor picks up interference
from another radar source.
• The camera area of windshield is misted
or frozen.
• Strong light is shining from the front.
• The cabin temperature is over approximately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.
• The camera area of windshield glass is
continuously covered with dirt, etc.
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
will resume automatically.
LSD3664
Starting and driving 5-131
NOTE:
When the inside of the windshield on
camera area is misted or frozen, it will
take a period of time to remove it after
the A/C turns on. If dirt appears on this
area, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Condition B
In the following conditions, the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system warning light
will illuminate and the “Not Available: Front
Radar Blocked” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display:
• The sensor area of the front of the vehicle
is covered with dirt or is obstructed.
Action to take
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
the vehicle in a safe place, and turn the EV
system off. Clean the radar cover on the
front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and
restart the EV system. If the warning light
continues to illuminate, have the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
5-132 Starting and driving
When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to
long walls).
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
will resume automatically.
NOTE:
If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system stops working, the I-FCW system will
also stop working.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB with
Pedestrian Detection system warning light
(orange) will illuminate and the warning
message “Malfunction: See Owner’s
Manual” will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
warning light continues to illuminate, have
the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system
checked. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
LSD2861
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
The radar sensor is located on the front of
B . The camera is located on
the vehicle O
A ).
the upper side of the windshield O
To keep the AEB with Pedestrian Detection
system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:
• Always keep sensor areas of the front
bumper and windshield clean.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensors (e.g., bumper, windshield).
• Do not cover or attach stickers, or install
any accessory near the sensors. This
could block sensor signals, and/or cause
failure or malfunction.
• Do not attach metallic objects near the
radar sensor (brush guard, etc.). This
could cause failure or malfunction.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as
white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight
may adversely affect the camera unit’s
detection capability.
• Do not alter, remove or paint the front
bumper. Before customizing or restoring
the front bumper, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4–B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation
of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux
CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux
appareils radio exempts de licence.
L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes:
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
brouillage, et
Starting and driving 5-133
REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter
tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible
d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with FCC and IC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 30
cm between the radiator and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC
établies pour un environnement non
contrôlé.
Cet équipement doit être installé et
utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de
distance entre la source de rayonnement
et votre corps.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
5-134 Starting and driving
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The RAB system is a supplemental
aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for proper driving procedures.
Always use the side and rear mirrors
and turn and look in the direction you
will move before and while backing
up. Never rely solely on the RAB system. It is the driver’s responsibility to
stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• There is a limitation to the RAB system capability. The RAB system is not
effective in all situations.
The RAB system can assist the driver when
the vehicle is backing up and approaching
objects directly behind the vehicle.
LSD3672
The RAB system detects obstacles behind
1
the vehicle using the parking sensors O
located on the rear bumper.
NOTE:
You can temporarily cancel the sonar
function in the vehicle, but the RAB system will continue to operate. For additional information, please refer to “Rear
Sonar System” in this section.
If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is
detected when your vehicle is backing up,
the RAB system warning indicator will flash
in the vehicle information display, a red
frame will appear in the center display (for
vehicles with the Intelligent Around View
Monitor system), and the system will chime
three times. The system will then automatically apply the brakes. After the automatic brake application, the driver must
depress the brake pedal to maintain brake
pressure.
NOTE:
• The brake lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the RAB
system.
• When the brakes operate, a noise may
be heard. This is not a malfunction.
LSD3673
䊊
2
䊊
3
䊊
1
RAB system warning light and RAB system warning indicator
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
Center display
RAB SYSTEM OPERATION
When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)
position and the vehicle speed is less than
approximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RAB
system operates.
Starting and driving 5-135
TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM
ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the RAB
system on or off.
button until “Settings” dis1. Press the
plays in the vehicle information display
and then press the OK button. Use the
button to select “Driver Assistance.”
Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the
OK button.
3. Select “Rear” and use the OK button to
turn the system on or off.
When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB
system warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
The RAB system will be automatically
turned on when the EV system is restarted.
LSD3663
5-136 Starting and driving
RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the RAB system. Failure to follow the
warnings and instructions for proper
use of the RAB system could result in
serious injury or death.
• When the vehicle approaches an obstacle while the accelerator or brake
pedal is depressed, the function may
not operate or the start of operation
may be delayed. The RAB system
may not operate or may not perform
sufficiently due to vehicle conditions,
driving conditions, the traffic environment, the weather, road surface
conditions, etc. Do not wait for the
system to operate. Operate the brake
pedal by yourself as soon as
necessary.
• If it is necessary to override RAB operation, strongly press the accelerator pedal.
• Always check your surroundings and
turn to check what is behind you before and while backing up. The RAB
system detects stationary objects
behind the vehicle. The RAB system
does not detect the following objects:
– Moving objects
– Low objects
– Narrow objects
– Wedge-shaped objects
– Objects close to the bumper (less
than approximately 1 ft [30 cm])
– Objects that suddenly appear
– Thin objects such as rope, wire,
chain, etc.
• The RAB system may not operate for
the following obstacles:
– Obstacles located high off the
ground
– Obstacles in a position offset from
your vehicle
– Obstacles, such as spongy materials or snow, that have soft outer
surfaces and can easily absorb a
sound wave
• The RAB system may not operate in
the following conditions:
– There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc.,
attached to the sonar sensors.
– A loud sound is heard in the area
around the vehicle.
– The surface of the obstacle is diagonal to the rear of the vehicle.
• The RAB system may unintentionally
operate in the following conditions:
– There is overgrown grass in the
area around the vehicle.
– There is a structure (e.g., a wall, toll
gate equipment, a narrow tunnel,
a parking lot gate) near the side of
the vehicle.
– There are bumps, protrusions, or
manhole covers on the road
surface.
– The vehicle drives through a
draped flag or a curtain.
– There is an accumulation of snow
or ice behind the vehicle.
– An ultrasonic wave source, such as
another vehicle’s sonar, is near
the vehicle.
Starting and driving 5-137
• Once the automatic brake control
operates, it does not operate again if
the vehicle approaches the same
obstacle.
• The automatic brake control can only
operate for a short period of time.
Therefore, the driver must depress
the brake pedal.
• In the following situations, the RAB
system may not operate properly or
may not function sufficiently:
– The vehicle is driven in bad
weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
– The vehicle is driven on a steep
hill.
– The vehicle’s posture is changed
(e.g., when driving over a bump).
– The vehicle is driven on a slippery
road.
– The vehicle is turned sharply by
turning the steering wheel fully.
– Snow chains are used.
– Wheels or tires other than NISSAN
recommended are used.
– The brakes are cold at low ambient temperatures or immediately
after driving has started.
5-138 Starting and driving
– The braking force becomes poor
due to wet brakes after driving
through a puddle or washing the
vehicle.
• Turn the RAB system off in the following conditions to prevent the occurrence of an unexpected accident resulting
from
sudden
system
operation:
– The vehicle is towed.
– The vehicle is carried on a flatbed
truck.
– The vehicle is on the chassis
dynamometer.
– The vehicle drives on an uneven
road surface.
– Suspension parts other than
those designated as Genuine
NISSAN parts are used. (If the vehicle height or the vehicle body inclination is changed, the system
may not detect an obstacle
correctly.)
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system
volume, an open vehicle window) will
interfere with the chime sound, and it
may not be heard.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be
turned off automatically, the RAB system
warning light will illuminate, and the “Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual” warning
message will appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take
If the warning light illuminates, park the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV system
off, and restart the EV system. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the
RAB system checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
NOTE:
If the RAB system cannot be operated
temporarily, the RAB system warning
light blinks.
INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION
WARNING (I-FCW)
• Do not subject the area around the park1 to strong impact. Also, do
ing sensors O
not remove or disassemble the parking
sensors. If the parking sensors and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sensors checked. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
• Do not install any stickers (including
transparent stickers) or accessories on
1
and their surthe parking sensors O
rounding areas. This may cause a malfunction or improper operation.
LSD3672
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-FCW
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The I-FCW system can help warn the
driver before a collision occurs but
will not avoid a collision. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.
The I-FCW system can help alert the driver
when there is a sudden braking of a second
vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle
ahead in the same lane.
Observe the following items to ensure
proper operation of the system:
1
• Always keep the parking sensors O
clean.
• If the parking sensors are dirty, wipe them
off with a soft cloth while being careful to
not damage them.
Starting and driving 5-139
LSD2859
A
The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor O
located on the front of the vehicle to measure distance to the vehicle ahead in the
same lane.
LSD3665
5-140 Starting and driving
I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator
2. AEB system warning light
LSD3472
The I-FCW system operates at speeds
above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h).
If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the I-FCW system will warn the driver
by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator, and sounding an audible alert.
Starting and driving 5-141
TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM
ON/OFF
Perform the following steps to turn the
I-FCW system on or off:
button until “Settings” dis1. Press the
plays in the vehicle information display.
button to select “Driver AsUse the
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the
OK button.
3. Select “Front” and use the OK button to
turn the system on or off.
When the I-FCW system is turned off, the
AEB system warning light illuminates.
NOTE:
• The I-FCW system will be automatically
turned on when the EV system is restarted.
• The I-FCW system is integrated into the
AEB system. There is not a separate selection in the vehicle information display for the I-FCW system. When the
AEB is turned off, the I-FCW system is
also turned off.
LSD3663
5-142 Starting and driving
LSD3473
I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the I-FCW system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
• The I-FCW system cannot detect all
vehicles under all conditions.
• The radar sensor does not detect the
following objects:
– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles
in the roadway.
– Oncoming vehicles.
– Crossing vehicles.
• (Illustration A) The I-FCW system
does not function when a vehicle
ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as a
motorcycle.
• The radar sensor may not detect a
vehicle ahead in the following
conditions:
– Snow or heavy rain.
– Dirt, ice, snow or other material
covering the radar sensor.
– Interference by other radar
sources.
– Snow or road spray from traveling
vehicles.
– Driving in a tunnel.
– (Illustration B) When the vehicle
ahead is being towed.
– (Illustration C) When the distance
to the vehicle ahead is too close,
the beam of the radar sensor is
obstructed.
– (Illustration D) When driving on a
steep downhill slope or roads with
sharp curves.
• The system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s functionality,
within certain limitations. The system may not detect some forms of
obstruction of the sensor area such
as ice, snow, stickers, etc. In these
cases, the system may not be able to
warn the driver properly. Be sure that
you check, clean and clear the sensor
area regularly.
• Excessive noise will interfere with the
warning chime sound, and the chime
may not be heard.
Starting and driving 5-143
LSD3474
5-144 Starting and driving
LSD3475
Starting and driving 5-145
LSD3476
5-146 Starting and driving
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
Condition A
When the radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source, making it
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the
I-FCW system is automatically turned off.
The AEB system warning light (orange) will
illuminate.
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the I-FCW system will resume automatically.
Condition B
In the following condition, the AEB system
warning light (orange) will illuminate and
the “Not available: Front Radar Blocked”
warning message will appear in the vehicle
information display.
• The sensor area on the front of the vehicle is covered with dirt or is obstructed.
LSD3666
Starting and driving 5-147
Action to take
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
the vehicle in a safe place and turn the EV
system off. Clean the radar cover on the on
the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and
restart the EV system. If the warning light
continues to illuminate, have the I-FCW system checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
• When driving on roads with limited road
structures or buildings (for example, long
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next
to long walls).
If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be
turned off automatically, a chime will
sound, the AEB system warning light (orange) will illuminate and the warning message “Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual” will
appear in the vehicle information display.
Action to take
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the AEB system will resume automatically.
NOTE:
If the AEB system stops working, the
I-FCW system will also stop working.
5-148 Starting and driving
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop
the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV
system off and restart the EV system. If the
warning light continues to illuminate, have
the AEB system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service
LSD2859
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
A is located on the front of the
The sensor O
vehicle.
To keep the system operating properly, be
sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the sensor area of the front
bumper clean.
• Do not strike or damage the areas
around the sensor.
• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
objects on the front bumper near the
sensor area. This could cause failure or
malfunction.
• Do not attach metallic objects near the
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could
cause failure or malfunction.
• Do not alter, remove or paint the front
bumper. Before customizing or restoring
the front bumper, it is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Radio frequency statement
For USA
FCC ID OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada
Model: ARS4–B
IC: 4135A-ARS4B
FCC ID: OAYARS4B
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
Radio frequency radiation exposure information:
This equipment complies with FCC and IC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum distance of 30
cm between the radiator and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC
établies pour un environnement non
contrôlé.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux
CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux
appareils radio exempts de licence.
L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes:
Cet équipement doit être installé et
utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de
distance entre la source de rayonnement
et votre corps.
1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de
brouillage, et
2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique
subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible
d’en
compromettre
le
fonctionnement.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
Starting and driving 5-149
INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS
(I-DA) (if so equipped)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-DA
system could result in serious injury or
death.
• The I–DA system is only a warning to
inform the driver of a potential lack
of driver attention or drowsiness. It
will not steer the vehicle or prevent
loss of control.
• The I–DA system does not detect and
provide an alert of the driver’s lack of
attention or fatigue in every
situation.
• It its the driver’s responsibility to:
– stay alert,
– drive safely,
– keep the vehicle in the traveling
lane,
– be in control of the vehicle at all
times,
– avoid driving when tired,
– avoid distractions (texting, etc.).
The I–DA system helps alert the driver if the
system detects a lack of attention or driving fatigue.
5-150 Starting and driving
The system monitors driving style and
steering behavior over a period of time,
and it detects changes from the normal
pattern. If the system detects that driver
attention is decreasing over a period of
time, the system uses audible and visual
warnings to suggest that the driver take a
break.
LSD3667
I-DA SYSTEM OPERATION
If the system detects driver fatigue or that
driver attention is decreasing, the message “Take a break?” appears in the vehicle
information display and a chime sounds
when the vehicle is driven at speeds above
37 mph (60 km/h).
The system continuously monitors driver
attention and can provide multiple warnings per trip.
The system resets and starts reassessing
driving style and steering behavior when the
power switch is cycled from the ON to the
OFF position and back to the ON position.
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
I-DA SYSTEM
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the I–DA system.
button until “Settings” dis1. Press the
plays in the vehicle information display.
button to select “Driver AsUse the
sistance.” Then press the OK button.
2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and use
the OK button to turn the system on or
off.
NOTE:
The setting will be retained even if the EV
system is restarted.
LSD3668
Starting and driving 5-151
ECO MODE
I-DA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the I–DA system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
• The I-DA system may not operate
properly and may not provide an
alert in the following conditions:
– Poor road conditions such as an
uneven road surface or pot holes.
– Strong side wind.
– If you have adopted a sporty driving style with higher cornering
speeds or higher rates of
acceleration.
– Frequent
lane
changes
or
changes to vehicle speed.
• The I–DA system will not provide an
alert in the following conditions:
– Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
– Short lapses of attention.
– Instantaneous distractions such
as dropping an object.
5-152 Starting and driving
LSD2907
System malfunction
If the Intelligent Driver Alertness system
malfunctions, the system warning message will appear in the vehicle information
display and the function will be stopped
automatically.
Action to take
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the
vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the EV system off and restart the EV system. If the
system warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
LSD3669
The ECO mode helps reduce power consumption by reducing acceleration when
compared to the same accelerator pedal
position in the D (Drive) position. Use the
ECO mode for maximum driving range and
for city driving.
To turn on the ECO mode, push the ECO
switch. The ECO mode indicator appears
on the vehicle information display.
To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO
switch again. The ECO mode indicator will
turn off.
INCREASING POWER ECONOMY
• The selection of the ECO mode (ON or
OFF) is retained even when the EV system
is restarted.
• When the ECO mode is turned off, driving
performance is changed. Before turning
off the ECO mode, ensure it is safe to do
so, release the accelerator pedal and operate the ECO switch.
• Turn off the ECO mode when acceleration
is required, such as when:
– driving with a heavy load of passengers
or cargo in the vehicle.
– driving on a steep uphill slope.
• When the cruise control is operated, the
vehicle makes it a priority to maintain a
constant speed. The driving range will not
be extended even if the ECO mode indicator appears.
NOTE:
Selecting this drive mode will not necessarily improve power economy as many
driving
factors
influence
its
effectiveness.
The vehicle range varies depending upon
the following factors:
• Speed
• Vehicle load
• Electrical load from vehicle accessories
• Traffic and road conditions
NISSAN recommends the following driving habits to help maximize vehicle
range:
Before driving:
• Follow the recommended periodic maintenance.
• Keep tires inflated to the correct pressure.
• Keep wheels in correct alignment.
• Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin
while the vehicle is charging.
• Remove unnecessary cargo from the vehicle.
While driving:
• Drive in ECO mode.
– The ECO mode helps reduce power
consumption by reducing acceleration
when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive) position (normal mode).
• Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator
position or by using cruise control when
appropriate.
• Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently
press and release the accelerator pedal
for acceleration and deceleration.
• Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.
• Avoid frequent stopping and braking.
Maintain a safe distance behind other vehicles.
• Turn off the air conditioner/heater when
it is not necessary.
• Select a moderate temperature setting
for heating or cooling to help reduce
power consumption.
• Use the air conditioner/heater and close
windows to reduce drag when cruising at
a highway speed.
• Release the accelerator pedal to slow
down and do not apply the brakes when
traffic and road conditions allow.
– This vehicle is equipped with a regenerative brake system. The primary purpose of the regenerative brake system
is to provide some power to recharge
the Li-ion battery and extend driving
range. A secondary benefit is “engine
braking” that operates based on Li-ion
Starting and driving 5-153
ECO DRIVE REPORT
battery conditions. In the D (Drive) position, when the accelerator pedal is released, the regenerative brake system
provides some deceleration and some
power to the Li-ion battery.
The ECO Drive Report appears for approximately 30 seconds after placing the power
switch in the OFF position, driving the vehicle for more than 0.3 miles (500 m), and
button on the steering
pressing the
wheel.
LSD3173
1. Previous 5 times (History)
Displays the average energy economy
for the previous 5 times
2. Current energy economy
Displays the most recent average energy economy
3. Best energy economy
Displays the best energy economy of
the past history
5-154 Starting and driving
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
4. Regenerated energy (mileage)
Displays the amount of regenerated energy stored in the Li-ion battery in one
trip in terms of distance
If the vehicle has been driven mostly on
downhill roads, more energy is regenerated. This may cause the regenerated energy (mileage) (4) to show a longer distance
than the vehicle was driven or the current
energy economy (2) to show “99.9 miles/
kWh.”
button is pressed while the
When the
ECO Drive Report is shown, the display
switches to the timer display. Either display
will continue to show for another 30 seconds after the button is pressed. If the
doors are locked after placing the power
switch in the OFF position, the display turns
off before the preset time.
In the “Settings” menu, you can program
the ECO Drive Report to not appear when
the power switch is placed in the OFF position. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
WARNING
• Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry
grass, waste paper or rags. They may
ignite and cause a fire.
• Never leave the vehicle in the READY
to drive mode while the vehicle is
unattended.
• Safe parking procedures require that
both the parking brake be applied
and the vehicle placed in the park position. Failure to do so could cause
the vehicle to move unexpectedly or
roll away and result in an accident.
• Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls or
make the vehicle move. Unattended
children could become involved in
serious accidents.
• To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the
vehicle and/or its systems, do not
leave children, people who require
the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally,
the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
Starting and driving 5-155
POWER STEERING SYSTEM
WARNING
• If the READY to drive indicator light is
off while driving, the power assist for
the steering will not work. Steering
will be harder to operate.
• When the power steering warning
light illuminates while the READY to
drive indicator light is on, the power
assist for the steering will cease operation. You will still have control of
the vehicle but the steering will be
harder to operate.
SSD0488
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
2. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
shift lever.
3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling
into the street when parked on a slope, it
is a good practice to turn the wheels as
illustrated.
1 :
• HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB O
Turn the wheels into the curb and
move the vehicle forward until the
curb side wheel gently touches the
curb.
5-156 Starting and driving
2 :
• HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB O
Turn the wheels away from the curb
and move the vehicle back until the
curb side wheel gently touches the
curb.
• HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
3 :
CURB O
Turn the wheels toward the side of the
road so the vehicle will move away
from the center of the road if it moves.
4. Place the power switch in the OFF
position.
The power steering system is designed to
provide power assistance while driving to
operate the steering wheel with less effort.
When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or
driving at a very low speed, the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced.
This is to prevent overheating of the power
steering system and help protect it from
getting damaged. When the power assistance is reduced, steering wheel operation
will become harder. When the temperature
of the power steering system goes down,
the power assistance level will return to
normal. Avoid repeating such steering
wheel operations that could cause the
power steering system to overheat.
BRAKE SYSTEM
You may hear a noise when the steering
wheel is operated quickly. However, this is
not a malfunction.
BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
If the power steering warning light
illuminates while the READY to drive indicator light is on, it may indicate the power
steering system is not functioning properly
and may need servicing. Have the power
steering system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service. For additional
information, refer to “Power steering warning light” in the “Instruments and controls”
section of this manual.
1. Hydraulic brake system
The power assist for steering stops operating when both the power steering warning
light and READY to drive indicator light are
illuminated. You will still have control of the
vehicle. However, greater steering effort is
needed, especially in sharp turns and at
low speeds.
Regenerative brake system
This vehicle is equipped with two braking
systems:
2. Regenerative brake system
Hydraulic brake system
The hydraulic brake system is similar to the
brakes used on conventional vehicles.
The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,
you will still have braking at two wheels.
The primary purpose of the regenerative
brake system is to provide some power to
help recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary benefit is
“engine braking” that operates based on
battery conditions.
In the D (Drive) range, when the accelerator
is released, the regenerative brake system
provides some deceleration and generates power for the Li-ion battery. Power is
also generated when the brake pedal is
applied.
When you put the shift lever in the B mode
and take your foot off the accelerator
pedal, more regenerative brake is applied
than in the D (Drive) position. However, during high-speed driving you may feel that
regenerative brake provides less deceleration than the engine braking in an ordinary
vehicle. This is normal.
Less deceleration is provided by the regenerative brake system when the Li-ion battery is fully charged. Regenerative brake is
automatically reduced when the Li-ion
battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion
battery from becoming overcharged. Regenerative brake is also automatically reduced when the battery temperature is
high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones
on the battery temperature gauge) to prevent Li-ion battery damage.
The brake pedal should be used to slow or
stop the vehicle depending on traffic or
road conditions. The vehicle brakes are not
affected by regenerative brake system operation.
Starting and driving 5-157
NOTE:
• When applying the regenerative
brakes, you may hear a sound coming
from the regenerative brake system.
This is a normal operating characteristic of an EV.
• If the power switch position is in a position other than ON or READY to drive,
you can stop the vehicle by depressing
the brake pedal. However, greater foot
pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle, and the
stopping distance will be longer.
• When depressing the brake pedal, the
brake pedal feel will not be smooth or
may change when the cooperative regenerative brake system activates.
However, the electronically controlled
brake system is operating normally
and this does not indicate a malfunction.
Using the brakes
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal
while driving. This will cause overheating of
the brakes, wearing out of the brake pads
and shoes faster, and will reduce driving
range.
5-158 Starting and driving
To help reduce brake wear, and to prevent
the brakes from overheating, reduce speed
and select B mode before going down a
slope or long grade. Overheated brakes
may reduce braking performance and
could result in loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
• While driving on a slippery surface,
be careful when braking or accelerating. Abrupt braking or accelerating
could cause the wheels to skid, which
could result in an accident.
• If the brake pedal is depressed with
the EV system OFF, you may feel an
increased brake pedal effort and a
decreased pedal stroke. If the BRAKE
warning light does not illuminate
and the brake pedal feels like it has
returned to its normal state after the
EV system is started, this indicates
that there is no malfunction and the
vehicle can be operated normally.
Wet brakes
When the vehicle is washed or driven
through water, the brakes may get wet. As
a result, the braking distance will be longer
and the vehicle may pull to one side during
braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe
speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal
to heat up the brakes. Do this until the
brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the
vehicle at high speeds until the brakes
have dried.
Parking brake break-in
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever
the stopping effect of the parking brake is
weakened or whenever the parking brake
shoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced,
in order to assure the best braking performance.
This procedure is described in the Genuine
NISSAN Service Manual, and it can be performed by a certified repair facility. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
WARNING
• The ABS is a sophisticated device, but
it cannot prevent accidents resulting
from careless or dangerous driving
techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces
will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough,
gravel or snow covered roads, or if
you are using tire chains. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the
driver is responsible for safety.
• Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness.
– When replacing tires, install the
specified size of tires on all four
wheels.
– For additional information, refer
to “Wheels and tires” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.
The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels
do not lock during hard braking or when
braking on slippery surfaces. The system
detects the rotation speed at each wheel
and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding.
By preventing each wheel from locking, the
system helps the driver maintain steering
control and helps to minimize swerving
and spinning on slippery surfaces.
Using the system
Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady
pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The
Anti-lock Braking System will operate to
prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer
the vehicle to avoid obstacles.
WARNING
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
may result in increased stopping distances.
Self-test feature
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) includes electronic sensors, electric pumps,
hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
that tests the system each time you push
the power switch in the READY to drive position and move the vehicle at a low speed
in forward or reverse. When the self-test
occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise
and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.
This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the
instrument panel. The brake system then
operates normally, but without anti-lock
assistance.
If the ABS warning light illuminates during
the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Normal operation
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) operates at speeds above 3 to 6 mph (5 to 10
km/h). The speed varies according to road
conditions.
Starting and driving 5-159
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
SYSTEM
When the ABS senses that one or more
wheels are close to locking up, the actuator
rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the
brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise
from under the hood or feel a vibration
from the actuator when it is operating. This
is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation
may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while
driving.
BRAKE ASSIST
When the force applied to the brake pedal
exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is
activated generating greater braking force
than a conventional brake booster even
with light pedal force.
WARNING
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist
braking operation and is not a collision
warning or avoidance device. It is the
drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle at
all times.
5-160 Starting and driving
The VDC system uses various sensors to
monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion.
Under certain driving conditions, the VDC
system helps to perform the following
functions.
• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel
slip on one slipping drive wheel so power
is transferred to a drive wheel on the
same axle that is not slipping.
• Controls brake pressure and traction
motor output to reduce drive wheel slip
based on vehicle speed (traction control
function).
• Controls brake pressure at individual
wheels and traction motor output to help
the driver maintain control of the vehicle
in the following conditions:
– Understeer (vehicle tends to not follow
the steered path despite increased
steering input).
– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to
certain road or driving conditions).
The VDC system can help the driver maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot
prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving
situations.
When the VDC system operates, the
indicator light in the instrument panel
flashes. When the indicator light flashes,
note the following items:
• The road may be slippery or the system
may determine some action is required
to help keep the vehicle on the steered
path.
• You may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal and hear a noise or vibration from
under the hood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working
properly.
• Adjust your speed and driving according
to the road conditions.
For additional information, refer to “Slip indicator light” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) OFF indicator light” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the
indicator light illuminates in the vehicle information display. The VDC system
automatically turns off when this indicator
light is lit.
The vehicle information display is used to
turn off the VDC system. The VDC OFF indiilluminates to indicate that
cator light
the VDC system is off. When the vehicle
information display is used to turn off the
system, the VDC system still operates to
prevent one drive wheel from slipping by
transferring power to a non-slipping wheel.
The
indicator light flashes if this occurs. All other VDC functions are off and the
indicator light will not flash. The VDC
system is automatically reset to on when
the power switch is placed in the OFF position then back to the ON position. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” in the “Instruments and
controls” section of this manual.
The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you
start the EV and move the vehicle forward
or in reverse at a slow speed. When the
self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”
noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction.
WARNING
• The VDC system is designed to help
the driver maintain stability but does
not prevent accidents due to abrupt
steering operation at high speeds or
by careless or dangerous driving
techniques. Reduce vehicle speed
and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.
• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspension parts such as
shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are
not NISSAN recommended for your
vehicle or are extremely deteriorated
the VDC system may not operate
properly. This could adversely affect
vehicle handling performance, and
indicator light may flash or
the
indicator light may
the
illuminate.
• If brake related parts such as brake
pads, rotors and calipers are not
NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly and
indicator light may
the
illuminate.
• If traction motor control related
parts are not NISSAN recommended
or are extremely deteriorated, the
indicator light may illuminate.
• When driving on extremely inclined
surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operindicator
ate properly and the
light may illuminate. Do not drive on
these types of roads.
• When driving on an unstable surface
such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or
indicator light may
ramp, the
illuminate. This is not a malfunction.
Restart the EV system after driving
onto a stable surface.
• If wheels or tires other than the
NISSAN recommended ones are
used, the VDC system may not operindicator
ate properly and the
light may illuminate.
• The VDC system is not a substitute
for winter tires or tire chains on a
snow covered road.
Starting and driving 5-161
CHASSIS CONTROL
The chassis control is an electric control
module that includes the following functions:
• Intelligent Trace Control
• Intelligent Ride Control
LSD3008
INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL
This system senses driving based on the
driver’s steering and acceleration/braking
patterns, and controls brake pressure at
individual wheels to aid tracing at corners
and help smooth vehicle response.
The Intelligent Trace Control can be set to
on (enabled) or off (disabled) through the
vehicle information display “Settings” page.
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle
information display” in the “Instruments
and controls” section of this manual.
5-162 Starting and driving
When the VDC system is turned off in the
vehicle information display, the Intelligent
Trace Control is also turned off.
When the Intelligent Trace Control is operated and the “Chassis Control” mode is selected in the vehicle information display,
the Intelligent Trace Control graphics are
shown in the vehicle information display.
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle
information display” in the “Instruments
and controls” section of this manual.
If the “Chassis Control System Error: See
Owner’s Manual” warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it
REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS)
may indicate that the Intelligent Trace Control is not functioning properly. Have the
system checked as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
WARNING
The Intelligent Trace Control may not
be effective depending on the driving
condition. Always drive carefully and
attentively.
When the Intelligent Trace Control is operating, you may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal, hear a noise and sense slight deceleration. This is normal and indicates that
the Intelligent Trace Control is operating
properly.
Even if the Intelligent Trace Control is
turned off, some functions will remain on to
assist the driver (for example, avoidance
scenes).
INTELLIGENT RIDE CONTROL
This system senses upper body motion
(based on wheel speed information) and
controls motor torque. This will enhance
ride comfort in effort to restrain uncomfortable upper body movement when
passing over undulated road surfaces. This
system comes into effect above 25 mph
(40 km/h).
When the VDC system is turned off in the
vehicle information display, the Intelligent
Ride Control is also turned off.
WARNING
The Intelligent Ride Control may not be
effective depending on the driving condition. Always drive carefully and attentively.
When the Intelligent Ride Control is operating, you may hear a noise and sense slight
deceleration. This is normal and indicates
that the Intelligent Ride Control is operating properly.
If the “Chassis Control System Error: See
Owner’s Manual” warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it
may indicate that the Intelligent Ride Control is not functioning properly. Have the
system checked as soon as possible. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
LSD3247
The sonar (parking sensor) system sounds
a tone to inform the driver of obstacles
near the bumper.
When the “DISPLAY” key is ON, the sonar
view will automatically appear in the meter.
WARNING
• The RSS is a convenience but it is not
a substitute for proper parking.
• The driver is always responsible for
safety during parking and other maneuvers. Always look around and
check that it is safe to do so before
parking.
Starting and driving 5-163
• Read and understand the limitations
of the RSS as contained in this section. The colors of the sonar indicator
and the distance guide lines in the
rear view indicate different distances
to the object.
• Inclement weather or ultrasonic
sources such as an automatic car
wash, a truck's compressed-air
brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the system; this
may include reduced performance or
a false activation.
• The RSS is designed as an aid to the
driver in detecting large stationary
objects to help avoid damaging the
vehicle.
• The RSS is not designed to prevent
contact with small or moving objects. Always move slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper, and may not detect
objects close to the bumper or on the
ground.
• The RSS may not detect the following
objects: fluffy objects such as snow,
cloth, cotton, glass, wool, etc., and
thin objects such as rope, wire and
chain, etc., or wedge-shaped objects.
5-164 Starting and driving
If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear
bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or
bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms.
CAUTION
• Excessive noise (such as audio system volume or an open vehicle window) will interfere with the tone and
it may not be heard.
• Keep the sonar sensors (located on
the bumper fascia) free from snow,
ice and large accumulations of dirt.
Do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects. If the sensors are covered,
the accuracy of the sonar function
will be diminished.
SYSTEM OPERATION
The system informs with a visual and audible alert of rear obstacles when the shift
lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
Sonar Operation Table
RR Sensor
Range
Sound
Display
P
x
†
R
o
o
N
x
†
D
x
†
o – Display/Beep when detect
† – Display on camera view
x – No Display and Beep
The system is deactivated at speeds above
6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower
speeds.
While the vehicle is moving the audible alert
will stop after 3 seconds when an obstacle
is detected by only the corner sensor and
distance does not change. The audible
alert will also stop when the obstacle
moves away from the vehicle. At any time
the left side button of the steering wheel (
buttons) is available to cancel the audible alert.
When the object is detected, the indicator
(green) appears and blinks and the tone
sounds intermittently. When the vehicle
moves closer to the object, the color of the
indicator turns yellow and the rate of the
blinking increases. When the vehicle is very
close to the object, the indicator stops
blinking and turns red, and the tone
sounds continuously.
LSD3773
When the corner of the vehicle moves
closer to an object, the corner sonar indiA appears. When the center of the
cator O
vehicle moves close to an object, the cenB appears
ter sonar indicator O
LSD2137
A will appear when
The system indicators O
the vehicle moves closer to an object.
Starting and driving 5-165
HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE
REAR SONAR SYSTEM
The system is automatically activated
when the power switch is placed in the ON
position and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
Perform the following steps to enable or
disable the sonar system:
button until “Settings” ap1. Press the
pears in the vehicle information display
button
and then press OK. Use the
to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press
the OK button.
2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK
button.
3. Select “Sonar” and press the OK button.
Select "Parking sonar” and press the OK
button.
4. Select “ON” and press the OK button.
NOTE:
The system will automatically be turned
on when the EV system is restarted.
LSD3774
5-166 Starting and driving
SONAR LIMITATIONS
WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations
for the sonar system. Failure to operate
the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury or death.
• Read and understand the limitations
of the sonar system as contained in
this section. Inclement weather may
affect the function of the sonar system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.
• The system is deactivated at speeds
above 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.
• Inclement weather or ultrasonic
sources such as an automatic car
wash, a truck’s compressed-air
brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the system; this
may include reduced performance or
a false activation.
• The system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving
objects. Always move slowly. The
system will not detect small objects
below the bumper or on the ground.
• The system may not detect the following objects: fluffy objects such as
snow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.;
thin objects such as rope, wire and
chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.
• The system may not detect objects
at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and
may not detect certain angular or
moving objects.
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY
UNAVAILABLE
When sonar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically.
The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist.
The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as
ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist,
the system will resume automatically.
LSD2843
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
1 are located on the
The sonar sensors O
rear bumper. Always keep the area near
the sonar sensors clean.
The sonar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing
the area around the sonar sensors.
Starting and driving 5-167
HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM
Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply
additional paint near the sonar sensors.
Do not strike or damage the area around
the sonar sensors. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around
the sonar sensors is damaged due to a
collision.
5-168 Starting and driving
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle
from moving backward on a hill. Always drive carefully and attentively.
Depress the brake pedal when the
vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be
especially careful when stopped on a
hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure
to prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards may result in a loss of
control of the vehicle and possible
serious injury or death.
• The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depress the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped on a
steep hill. Failure to do so may cause
the vehicle to roll backwards and
may result in a collision or serious
personal injury.
• The hill start assist may not prevent
the vehicle from rolling backwards
on a hill under all load or road conditions. Always be prepared to depress
the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure
to do so may result in a collision or
serious personal injury.
The hill start assist system automatically
keeps the brakes applied to help prevent
the vehicle from rolling backwards in the
time it takes the driver to release the brake
pedal and apply the accelerator when the
vehicle is stopped on a hill.
Hill start assist will operate automatically
under the following conditions:
• The shift lever is placed in the D (Drive), B
mode, or R (Reverse) position.
• The vehicle is stopped completely on a
hill by applying the brake.
The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.
After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll
back and hill start assist will stop operating
completely.
Hill start assist will not operate when the
shift lever is placed in the N (Neutral) or P
(Park) position or on a flat and level road.
COLD WEATHER DRIVING
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the Li-ion battery: Do not store the vehicle in temperatures below -13°F (-25°C) for over
seven days. If the outside temperature
is -13°F (-25°C) or less, the Li-ion battery
may freeze and it cannot be charged or
provide power to run the vehicle. Move
the vehicle to a warm location.
NOTE:
• Connect the charger to the vehicle and
place the power switch in the OFF position when parking the vehicle if temperatures may go below -4°F (-20°C).
For models with 40 kWh battery
model, this provides external power to
the Li-ion battery warmer (if so
equipped) when it operates and does
not discharge the Li-ion battery. Vehicle driving range is reduced if the Liion battery warmer (if so equipped) operates (Li-ion battery temperature
approximately -4°F (-20°C) or colder)
while driving the vehicle. You may need
to charge the Li-ion battery sooner
than in warmer temperatures.
• The Li-ion battery requires more time
to charge when the Li-ion battery
warmer (if so equipped) operates.
• The predicted charging time displayed
on the meter and navigation system (if
so equipped) increases when the Li-ion
battery warmer (if so equipped) operates.
• Vehicle range may be substantially reduced in extremely cold conditions (for
example under -4°F (-20°C)).
• Using the climate control system to
heat the cabin when outside temperature is below 32°F (0°C) uses more electricity and affects vehicle range more
than when using the heater when the
temperature is above 32°F (0°C).
• Climate control performance is reduced when using the Climate Ctrl.
Timer or Remote Climate Control while
the Li-ion battery warmer (if so
equipped) operates (for models with
40 kWh battery model). Set only the
charging timer [End Time] when charging in cold weather. The vehicle automatically determines when to start
charging to fully charge the Li-ion battery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer
operates. Charging ends before the set
end time if the Li-ion battery is fully
charged.
FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply
deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes frozen, heat the key before inserting
it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry key fob.
ANTIFREEZE
In the winter when it is possible that the
outside temperature will drop below 32°F
(0°C), check the antifreeze to ensure proper
winter protection. For additional information, refer to “Cooling system” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this
manual.
12-VOLT BATTERY
If the 12-volt battery is not fully charged
during extremely cold weather conditions,
the 12-volt battery fluid may freeze and
damage the 12-volt battery. To maintain
maximum efficiency, the 12-volt battery
should be checked regularly. For additional
information, refer to “12-volt battery” in the
“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
of this manual.
Starting and driving 5-169
DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
If the vehicle is to be left outside without
antifreeze, drain the cooling system. Refill
before operating the vehicle. For additional
information, refer to “Cooling system” in the
“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
of this manual.
TIRE EQUIPMENT
SUMMER tires have a tread designed to
provide superior performance on dry
pavement. However, the performance of
these tires will be substantially reduced in
snowy and icy conditions. If you operate
your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN
recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or
ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the tire type, size,
speed rating and availability information.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S.
states and Canadian provinces prohibit
their use. Check local, state and provincial
laws before installing studded tires.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may
be poorer than that of non-studded
snow tires.
5-170 Starting and driving
Tire chains may be used. For additional information, refer to “Tire chains” in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this
manual.
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
It is recommended that the following items
be carried in the vehicle during winter:
• A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows
and wiper blades.
• A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.
• Extra windshield-washer fluid to refill the
reservoir tank.
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE
WARNING
• Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),
very cold snow or ice can be slick and
very hard to drive on. The vehicle will
have much less traction or “grip” under these conditions. Try to avoid
driving on wet ice until the road is
salted or sanded.
• Whatever the conditions, drive with
caution. Accelerate and slow down
with care. If accelerating too fast, the
drive wheels will lose even more
traction.
• Allow more stopping distance under
these conditions. Braking should be
started sooner than on dry
pavement.
• Allow greater following distances on
slippery roads.
• Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).
These may appear on an otherwise
clear road in shaded areas. If a patch
of ice is seen ahead, brake before
reaching it. Try not to brake while on
the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.
• Do not use cruise control on slippery
roads.
FREEING A FROZEN CHARGE PORT
LID
When the charge port is frozen, melt the ice
using a hair dryer.
PARKING BRAKE
CAUTION
• When parking in an area where the
outside temperature is below 32°F
(0°C), the parking brake, if applied,
may freeze in place and may be difficult to release.
• For safe parking, it is recommended
that you place the shift lever in the P
(Park) position and securely block
the wheels.
Starting and driving 5-171
MEMO
5-172 Starting and driving
6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
If the Li-ion battery becomes completely
discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck
vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-12
6-13
6-13
6-14
6-15
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
WARNING
• If stopping for an emergency, be sure
to move the vehicle well off the road.
• Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force
you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other
traffic.
• Turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning flasher lights are on.
SIC2574
Push the switch on to warn other drivers
when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will
flash.
6-2 In case of emergency
The flasher can be actuated with the
power switch in any position.
Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use
of the hazard warning flasher switch
while driving.
In the event of a roadside emergency,
Roadside Assistance Service is available to
you. For additional information, please refer
to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.)
or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet (Canada) for details.
EMERGENCY EV (Electric Vehicle)
SHUT OFF
FLAT TIRE
To shut off the EV system in an emergency
situation while driving, perform the following procedure.
• Rapidly push the power switch three consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or
• Push and hold the power switch for more
than 2 seconds.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with TPMS. It monitors tire pressure of all tires. When the low
tire pressure warning light is lit, and the “Tire
Pressure Low — Add Air” warning appears
on the vehicle information display, one or
more of your tires is significantly underinflated. If the vehicle is being driven with
low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and
warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This system will activate only
when the vehicle is driven at speeds above
16 mph (25 km/h). For additional information, refer to “Warning lights, indicator lights
and audible reminders” in the “Instruments
and controls” section and “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting
and driving” section of this manual.
WARNING
• Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact
the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
• If the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
off the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible.
Driving with underinflated tires may
permanently damage the tires and
increase the likelihood of tire failure.
Serious vehicle damage could occur
and may lead to an accident and
could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all
four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to
the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label to turn the low tire
pressure warning light OFF. If the
light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire
may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, repair it as soon as possible. If no tire is
flat and all tires are properly inflated,
have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
In case of emergency 6-3
• When replacing a wheel without the
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS
will not function and the low tire
pressure warning light will flash for
approximately 1 minute. The light will
remain on after 1 minute. Have your
tires replaced and/or TPMS system
reset as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for these services.
• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
• The Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
Repair Sealant or equivalent can be
used for temporarily repairing a tire.
Do not inject any other tire liquid or
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as
this may cause a malfunction of tire
pressure sensors.
6-4 In case of emergency
• NISSAN recommends using only
Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
Sealant provided with your vehicle.
Other tire sealants may damage the
valve stem seal which can cause the
tire to lose air pressure. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible
after using tire repair sealant (for
models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit).
REPAIRING FLAT TIRE
WARNING
• After using Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor
tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle
at speeds faster than 50 mph (80
km/h).
• Immediately after using the Genuine
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to
repair a minor tire puncture, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer. The Genuine
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant cannot permanently seal a punctured
tire. Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair
can lead to a crash.
• If you used the Genuine NISSAN
Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a
minor tire puncture, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to replace the
TPMS sensor in addition to repairing
or replacing the tire.
• NISSAN recommends using only
Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
Sealant provided with your vehicle.
Other tire sealants may damage the
valve stem seal which can cause the
tire to lose air pressure.
This vehicle does not have a spare tire. The
emergency tire puncture repair kit (Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire.
It can be used to temporarily repair minor
tire punctures.
If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire.
Using the emergency tire puncture repair
kit may cause a malfunction of the tire
pressure sensor and cause the low tire
pressure warning light to illuminate.
CAUTION
• To avoid the emergency tire puncture
kit being damaged during storage or
use:
– Only use the emergency tire puncture repair kit on your vehicle. Do
not use it on other vehicles.
– Only use the kit to inflate the tires
of your vehicle and to check the
vehicle’s tire pressure.
– Only plug the compressor into a
12-volt DC car power point.
– Keep the kit free of water and dirt.
– Do not disassemble or modify the
kit.
– Do not drop the kit or allow hard
impacts to the kit.
• Do not use the emergency tire puncture repair kit under the following
conditions. It is recommended that
you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer
or
professional
road
assistance.
– when the sealant has passed its
expiration date (shown on the label attached to the bottle)
– when the cut or the puncture is
approximately 0.25 in (6 mm) or
longer
– when the tire sidewall is damaged
– when the vehicle has been driven
with extremely low tire pressure
– when the tire has come off the inside or the outside of the wheel
– when the tire wheel is damaged
– when two or more tires are flat
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
below.
Stopping the vehicle
7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away
from traffic and clear of the vehicle.
WARNING
• Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the vehicle is
placed into the P (Park) position.
• Never repair tires when the vehicle is
on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This
is hazardous.
• Never repair tires if oncoming traffic
is close to your vehicle. Wait for professional road assistance.
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
away from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
3. Park on a level surface and apply the
parking brake.
4. Push the P (Park) position switch on the
shift lever to the P (Park) position.
5. Turn off the EV system.
6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and
to signal professional road assistance
personnel that you need assistance.
In case of emergency 6-5
Before using emergency tire
puncture repair kit
• If any foreign object (for example, a screw
or nail) is embedded in the tire, do not
remove it.
• Check the expiration date of the sealant
(shown on the label attached to the
bottle). Never use a sealant whose expiration date has passed.
Repairing tire
WARNING
LCE2426
Getting emergency tire puncture
repair kit
Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit located in the cargo area. The repair
kit consists of the following items:
1 Tire sealant bottle
O
2 Air compressor*
O
3 Speed restriction sticker
O
* The compressor shape may differ depending on the models.
6-6 In case of emergency
Observe the following precautions
when using the tire repair compound.
• Swallowing the compound is dangerous. Immediately drink as much
water as possible and seek prompt
medical assistance.
• Rinse well with lots of water if the
compound comes into contact with
skin or eyes. If irritation persists, seek
prompt medical attention.
• Keep the repair compound out of the
reach of children.
• The emergency repair compound
may cause a malfunction of the tire
pressure sensors and cause the low
tire pressure warning light to illuminate. Have the tire pressure sensor
replaced as soon as possible.
LCE2387
SCE0869
1. Take out the speed restriction sticker
from the air compressor, then put it in a
location where the driver can see it while
driving.
4. Remove the cap from the tire valve on
the flat tire.
CAUTION
Do not put the speed restriction label on
the steering wheel pad, the speedometer or the warning light locations.
1 and the power plug O
2
2. Take the hose O
out of the air compressor. Remove the
cap of the bottle holder from the air
compressor.
SCE0868
3. Remove the cap from the tire sealant
bottle. Leave the bottle seal intact.
Screw the bottle clockwise into the
bottle holder to pierce the seal of the
bottle.
In case of emergency 6-7
NOTE:
The compressor tire pressure gauge
may show a pressure reading of 87 psi
(600 kPa) for about 30 seconds while inflating the tire. The pressure gauge is indicating the pressure inside the sealant
can. When the sealant has been injected
into the tire the pressure gauge will drop
and indicate actual tire pressure.
WARNING
SCE0870
A
5. Remove the protective cap O
of the
hose and screw the hose securely onto
the tire valve. Make sure that the presB is securely tightsure release valve O
ened. Make sure that the air compressor
switch is in the OFF (O) position, and
then insert the power plug into the
power outlet in the vehicle.
SCE0871
6. Push the power switch to the ACC position. Then turn the compressor switch
to the ON (−) position and inflate the tire
up to the pressure that is specified on
the Tire and Loading Information label
affixed to the driver’s side center pillar if
possible, or to the minimum of 26 psi
(180 kPa). Turn the air compressor off
briefly in order to check the tire pressure
with the pressure gauge.
If the tire is inflated to higher than the
specified pressure, lower the tire pressure by releasing air with the pressure
release valve.
6-8 In case of emergency
To avoid serious personal injury while
using the emergency tire puncture repair kit:
• Securely tighten the compressor
hose to the tire valve. Failure to do so
can cause the sealant to spray into
the air and get into your eyes or on
the skin.
• Do not stand directly beside the
damaged tire while it is being inflated because of the risk of the rupture. If there are any cracks or bumps,
turn
the
compressor
off
immediately.
If the tire pressure does not increase to 26
psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, the tire
may be seriously damaged and the tire
cannot be repaired with this tire repair
kit. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
7. When the tire pressure is at the specified
amount, turn the air compressor off. If
the tire cannot be inflated to the specified amount, the air compressor can be
turned off at the minimum of 26 psi (180
kPa). Remove the power plug from the
power outlet and quickly remove the
hose from the tire valve. Attach the protective cap and valve cap. Properly stow
the emergency tire puncture repair kit in
the cargo area.
CAUTION
To avoid serious personal injury when
stowing the emergency tire puncture
repair kit:
• Keep the sealant bottle screwed into
the compressor. Failure to do so can
cause the sealant to spray into the air
and get into your eyes or on the skin.
8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed below
50 mph (80 km/h).
9. After driving, make sure that the air
compressor switch is in the OFF position, then screw the hose securely onto
the tire valve. Check the tire pressure
with the pressure gauge. Temporary repair is completed if the tire pressure
does not drop.
Make sure the pressure is adjusted to
the pressure that is specified on the Tire
and Loading Information label before
driving.
10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the
steps from 5 to 9. If the pressure drops
again or under 19 psi (130 kPa), the tire
cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit. If the tire cannot be repaired,
the driver should not drive on it any
further. The car should be towed to the
nearest dealership.
The sealant bottle and hose cannot be
reused to repair another punctured tire.
It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to purchase replacements.
After repairing tire
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for tire repair/
replacement as soon as possible.
WARNING
• After using Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor
tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle
at speeds faster than 50 mph (80
km/h).
• Immediately after using Genuine
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to
repair a minor tire puncture, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer. The Genuine
NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant cannot permanently seal a punctured
tire. Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair
can lead to a crash.
• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol
tire sealant into the tires, as this may
cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.
• If you used the Genuine NISSAN
Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a
minor tire puncture, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to replace the
TPMS sensor in addition to repairing
or replacing the tire.
In case of emergency 6-9
JUMP STARTING
• NISSAN recommends using only
Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire
Sealant provided with your vehicle.
Other tire sealants may damage the
valve stem seal which can cause the
tire to lose air pressure.
To start your EV system with a booster battery, the instructions and precautions below must be followed.
Jump starting provides power to the 12volt system to allow the electrical systems
to operate. The electrical systems must be
operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be
charged. Jump starting does not charge
the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must
be charged before the vehicle can be
driven.
WARNING
• If done incorrectly, jump starting can
lead to a 12-volt battery explosion,
resulting in severe injury or death. It
could also damage your vehicle.
• Explosive hydrogen gas is always
present in the vicinity of the 12-volt
battery. Keep all sparks and flames
away from the 12-volt battery.
• Do not allow battery fluid to come
into contact with eyes, skin, clothing
or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a
corrosive sulfuric acid solution that
can cause severe burns. If the fluid
comes into contact with anything,
immediately flush the contacted
area with water.
6-10 In case of emergency
• Keep the 12-volt battery out of the
reach of children.
• The booster battery must be rated at
12 volt. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle.
• Whenever working on or near a 12volt battery, always wear suitable
eye protectors (for example, goggles
or industrial safety spectacles) and
remove rings, metal bands, or any
other jewelry. Do not lean over the
12-volt battery when jump starting.
• Do not attempt to jump start a frozen
battery. It could explode and cause
serious injury.
• Your vehicle has an automatic cooling fan. It could come on at any time.
Keep hands and other objects away
from it.
• Always follow the instructions below.
Failure to do so could result in damage to the DC/DC converter and
cause personal injury.
• Do not attempt to perform a jump
start on the 12-volt battery at the
same time that the Li-ion battery is
being charged. Doing so may damage the vehicle or charging equipment and could cause an injury.
CAUTION
LEAF cannot be used as a booster vehicle because it cannot supply enough
power to start a gasoline engine. However, a gasoline engine vehicle can be
used to jump start LEAF's 12-volt battery.
LCE2388
1. If the booster battery is in another veB , position the two vehicles (O
A )
hicle O
B ) to bring their 12-volt batteries
and O
into close proximity to each other.
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
2. Apply the parking brake.
If the 12-volt battery is discharged, the
power switch cannot be moved from
the OFF position. Connect the jumper
B becables to the booster vehicle O
fore pushing the power switch.
3. Push the P (Park) position switch to
place the vehicle in the P (Park) position.
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (headlights, heater, air conditioner,
etc.).
5. Place the power switch in the OFF
position.
6. Ensure vent caps are level and tight.
7. Connect jumper cables in the sequence
1 →O
2 →O
3 →O
4 ).
as illustrated (O
In case of emergency 6-11
IF THE LI-ION BATTERY BECOMES
COMPLETELY DISCHARGED
CAUTION
• Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (−) to body
ground (for example, as illustrated),
not to the 12-volt battery.
• Make sure the jumper cables do not
touch moving parts in the motor
compartment and that the cable
clamps do not contact any other
metal.
8. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
B .
O
B engine is
9. While the booster vehicle O
running, place the EV system in the
READY to drive position.
CAUTION
If the system does not start right away,
push the power switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying
again.
10. After starting your EV system, carefully
disconnect the negative cable and
4 → O
3 → O
2
then the positive cable (O
1 ) and keep in the READY to drive
→O
position over 20 minutes to charge the
12-volt battery.
6-12 In case of emergency
11. If necessary, connect the vehicle to a
charging station or EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) to charge the
Li-ion battery. For additional information, refer to the “Charging” section. The
vehicle cannot be driven until the Li-ion
battery is charged.
12. After jump starting your vehicle it is recommended you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer to have the 12V battery
tested.
NOTE:
If it is not possible to turn the system ON
by following this procedure, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer immediately.
If the power limitation indicator light
illuminates, the traction motor output is
limited resulting in reduced vehicle speed.
Stop the vehicle in a safe location before
the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged and no power is available to drive
the vehicle. Contact Roadside assistance;
refer to a NISSAN Warranty Information
Booklet.
If possible, place the power switch in the
OFF position while waiting for assistance to
prevent discharging the 12-volt battery.
NOTE:
If the Li-ion battery becomes completely
discharged:
• The vehicle is automatically placed in
the ON position and it will not be possible to switch to the READY to drive
position.
• The vehicle is automatically switched
to the N (Neutral) position and it will not
be possible to drive the vehicle.
WARNING
If the vehicle is in the N (Neutral) position and the Li-ion battery and the 12volt battery become completely discharged, the vehicle cannot be placed
in the P (Park) position. If this occurs,
place suitable blocks at both the front
and back of a wheel to prevent the vehicle from moving. Failure to block a
wheel may allow the vehicle to move
unexpectedly which may result in serious personal injury or death.
To place the vehicle in the READY to drive
position so the vehicle can be driven,
charge the Li-ion battery until the driving
range on the instrument panel changes
from “---” to a numeric distance.
NOTE:
• Some vibration may occur when the
vehicle is stopped in case the Li-ion
battery becomes completely discharged. This is not the malfunction of
the system.
• If the Li-ion battery is completely discharged, it is required to charge until
the low battery charge warning light
turns off (white) from on (yellow).
PUSH STARTING
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
Do not attempt to start the system by
pushing the vehicle.
When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in Canada) and local regulations for
towing must be followed.
CAUTION
An EV cannot be push-started or towstarted. Attempting to do so may cause
traction motor damage.
Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are
available from a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer. Local service operators are familiar
with the applicable laws and procedures
for towing. To assure proper towing and to
prevent accidental damage to your vehicle,
NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully
read the following precautions.
WARNING
• Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.
• Never get under your vehicle after it
has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
• When towing, make sure that the axles, steering system and power train
are in working condition. If any unit is
damaged, dollies must be used.
• Always attach safety chains before
towing.
In case of emergency 6-13
For additional information about towing
your vehicle behind a Recreational Vehicle
(RV), refer to “Flat towing” in the “Technical
and consumer information” section of this
manual.
LCE2389
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
NISSAN
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the
ground or that the vehicle be placed on a
flatbed truck as illustrated.
6-14 In case of emergency
CAUTION
• Never tow with the front wheels on
the ground or four wheels on the
ground (forward or backward), as
this may cause serious and expensive damage to the motor.
• When towing this vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground (if you do
not use towing dollies): Always release the parking brake.
NOTE:
If your vehicle cannot be moved because
the vehicle cannot be shifted to the N
(Neutral) position, please refer to the
LEAF Roadside Assistance Guide which is
located at www.NISSANUSA.com. If your
vehicle cannot be moved because the
parking brake cannot be released, refer
to “Parking brake” in the “Starting and
driving” section of this manual.
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a
stuck vehicle)
WARNING
To avoid vehicle damage, serious personal injury or death when recovering a
stuck vehicle:
• Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have
any questions regarding the recovery procedure.
• Tow chains or cables must be attached only to main structural members of the vehicle.
• Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to
tow or free a stuck vehicle.
• Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
• Always pull the recovery device
straight out from the front of the vehicle. Never pull at an angle.
• Route recovery devices so they do
not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point.
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,
etc., use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the recovery device.
3. Turn the steering wheel left and right to
clear an area around the front tires.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and
backward.
• Shift back and forth between the R
(Reverse) and D (Drive) positions.
• Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion.
• Release the accelerator pedal before
shifting between R (Reverse) and D
(Drive).
• Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55
km/h).
5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few
tries, contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle.
Rocking a stuck vehicle
If the vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,
etc., try to free it by following the procedure
below.
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control
(VDC) system.
2. Make sure the area in front and behind
the vehicle is clear of obstructions.
In case of emergency 6-15
MEMO
6-16 In case of emergency
7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aluminum alloy wheels (if so equipped) . . . . . . .
Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2
7-2
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-4
7-4
7-4
7-4
Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Most common factors contributing to
vehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental factors influence the
rate of corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . .
7-5
7-5
7-6
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-7
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of
your vehicle, it is important to take proper
care of it.
To protect the paint surfaces, wash your
vehicle as soon as you can:
• After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain.
• After driving on coastal roads.
• When contaminants such as soot, bird
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or
bugs get on the paint surface.
• When dust or mud builds up on the surface.
Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in
a shady area or protect the vehicle with a
body cover.
Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the
body cover.
7-2 Appearance and care
WASHING
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge
and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle
soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot)
water.
CAUTION
• Do not concentrate water spray directly on the sonar sensors (if so
equipped) on the bumper as this will
result in damage to the sensors. Do
not use pressure washers capable of
spraying water over 1,200 psi (8,274
kPa) to wash your vehicle. Use of
high-pressure washers over 1,200 psi
(8,274 kPa) can result in damage to or
removal of paint or graphics. Avoid
using a high-pressure washer closer
than 12 inches (30 cm) to the vehicle.
Always use a wide-angle nozzle only,
keep the nozzle moving and do not
concentrate the water spray on any
one area.
• Do not use car washes that use acid
in the detergent. Some car washes,
especially brushless ones, use some
acid for cleaning. The acid may react
with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This
could affect their appearance, and
also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with your
car wash to confirm that acid is not
used.
• Do not wash the vehicle with strong
household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents.
• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot,
as the surface may become
water-spotted.
• Avoid using tight-napped or rough
cloths, such as washing mitts. Care
must be taken when removing
caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not
scratched or damaged.
Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of
clean water.
Inside flanges, seams and folds on the
doors, hatches and hood are particularly
vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be regularly
cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in
the lower edge of the door are open. Spray
water under the body and in the wheel
wells to loosen the dirt and wash away
road salt.
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the
vehicle.
WAXING
Regular waxing protects the paint surface
and helps retain new vehicle appearance.
Polishing is recommended to remove
built-up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax.
A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can assist
you in choosing the proper product.
• Wax your vehicle only after a thorough
washing. Follow the instructions supplied
with the wax.
• Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners
that may damage the vehicle finish.
Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish
may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.
REMOVING SPOTS
Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,
insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible
from the paint surface to avoid lasting
damage or staining. Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer or any automotive accessory
stores.
UNDERBODY
In areas where road salt is used in winter,
the underbody must be cleaned regularly.
This will prevent dirt and salt from building
up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension.
Before the winter period and again in the
spring, the underseal must be checked
and, if necessary, re-treated.
GLASS
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and
dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film
after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun.
Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily
remove this film.
CAUTION
When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools,
abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based
disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the electrical conductors, radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements.
WHEELS
Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle
to maintain their appearance.
• Clean the inner side of the wheels when
the wheel is changed or the underside of
the vehicle is washed.
• Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or
corrosion. Such damage may cause loss
of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
• NISSAN recommends that the road
wheels be waxed to protect against road
salt in areas where it is used during winter.
CAUTION
Do not use abrasive cleaners when
washing the wheels.
Appearance and care 7-3
CLEANING INTERIOR
ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS (if so
equipped)
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in
a mild soap solution, especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used.
Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed.
CAUTION
Follow the directions below to avoid
staining or discoloring the wheels:
• Do not use a cleaner that uses strong
acid or alkali contents to clean the
wheels.
• Do not apply wheel cleaners to the
wheels when they are hot. The wheel
temperature should be the same as
ambient temperature.
• Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes
after the cleaner is applied.
CHROME PARTS
Clean chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.
7-4 Appearance and care
TIRE DRESSING
NISSAN does not recommend the use of
tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a
coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound
may come off the tire while driving and
stain the vehicle paint.
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the
following precautions:
• Use a water-based tire dressing. The
coating on the tire dissolves more easily
with an oil-based tire dressing.
• Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help
prevent it from entering the tire tread/
grooves (where it would be difficult to remove).
• Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry
towel. Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread/
grooves.
• Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by the tire dressing manufacturer.
Occasionally remove loose dust from the
interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a
vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe
the vinyl and leather surfaces (if so
equipped) with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean
with a dry soft cloth.
Regular care and cleaning is required in
order to maintain the appearance of the
leather (if so equipped).
Before using any fabric protector, read the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Some
fabric protectors contain chemicals that
may stain or bleach the seat material.
Use a cloth dampened only with water to
clean the meter and gauge lens.
WARNING
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot
steam cleaners) on the seat. This can
damage the seat or occupant classification sensor (weight sensor). This can
also affect the operation of the air bag
system and result in serious personal
injury.
CAUTION
• Never use benzine, thinner, or any
similar material.
• Small dirt particles can be abrasive
and damaging to the leather surfaces (if so equipped) and should be
removed promptly. Do not use saddle
soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or
ammonia-based cleaners as they
may damage the leather’s natural
finish.
• Never use fabric protectors unless
recommended by the manufacturer.
• Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on
meter or gauge lens covers. It may
damage the lens cover.
AIR FRESHENERS
Most air fresheners use a solvent that
could affect the vehicle interior. If you use
an air freshener, take the following precautions:
• Hanging-type air fresheners can cause
permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air
freshener in a location that allows it to
hang free and not contact an interior surface.
• Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on
the vents. These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration
when spilled on interior surfaces.
Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions before using air fresheners.
LPD2378
FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)
WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference
that may result in a collision, injury or
death:
• NEVER place a floor mat on top of
another floor mat in the driver front
position or install them upside down
or backwards.
• Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats,
or equivalent floor mats, that are
specifically designed for use in your
vehicle model and model year.
Appearance and care 7-5
• Properly position the mats in the
floorwell using the floor mat positioning hook. For additional information, refer to "Floor mat installation"
in this section.
• Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation.
• Periodically check the floor mats to
make sure they are properly
installed.
• After cleaning the vehicle interior,
check the floor mats to make sure
they are properly installed.
The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can
extend the life of your vehicle carpet and
make it easier to clean the interior. Mats
should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn.
Floor mat installation
Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat positioning hook(s). The number and shape of
the floor mat positioning hooks for each
seating position varies depending on the
vehicle.
7-6 Appearance and care
When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats,
follow the installation instructions provided
with the mat and the following:
1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so
that the floor mat grommet holes are
aligned with the hook(s).
2. Secure the grommet holes into the
hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat is
properly positioned.
3. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation. With the
power switch in the OFF position, the
selector lever in the P (Park) position fully
apply and release all pedals. The floor
mat must not interfere with pedal operation or prevent the pedal from returning to its normal position.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for details about installing the floor mats in your vehicle.
LVA0002X
Positioning hooks
The illustration shows the location of floor
mat positioning hooks.
SEAT BELTS
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping
them with a sponge dampened in a mild
soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them.
For additional information, refer to “Seat
belts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system” section of
this manual.
CORROSION PROTECTION
WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in
the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or
chemical solvents to clean the seat
belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing.
MOST COMMON FACTORS
CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE
CORROSION
• The accumulation of moisture-retaining
dirt and debris in body panel sections,
cavities, and other areas.
• Damage to paint and other protective
coatings caused by gravel and stone
chips or minor traffic accidents.
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
INFLUENCE THE RATE OF
CORROSION
Moisture
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on
the vehicle body underside can accelerate
corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry
completely inside the vehicle, and should
be removed for drying to avoid floor panel
corrosion.
Relative humidity
Temperature
A temperature increase will accelerate the
rate of corrosion to those parts which are
not well ventilated.
Air pollution
Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in
the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt
use will accelerate the corrosion process.
Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces.
PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM
CORROSION
• Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep
the vehicle clean.
• Always check for minor damage to the
paint and repair it as soon as possible.
• Keep drain holes at the bottom of the
doors open to avoid water accumulation.
• Check the underbody for accumulation
of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with
water as soon as possible.
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of
high relative humidity, especially those areas where the temperatures stay above
freezing, where atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used.
Appearance and care 7-7
CAUTION
• NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose.
Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
• Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
Chemicals used for road surface deicing
are extremely corrosive. They accelerate
corrosion and deterioration of underbody
components such as the brake lines, brake
cables, floor pan and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be
cleaned periodically.
For additional protection against rust and
corrosion, which may be required in some
areas, it is recommended that you consult
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
7-8 Appearance and care
8 Maintenance and do-it yourself
Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Explanation of maintenance items . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Motor compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11
12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Nissan Intelligent Key® battery replacement . . . . 8-22
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28
Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35
Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36
Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37
Emergency tire puncture repair kit . . . . . . . . . . 8-39
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT
Your new NISSAN has been designed to
have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save
you both time and money. However, some
day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN’s fine mechanical condition, and its Electric Vehicle
(EV) system performance.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure
that the scheduled maintenance, and general maintenance, is performed.
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one
who can ensure that your vehicle receives
the proper maintenance care. You are a
vital link in the maintenance chain.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
For your convenience, both required and
optional scheduled maintenance items
are described and listed in your “NISSAN
Service and Maintenance Guide”. You must
refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your
NISSAN at regular intervals.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
General maintenance includes those items
which should be checked during normal
day-to-day operation. They are essential
for proper vehicle operation. It is your re-
8-2 Maintenance and do-it yourself
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
sponsibility to perform these procedures
regularly as prescribed.
Performing general maintenance checks
requires minimal mechanical skill and only
a few general automotive tools.
These checks or inspections can be done
by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you
prefer, a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE
If maintenance service is required or your
vehicle appears to malfunction, have the
systems checked and serviced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up-to-date with the
latest service information through technical bulletins, service tips, and in-dealership
information systems. They are completely
qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before work begins.
You can be confident that a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer’s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle — in a
reliable and economical way.
During the normal day-to-day operation of
the vehicle, general maintenance should
be performed regularly as prescribed in
this section. If you detect any unusual
sounds, vibrations or smell, be sure to
check for the cause or have a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer do it promptly. In addition,
it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer if you think that repairs are required.
When performing any checks or maintenance work, refer to “Maintenance precautions” in this section.
EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE
ITEMS
Additional information on the following
items with “*” is found in this section.
Outside vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should
be performed from time to time, unless
otherwise specified.
Doors and motor hood: Check that all
doors and the motor hood operate properly. Also ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins,
rollers and links if necessary. Make sure
that the secondary latch keeps the motor
hood from opening when the primary latch
is released.
When driving in areas using road salt or
other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular
basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop
lights, tail lights, turn signal lights and other
lights are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check the aim of the
headlights.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking the tires, make sure that no wheel nuts
are missing, and check for any loose wheel
nuts. Tighten if necessary.
Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge
often and always prior to long distance
trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all
tires to the pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
transmitter components: Replace the
TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core
and cap when the tires are replaced due to
wear or age.
Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle pulls to either side while driving on a
straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a
need for wheel alignment.
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at
normal highway speeds, wheel balancing
may be needed.
For additional information regarding tires,
refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in
the Warranty Information Booklet.
Windshield: Clean the windshield on a
regular basis. Check the windshield at least
every six months for cracks or other damage. Have a damaged windshield repaired
by a qualified repair facility.
Wiper blades*: Check for cracks or wear if
they do not wipe properly.
Inside vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should
be checked on a regular basis, such as
when performing scheduled maintenance,
cleaning the vehicle, etc.
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for
smooth operation and make sure that the
pedal does not catch or require uneven
effort. Keep the floor mat away from the
pedal.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes
down further than normal, the pedal feels
spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer
to stop, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer immediately.
Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull
the vehicle to one side when applied.
Electric shift P (Park) position mechanism: On a steep hill, check that the vehicle
is held securely while the vehicle is in the P
(Park) position without applying the brakes.
Parking brake: Check the parking brake
operation regularly. The vehicle should be
securely held on a steep hill with only the
parking brake applied. If the parking brake
cannot keep a vehicle position, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
Seat: Check seat position controls such as
the seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc.
to ensure that they operate smoothly and
that all latches lock securely in every position. Check that the head restraints/
headrests move up and down smoothly
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-3
and that the locks (if so equipped) hold
securely in all latched positions.
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat
belt system (for example, buckles, anchors,
adjusters and retractors) operate properly
and smoothly, and are installed securely.
Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,
wear or damage.
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the
steering conditions, such as excessive free
play, hard steering or strange noises.
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure
that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly.
Windshield defroster: Check that the air
emits from the defroster outlets properly
and in sufficient quantity when operating
the heater or air conditioner.
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check
that the wipers and washers operate properly and that the wipers do not streak.
of the filler opening. Vehicles operated in
high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the 12–volt
battery fluid level.
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions
such as:
1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the EV system is not
running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD
players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to
be charged to maintain battery health.
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake
fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines
on the reservoir.
The maintenance items listed here should
be checked periodically.
Coolant level*: Check the coolant level
when the high voltage parts are cold. Make
sure that the coolant level is between the
MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.
12-volt battery (except for maintenance
free batteries)*: Check the fluid level in
each cell. The fluid should be at the bottom
Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for
water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle
has been parked for a while. Water dripping
Under hood and vehicle
8-4 Maintenance and do-it yourself
from the air conditioner after use is normal.
If you should notice any leaks, check for
cause and have it corrected immediately.
Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the
radiator and clean off any dirt, insects,
leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.
Make sure that the hoses have no cracks,
deformation, rot or loose connections.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently
exposed to corrosive substances such as
those used on icy roads or to control dust. It
is very important to remove these substances, otherwise rust will form on the
floor pan and frame. At the end of winter,
the underbody should be thoroughly
flushed with plain water, being careful to
clean those areas where mud and dirt may
accumulate. For additional information, refer to “Cleaning exterior” in the “Appearance
and care” section of this manual.
Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that
there is an adequate amount of fluid in the
reservoir.
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take
care to prevent serious accidental injury to
yourself or damage to the vehicle. The following are general precautions that should
be closely observed.
WARNING
• The EV system uses high voltage up
to approximately DC 400 volt. The
system can be hot during and after
starting and when the vehicle is shut
off. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature. Obey
the labels that are attached to the
vehicle.
• Never disassemble, remove or replace high-voltage parts and cables
as well as their connectors. Highvoltage cables are colored orange.
• Disassembling, removing or replacing those parts or cables can cause
severe burns or electric shock that
may result in serious injury or death.
The vehicle high-voltage system has
no user serviceable parts. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for any necessary
maintenance.
• Park the vehicle on a level surface,
apply the parking brake securely and
chock the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. Push the P (Park)
position switch on the shift lever or
place the vehicle into the N (Neutral)
position.
• If you must work with the EV (Electric
Vehicle) system is turned on, keep
hands, clothing, hair and tools away
from moving fans and any other
moving parts.
• Make sure that the power switch is in
the OFF or LOCK position when performing any part replacement or
repairs.
• It is advisable to secure or remove
any loose clothing and remove any
jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.
before working on your vehicle.
• Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle.
• Never get under the vehicle while it is
supported only by a jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.
• Keep smoking materials, flames and
sparks away from the 12-volt battery.
CAUTION
• Do not work under the hood while
the motor compartment is hot. Push
the power switch in the OFF position
and wait until it cools down.
• Avoid direct contact with used coolant. Improperly disposed coolant
and/or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment. Always conform to local regulations for the disposal of vehicle fluids.
• Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the power switch is in the
ON position.
• Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic cooling fan. It may come on
at any time without warning, even if
the power switch is not in the ACC, ON
or READY to drive position. To avoid
injury, always disconnect the negative 12-volt battery cable before
working near the fan.
• Before performing any electrical
maintenance work on the vehicle
such as the battery, fuses or bulb replacement, confirm the following:
– The charge connector is removed
from the vehicle.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-5
– The Climate Ctrl. Timer is not active or operating. For additional
information, refer to “Climate Ctrl.
Timer” in the “Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition
systems” section of this manual.
– The 12-volt battery is not being
charged by the Li-ion battery and
that all charging status indicator
lights are off. For additional information, refer to “Charging the 12volt battery” in the “EV overview”
section and “Charging status indicator lights” in the “Charging” section of this manual.
• The power switch is in the OFF position. Place the power switch in the ON
position and then in the OFF position
to prevent the 12-volt battery automatically being charged by the Li-ion
battery. For additional information,
refer to “Charging the 12-volt battery” in the “EV overview” section of
this manual.
The “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section gives instructions regarding only
those items that are relatively easy for an
owner to perform.
8-6 Maintenance and do-it yourself
A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
available. For additional information, refer
to “Owner’s manual/service manual order
information” in the “Technical and consumer information” section of this manual.
You should be aware that incomplete or
improper servicing may result in operating
difficulties and could affect your warranty
coverage. If in doubt about any servicing,
it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
MOTOR COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
1. Fuse/Fusible link holder
2. Brake fluid reservoir
3. 12-volt battery
4. Fuse holder
5. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir
6. Fuse/Fusible link holder
7. Coolant reservoir cap
LDI3464
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-7
COOLING SYSTEM
The cooling system is filled at the factory
with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
and 50% water to provide year-round antifreeze and coolant protection. The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion
inhibitors. Additional cooling system additives are not necessary.
WARNING
• Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the motor compartment is
hot. Wait until the motor compartment cools down.
• The coolant reservoir is equipped
with a pressure type coolant reservoir cap. To prevent damage to the
motor compartment, use only a
Genuine NISSAN coolant reservoir
cap.
CAUTION
• Never use any additives in the coolant such as radiator sealer in the
cooling system. This may cause
damage to electrical equipment
such as the motor and inverter.
8-8 Maintenance and do-it yourself
• When adding or replacing coolant, be
sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN
Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)
or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is prediluted to provide antifreeze protection to −34°F (−37°C) . If additional
freeze protection is needed due to
the weather conditions where you
operate your vehicle, add Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
(blue) concentrate following the directions on the container. If an
equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant (blue) is used, follow the
coolant manufacture's instructions
to maintain minimum antifreeze
protection to −34°F (−37°C). The use
of other types of coolant solutions
other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage the cooling
system.
• The life expectancy of the factory-fill
coolant is 125,000 miles (200,000
km) or 15 years. Mixing any other type
of coolant other than Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
(blue)(or equivalent coolant), including Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the
use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancy of the
factory-filled coolant. For additional
information, refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.
Tighten the cap securely after adding coolant.
For additional information on the location
of the coolant reservoir, refer to “Motor
compartment check locations” in this section.
If the cooling system frequently requires
coolant, it is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
• Avoid direct skin contact with used
coolant. If skin contact is made, wash
thoroughly with soap or hand
cleaner as soon as possible.
• Keep coolant out of reach of children
and pets.
Coolant must be disposed of properly.
Check your local regulations.
CHANGING COOLANT
LDI3145
CHECKING COOLANT LEVEL
Check the coolant level in the reservoir
when the high-voltage parts are cold. If
B ,
the coolant level is below the MIN level O
open the reservoir cap and add coolant up
A . If the reservoir is empty,
to the MAX level O
check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir when the high-voltage parts are
cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the
coolant reservoir, fill the coolant reservoir
with coolant up to the reservoir cap opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the
A .
MAX level O
It is recommended that major cooling system repairs should be performed by a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The service
procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual.
Improper servicing can result in reduced
heater performance.
WARNING
• To avoid the danger of being scalded,
never change the coolant when the
motor compartment is hot.
• Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap when the motor compartment is
hot. Serious burns could be caused
by high-pressure fluid escaping from
the radiator.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-9
REDUCTION GEAR FLUID
BRAKE FLUID
When checking or replacement is required,
it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
For additional brake fluid information, refer
to “Recommended fluids/lubricants and
capacities” in the “Technical and consumer
information” section of this manual.
CAUTION
• Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF.
Do not mix with other fluids.
• Using reduction gear fluid other than
Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will
cause deterioration in driveability
and reduction gear durability, and
may damage the reduction gear,
which is not covered by the NISSAN
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
WARNING
• Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, inferior or contaminated
fluid may damage the brake system.
The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system, and affect the
vehicle’s stopping ability.
• Clean the filler cap before removing.
• Brake fluid is poisonous and should
be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.
CAUTION
Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid
is spilled, immediately wash the surface with water.
8-10 Maintenance and do-it yourself
LDI3143
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the
B or the brake
fluid is below the MIN line O
warning light illuminates, add Genuine
NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or
A .
equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line O
If fluid must be added frequently, the system should be checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID
Add a windshield-washer solvent to the
reservoir for better cleaning. In the winter
season, add a windshield-washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when
driving conditions require an increased
amount of windshield-washer fluid.
• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid
concentrates with water to the
manufacturer’s recommended levels
before pouring the fluid into the
windshield-washer reservoir. Do not
use the windshield-washer reservoir
to mix the windshield-washer fluid
concentrate and water.
Recommended fluid:
Genuine NISSAN Windshield-Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent
CAUTION
LDI3463
Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir
periodically. Add windshield-washer fluid
when the “Low Washer Fluid” message appears on the vehicle information display.
For additional information, refer to “Vehicle
information display warnings and indicators” in the “Instruments and controls” section of this manual.
To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir,
1 and pour the windshieldlift the cap O
washer fluid into the reservoir opening.
• Do not substitute antifreeze coolant
for windshield-washer solution. This
may result in damage to the paint.
• Do not fill the windshield-washer
reservoir with windshield-washer
fluid concentrates at full strength.
Some
methyl
alcohol
based
windshield-washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the
grille if spilled while filling the
windshield-washer reservoir.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-11
12-VOLT BATTERY
LDI3327
• Keep the 12-volt battery surface clean
and dry. Clean the 12-volt battery with a
solution of baking soda and water.
• Make certain the terminal connections
are clean and securely tightened.
8-12 Maintenance and do-it yourself
NOTE:
Care should be taken to avoid situations
that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions
such as:
1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the EV system is not
running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD
players, etc.)
2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or
only driven short distances.
In these cases, the battery may need to
be charged to maintain battery health
WARNING
• Do not expose the 12-volt battery to
flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen
gas generated by the 12-volt battery
is explosive. Do not allow 12-volt battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes,
fabrics or painted surfaces. After
touching a 12-volt battery or 12-volt
battery cap, do not touch or rub your
eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If
the acid contacts your eyes, skin or
clothing, immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek
medical attention.
• Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid
in the 12-volt battery is low. Low 12volt battery fluid can cause a higher
load on the 12-volt battery which can
generate heat, reduce battery life,
and in some cases lead to an
explosion.
• When working on or near a 12-volt
battery, always wear suitable eye
protection and remove all jewelry.
• 12-volt battery posts, terminals and
related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds. Wash hands after
handling.
• Keep the 12-volt battery out of the
reach of children.
WDI0224
1. Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown. Use a cloth to protect
the battery case.
2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it is
necessary to add fluid, add only distilled
water to bring the level up to the bottom
of the filler opening. Do not overfill. Reinstall the vent caps.
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or
under severe conditions require frequent
checks of the 12-volt battery fluid level.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-13
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must
be charged before the vehicle can be
driven.
For additional information, refer to “Jump
starting” in the “In case of emergency” section of this manual. If the power switch
does not switch to the READY to drive position by jump starting, the 12-volt battery
may have to be replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
CLEANING
If your windshield is not clear after using
the windshield washer or if a wiper blade
chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a
washer solution or a mild detergent. Your
windshield is clean if beads do not form
when rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth
soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear after
cleaning the blades and using the wiper,
replace the blades.
CAUTION
Worn windshield wiper blades can
damage the windshield and impair
driver vision.
LDI3181
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting provides power to the 12 volt
system to allow the electrical systems to
operate. The electrical systems must be
operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be
charged. Jump starting does not charge
8-14 Maintenance and do-it yourself
REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
Pulling up the wiper arm
CAUTION
The wiper arm should be in the up position
when replacing the wiper.
Do not operate the windshield wiper
while arm is pulled up. The wiper arm or
hood may be damaged.
Pull up the wiper arm manually or using the
wiper rise-up function (if so equipped).
Wiper rise-up function (if so equipped)
LDI2415
1
To pull up the wiper arm, pull the lever O
within 1 minute after the power switch is
turned off. The wiper operation stops in
mid-operation and wiper arm can be
pulled up.
To lower the wiper arm, place the wiper
arm in the down position and then push
2 up once after the power switch
the lever O
is turned on.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-15
LDI2602
Replacing
A , and move the
1. Push the release tab O
B
wiper blade down the wiper arm O
while pushing the release tab to remove.
2. Insert the new wiper blade onto the
wiper arm until a click sounds.
3. Rotate the wiper blade so that the
dimple is in the groove.
8-16 Maintenance and do-it yourself
CAUTION
• After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position; otherwise it may be damaged
when the hood is opened.
• Make sure the wiper blades contact
the glass; otherwise the arm may be
damaged from wind pressure.
LDI3152
A .
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle O
This may cause improper windshield
washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged,
remove any objects with a needle or small
B . Be careful not to damage the
pin O
nozzle.
BRAKES
REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer if checking or replacement is required.
If the brakes do not operate properly, have
the brakes checked. It is recommended
that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
WARNING
Do not adjust the height of the brake
pedal. Doing so could alter the effectiveness of the brakes, which could result in a serious accident and personal
injury. If adjustment is required, it is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
Under some driving or climate conditions,
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other
noise may be heard. Occasional brake
noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or
performance of the brake system.
Proper brake inspection intervals should
be followed. For additional information, refer to the maintenance log section of your
NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.
BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING
The disc brake pads have audible wear
warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched
scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur
only when the brake pedal is depressed.
After more wear of the brake pad, the
sound will always be heard even if the
brake pedal is not depressed. Have the
brakes checked as soon as possible if the
wear warning sound is heard.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-17
FUSES
3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder
cover by pushing the tab and lifting the
cover from the right side, and then the
left side.
4. Locate the fuse that needs to be
replaced.
5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller
located in the passenger compartment
fuse box.
LDI3475
MOTOR COMPARTMENT
WARNING
• Never touch, disassemble, remove or
replace the high-voltage parts and
cables, as well as their connectors.
High-voltage cables are colored orange. Touching, disassembling, removing or replacing those parts and
cables can cause severe burns or
electric shock that may result in serious injury or death.
8-18 Maintenance and do-it yourself
• Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified
on the fuse box cover. This could
damage the electrical system or
electronic control units or cause a
fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.
1. Confirm that the power switch and the
headlight switch are turned off.
2. Open the hood.
LDI3328
LDI3331
6. If the fuse is open
B .
new fuse O
A , replace it with a
O
7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked, and if necessary, repaired. It is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this
service.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-19
LDI3476
Fusible links
If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition,
1 ,O
2
check the fusible links in the holders O
3 . If any of these fusible links are
and O
melted, replace only with Genuine NISSAN
parts.
For checking and replacing the fusible links
1 , O
2 and O
3 , it is recomin the holders O
mended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer for this service.
8-20 Maintenance and do-it yourself
LVM0007X
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on
the fuse box cover. This could damage
the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.
LDI3328
A , replace it with a
O
If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.
5. If the fuse is open
B .
new fuse O
1. Make sure that the power switch and the
headlight switch are turned off.
6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked, and if necessary
repaired. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for
this service.
2. Insert a screwdriver wrapped with the
C into the slit O
1 .
cloth O
Use a cloth
cover.
C
O
to protect the fuse box
3. Then pull to remove the fuse box cover
2 .
O
3 .
4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller O
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-21
NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® BATTERY
REPLACEMENT
CAUTION
LDI3205
Extended storage switch
If any electrical equipment does not operate, remove the extended storage switch
and check for an open fuse.
NOTE:
The extended storage switch is used for
long term vehicle storage. Even if the extended storage switch is broken it is not
necessary to replace it. Replace only the
open fuse in the switch with a new one.
How to replace the extended storage
switch:
1. To remove the extended storage switch,
be sure the power switch is in the OFF
position.
2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the
OFF position.
3. Remove the fuse box cover.
1 and O
2 found
4. Pinch the locking tabs O
on each side of the storage switch.
5. Pull the storage switch straight out from
3 .
the fuse box O
8-22 Maintenance and do-it yourself
• Be careful not to allow children to
swallow the battery and removed
parts.
• An improperly disposed battery can
harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery
disposal.
• When changing batteries, do not let
dust or oil get on the components.
• There is danger of explosion if the
lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same
or equivalent type.
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of
the corner and twist it to separate the
upper part from the lower part. Use a
cloth to protect the casing.
3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:
CR2025 or equivalent
• Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.
• Hold the battery by the edges. Holding
the battery across the contact points
will seriously deplete the storage capacity.
• Make sure that the 丣 side faces the
bottom of the case.
SDI2452
4. Align the tips of the upper and lower
1 , and then push them together
parts O
2 until it is securely closed.
O
5. Operate the buttons to check that it is
functioning properly.
SDI2451
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as
follows:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the
Intelligent Key.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-23
LIGHTS
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with Industry
Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
LDI3149
8-24 Maintenance and do-it yourself
1. Headlight assembly
2. Map light
Replacing the LED headlight bulb
(if so equipped)
5. Rear combination light
If LED headlight bulb replacement is necessary, it is recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
6. Door mirror turn signal light (if so
equipped)
Replacing the halogen headlight
bulb (if so equipped)
7. Cargo light
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type
that uses a headlight (halogen) bulb. If bulb
replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer.
3. Room light
4. High-mounted stop light
8. License plate light
9. Fog light (if so equipped)
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens
of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car
wash. A temperature difference between
the inside and the outside of the lens
causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If
large drops of water collect inside the lens,
it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
HEADLIGHTS
If headlight bulb replacement is required, it
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
CAUTION
• Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of
time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering the headlight body may affect
bulb performance
• High-pressure halogen gas is sealed
inside the halogen bulb. The bulb
may break if the glass envelope is
scratched or the bulb is dropped.
• Only touch the base when handling
the bulb. Never touch the glass envelope. Touching the glass envelope
could significantly affect bulb life
and/or headlight performance.
• Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer for this service.
• Fog may temporarily form inside the
lens of the exterior lights in the rain
or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the
outside of the lens causes the fog. If
large drops of water collect inside
the lens, it is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Use the same number and wattage as
originally installed as shown in the chart.
FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)
For additional information on fog light bulb
replacement, refer to the instruction outlined in this section
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-25
Replacing the fog light bulb
If fog light bulb replacement is required, it is
recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.
EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
Item
Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)*
High*
Low*
Park/Turn signal*
Side marker*
Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)*
High*
Low*
Daytime running (if so equipped)*
Park/Turn signal*
Side marker*
Front fog light (if so equipped)*
Charge port lid light*
Rear combination light
Turn signal
Stop/Tail*
Back-up
Side marker*
License plate light*
Map light*
Door mirror turn signal light (if so equipped)*
High-mounted stop light*
Vanity mirror light*
Glove box light*
Room light*
Cargo light
Wattage (W)
Bulb No.
60
55
28/8
—
HB3
H11
7444NA
—
—
—
—
28/8
—
35
—
—
—
—
7444NA
—
H8
—
21
—
16
—
5
—
—
—
1.8
1.4
8
5
WY21W
—
W16W
—
W5W
—
—
—
—
—
—
W5W
* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement.
NOTE:
Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the
latest information about parts.
8-26 Maintenance and do-it yourself
SDI2306
Replacement procedures
All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E.
When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens
and/or cover.
LDI3144
Cargo light
: REMOVE
: INSTALL
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-27
WHEELS AND TIRES
If you have a flat tire, refer to “Flat tire” in
the “In case of emergency” section.
TIRE PRESSURE
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
WARNING
Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those who
use a pacemaker should contact the
electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before
use.
LDI3243
Rear combination light
1. Remove the rear combination attach3. Turn the bulb sockets and then remove
1 .
3 .
ment bolts O
the bulbs O
2. Pull the rear combination assembly as
2 .
shown in the illustration O
8-28 Maintenance and do-it yourself
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).
It monitors tire pressure of all tires.
When the low tire pressure warning
light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure Low Add Air” warning appears on the vehicle information display, one or
more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
The TPMS will activate only when the
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16
mph (25 km/h). Also, this system
may not detect a sudden drop in tire
pressure (for example a flat tire while
driving).
For additional information, refer to
“Low tire pressure warning light” in
the “Instruments and controls” section, “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” section and “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “In
case of emergency” section of this
manual.
Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure of the tires often
and always prior to long distance
trips. The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the
F.M.V.S.S/C.M.V.S.S certification label
or Tire and Loading Information label under the “Cold Tire Pressure”
heading. The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver
side center pillar. Tire pressures
should be checked regularly because:
• Most tires naturally lose air over
time.
• Tires can lose air suddenly when
driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb
while parking.
Alert” in the “Starting and driving”
section of this manual.
Incorrect tire pressure, including
under inflation, may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling.
WARNING
• Improperly inflated tires can
fail suddenly and cause an
accident.
The tire pressures should be
checked when the tires are cold. The
tires are considered COLD after the
vehicle has been parked for 3 or
more hours, or driven less than 1 mile
(1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert
also provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating
the tires to the recommended COLD
tire pressure. For additional information, refer to “TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-29
• The Gross Vehicle Weight rating
(GVWR) is located on the
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S certification
label. The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and
Loading Information label. Do
not load your vehicle beyond
this capacity. Overloading your
vehicle may result in reduced
tire life, unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure, or unfavorable handling
characteristics and could also
lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of
other vehicle components.
• Before taking a long trip, or
whenever you heavily load
your vehicle, use a tire pressure
gauge to ensure that the tire
pressures are at the specified
level.
8-30 Maintenance and do-it yourself
• For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
6 Vehicle load limit: For additional
O
information, refer to “Vehicle loading
information” in the “Technical and
consumer information” section of
this manual.
LDI2644
Tire and Loading Information
label
1 Seating capacity: The maximum
O
number of occupants that can be
seated in the vehicle.
2 Original size: The size of the tires
O
originally installed on the vehicle at
the factory.
ter the vehicle has been parked for 3
or more hours, or driven less than 1
mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.
The recommended cold tire inflation
is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear,
vehicle handling, driveability, tire
noise, etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR.
4 Tire size — refer to “Tire labeling” in
O
3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires
O
this section.
to this pressure when the tires are
5 Spare tire size or compact spare
cold. Tires are considered COLD af- O
tire size (if so equipped)
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-31
3. Remove the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the
gauge stem and compare it to
the specification shown on the
Tire and Loading Information
label.
SDI1949
Checking tire pressure
1. Remove the valve stem cap from
the tire.
2. Press the pressure gauge securely onto the valve stem. Do not
press too hard or force the valve
stem sideways, otherwise air will
escape. If the hissing sound of air
escaping from the tire is heard
while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate
this leakage.
8-32 Maintenance and do-it yourself
5. Add air to the tire as necessary. If
too much air is added, press the
core of the valve stem briefly with
the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as
necessary.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
7. Check the pressure of all of the
tires.
Front
Original
Tire
Rear
Original
Tire
SIZE
COLD TIRE
INFLATION
PRESSURE
P205/
55R16 89H
P215/50R17
90V
P205/
55R16 89H
P215/50R17
90V
250 kPa,
36 PSI
250 kPa,
36 PSI
3. Two-digit number (60): This number, known as the aspect ratio,
gives the tire’s ratio of height to
width.
4. R: The “R” stands for radial.
5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in
inches.
SDI1575
SDI1606
Example
Example
TIRE LABELING
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires.
This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the
tire identification number (TIN) for
safety standard certification. The TIN
can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1
Tire size (example: P215/60R16
O
94H)
1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles.
(Not all tires have this information.)
2. Three-digit number (215): This
number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall
edge to sidewall edge.
6. Two- or three-digit number (94):
This number is the tire’s load index. It is a measurement of how
much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because it is
not required by law.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should
not drive the vehicle faster than
the tire speed rating.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-33
3 Tire ply composition and material
O
Example
The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which
include steel, nylon, polyester, and
others.
4
O
Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
LDI2786
2
O
TIN (Tire Identification Number)
for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX
XXX XXXX)
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department of Transportation”. The symbol can be placed above, below or
to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number.
2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s
identification mark
3. Two-digit code: Tire size
8-34 Maintenance and do-it yourself
4. Three-digit code: Tire type code
(Optional)
5. Four numbers represent the
week and year the tire was built.
For example, the numbers 3103
means the 31st week of 2003. If
these numbers are missing, then
look on the other sidewall of the
tire.
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure.
5 Maximum load rating
O
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds
that can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”
O
Indicates whether the tire requires
an inner tube (“tube type”) or not
(“tubeless”).
7 The word “radial”
O
The word “radial” is shown, if the tire
has radial structure.
8 Manufacturer or brand name
O
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
Other tire-related terminology:
In addition to the many terms that
are defined throughout this section,
Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the
sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering or bears
manufacturer, brand and/or model
name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same molding on
the other sidewall of the tire, or (2)
the outward facing sidewall of an
asymmetrical tire that has a particu-
lar side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
TYPES OF TIRES
WARNING
• When changing or replacing tires, be
sure all four tires are of the same type
(Example: Summer, All Season or
Snow) and construction. A NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer may be able to
help you with information about tire
type, size, speed rating and
availability.
• Always use tires of the same type,
size, brand, construction and tread
pattern on all four wheels. Failure to
do so may result in a circumference
difference between tires on the front
and rear axles which can cause the
VDC system to malfunction resulting
in personal injury or death, excessive
tie wear and may damage the transmission and differential gears.
• Replacement tires may have a lower
speed rating than the factory
equipped tires, and may not match
the potential maximum vehicle
speed. Never exceed the maximum
speed rating of the tire.
• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
• For additional information regarding
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
All season tires
NISSAN specifies all season tires on some
models to provide good performance all
year, including snowy and icy road conditions. All Season tires are identified by ALL
SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on
the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than All Season tires and
may be more appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
NISSAN specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance
on dry roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and ice.
Summer tires do not have the tire traction
rating M&S on the tire sidewall.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-35
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy
or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the
use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all
four wheels.
Snow tires
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to
select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires. If you do
not, it can adversely affect the safety and
handling of your vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed
ratings than factory equipped tires and
may not match the potential maximum
vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum
speed rating of the tire.
If you install snow tires, they must be the
same size, brand, construction and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S.
states and Canadian provinces prohibit
their use. Check local, state and provincial
laws before installing studded tires. Skid
and traction capabilities of studded snow
tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer
than that of non-studded snow tires.
8-36 Maintenance and do-it yourself
TIRE CHAINS
Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws
before installing tire chains. When installing
tire chains, make sure they are the proper
size for the tires on your vehicle and are
installed according to the chain manufacturer’s suggestions.
Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S”
chains are used on vehicles with restricted
tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can
use Class “S” chains are designed to meet
the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to
accommodate the use of a winter traction
device (tire chains or cables). The minimum
clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size. Other types may
damage your vehicle.
Use chain tensioners when recommended
by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a
tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain
must be secured or removed to prevent
the possibility of whipping action damage
to the fenders or underbody. If possible,
avoid fully loading your vehicle when using
tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced
speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be
damaged and/or vehicle handling and
performance may be adversely affected.
Tire chains must be installed only on the
front wheels and not on the rear wheels.
Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving
with tire chains in such conditions can
cause damage to the various mechanisms
of the vehicle due to some overstress.
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all
times. It is recommended that
wheel nuts be tightened to the
specification at each tire rotation
interval.
WARNING
SDI1662
CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES
Tire rotation
NISSAN recommends rotating the
tires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).
As soon as possible, tighten the
wheel nuts to the specified torque
using a torque wrench.
• After rotating the tires, check
and adjust the tire pressure.
• Retighten the wheel nuts when
the vehicle has been driven for
600 miles (1,000 km) (also in
cases of a flat tire, etc.).
• For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
SDI1663
Tire wear and damage
1 Wear indicator
䊊
2
䊊
Wear indicator location mark
Wheel nut tightening torque:
83 ft-lb (113 N·m)
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-37
WARNING
• Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking,
bulging or objects caught in
the tread. If excessive wear,
cracks, bulging or deep cuts
are found, the tire(s) should be
replaced.
• The original tires have built-in
tread wear indicators. When
wear indicators are visible, the
tire(s) should be replaced.
• Tires degrade with age and
use. Have tires, over 6 years old
checked by a qualified technician, because some tire damage may not be obvious. Replace the tires as necessary to
prevent tire failure and possible personal injury.
8-38 Maintenance and do-it yourself
• For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
Replacing wheels and tires
When replacing a tire, use the same size,
tread design, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. For additional information, refer to “Specifications” in the “Technical and consumer
information” section of this manual for recommended types and sizes of tires and
wheels.
WARNING
• The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires
of different brands, construction
(bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread
patterns can adversely affect the
ride, braking, handling, Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system, ground
clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
tire chain clearance, speedometer
calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects
may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury.
• If your vehicle was originally
equipped with four tires that were
the same size and you are only replacing two of the four tires, install
the new tires on the rear axle. Placing
new tires on the front axle may cause
loss of vehicle control in some driving
conditions and cause an accident
and personal injury.
• If the wheels are changed for any
reason, always replace with wheels
which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a different off-set
could cause premature tire wear, degrade vehicle handling characteristics, affect the VDC system and/or interference with the brake discs. Such
interference can lead to decreased
braking efficiency and/or early brake
pad/shoe wear. For additional information on wheel-off set dimensions,
refer to “Wheels and tires” in the
“Technical and consumer information” section of this manual.
• When replacing a wheel without the
TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS
will not function when a wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not function
and the low tire pressure warning
light will flash for approximately 1
minute. The light will remain on after
1 minute. It is recommended that you
visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer
for this service.
• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
• The TPMS sensor may be damaged if
it is not handled correctly. Be careful
when handling the TPMS sensor.
• When replacing the TPMS sensor, the
ID registration may be required. It is
recommended that you visit a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for ID
registration.
• Do not use a valve stem cap that is
not specified by NISSAN. The valve
stem cap may become stuck.
• Be sure that the valve stem caps are
correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve
may be clogged up with dirt and
cause a malfunction or loss of
pressure.
• Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has
been repaired. Such wheels or tires
could have structural damage and
could fail without warning.
• The use of retread tire is not
recommended.
• For additional information regarding
tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety
Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty
Information Booklet.
Wheel balance
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle
handling and tire life. Even with regular use,
wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,
they should be balanced as required.
Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle.
Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle
could lead to mechanical damage.
For additional information regarding tires,
refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”
(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in
the Warranty Information Booklet.
Care of wheels
For additional information on care of
wheels, refer to “Cleaning exterior” in the
“Appearance and care” section of this
manual.
EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE
REPAIR KIT
The emergency tire puncture repair kit
(Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with
the vehicle instead of a spare tire. It can be
used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures.
Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-39
If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire.
Using the emergency tire puncture repair
kit may cause a malfunction of the tire
pressure sensor and cause the low tire
pressure warning light to illuminate.
For additional information, refer to “Flat tire”
in the “In case of emergency” section of this
manual.
8-40 Maintenance and do-it yourself
9 Technical and consumer information
Recommended fluids/lubricants and
capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Charging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
When traveling or registering in another
country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Vehicle identification number
(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Traction motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S Certification label . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11
Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Telematics overview (models with Navigation
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Telematic Control Unit Gen2K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Additional Data Recording (on vehicles
equipped with optional ProPILOT
Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Owner's Manual/Service Manual order
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Charging information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Cold tire pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/
LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure
described in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (approximate)
Fluid type
Cooling system
coolant
Metric
Measure
US
Measure
Imperial
Measure
Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
With reservoir
5.3 L
5-5/8 qt
4-5/8 qt
Reservoir
0.5 L
1/2 qt
1/2 qt
• Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or
equivalent
Reduction gear fluid
Brake fluid
Multi-purpose grease
1.4 L
1-1/2 qt
1-1/4 qt
Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the “Maintenance and do-ityourself” section.
—
—
• Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF
• Using reduction gear fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF
will cause deterioration in driveability and reduction gear durability,
and may damage the reduction gear, which is not covered by the
NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid* or equivalent DOT 3
*: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN certified LEAF
dealer.
—
• NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
Air conditioning system refrigerant
—
—
—
• HFC-134a (R-134a)
• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner specification
label” in this section.
Air conditioning system lubricants
—
—
—
• With heater pump use NISSAN A/C System Oil ND-OIL11 or equivalent.
• Without heater pump use NISSAN A/C System Oil AE10 or equivalent.
Windshield washer fluid (US)
2.5 L
5/8 gal
1/2 gal
Windshield washer fluid (Canada)
4.5 L
1–1/4 gal
1 gal
9-2 Technical and consumer information
• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze fluid or equivalent
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT
RECOMMENDATIONS
The air conditioning system in your
NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the
refrigerant, HFC-134a (R-134a), and the
compressor oil, ND-OIL11 (with heater
pump), AE10 (without heater pump) or
the equivalent.
The refrigerant, HFC-134a (R-134a), in your
NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s
ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does
not affect the earth’s atmosphere, certain
governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system
service. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer has
the trained technicians and equipment
needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant.
It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
certified LEAF dealer when servicing your
air conditioning system.
CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or oil
will cause severe damage to the air
conditioning system and will require
the replacement of all air conditioner
system components.
Technical and consumer information 9-3
SPECIFICATIONS
CHARGING SYSTEM
Rated input voltage
Rated input frequency
Maximum rated current
Charging modes/Types of connection
Required installation (over current protection)
IP Degree
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Applicable standards
Adapters
9-4 Technical and consumer information
AC120V, 240V (single phase)
60Hz
30A
Mode 2/ Case B (EVSE)
Mode 3/ Case B/C (charging device, public charging station)
Mode 4/ Case C (Quick charge, V2X charge/discharge- if so equipped)
The methods of protection against over current and over voltage shall be in
accordance with national codes. Suitable over current protection devices for
the wiring of houses or buildings shall be installed.
IP44: When the Genuine NISSAN EVSE is connected to the charging port
Same as vehicle operating temperature
Same as vehicle storage temperature
SAE J1772: 2010
EN61851-1: 2011
EN61000-6-1: 2007
EN61851-21: 2002
EN61000-6-3: 2007
IEC61851-1: 2010
IEC61851-21: 2001
Do not use an extension cable or electrical adaptor except for Genuine NISSAN
Adapter.
MOTOR
Model
EM57
WHEELS AND TIRES
Road wheel
Type
Size
Steel
Aluminum
Aluminum
16 × 6 1/2JJ
16 × 6 1/2J
17 × 6 1/2J
Offset in
(mm)
1.57 (40)
1.57 (40)
1.77 (45)
Tire
Tire
All season
All season
Size
P205/55R16 89H
P215/50R17 90V
Technical and consumer information 9-5
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Overall length
Overall length W/Lic Plate
Overall width
Overall width W/OS Mirrors
Overall height (Roof, 40 kWh Battery Model)
16 inch wheels
17 inch wheels
16 inch wheels
17 inch wheels
16 inch wheels
17 inch wheels
16 inch wheels
17 inch wheels
16 inch wheels
17 inch wheels
16 inch wheels
17 inch wheels
Overall height (Roof, 62 kWh Battery Model)
Overall height (Antenna, 40 kWh Battery Model)
Overall height (Antenna, 62 kWh Battery Model)
Front track
Rear track
Wheelbase
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
9-6 Technical and consumer information
Front
Rear
lbs. (kg)
lbs. (kg)
lbs. (kg)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
176.4 (4,480)
176.8 (4,490)
70.5 (1,790)
79.9 (2,029)
60.6 (1,540)
60.8 (1,545)
61.0 (1,550)
61.2 (1,555)
61.5 (1,561)
61.7 (1,567)
61.6 (1,565)
62.0 (1,575)
60.6 (1,540)
60.2 (1,530)
61.2 (1,555)
60.8 (1,545)
106.3 (2,700)
Refer to the F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certification label on the driver’s side center
pillar.
WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING
IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
When planning to travel in another country, you should first find out if the charging
equipment is compatible with that country's electrical system.
When transferring the registration of
your vehicle to another country, state,
province or district, it may be necessary
to modify the vehicle to meet local laws
and regulations.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
safety standards vary according to the
country, state, province or district; therefore, vehicle specifications may differ.
When any vehicle is to be taken into another country, state, province or district
and registered, its modifications, transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that
may result.
LVT0001X
LTI2416
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(VIN) PLATE
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(chassis number)
The vehicle identification number plate is
attached as shown. This number is the
identification for your vehicle and is used in
the vehicle registration.
The vehicle identification number is located as shown.
Remove the cover to access the number.
Technical and consumer information 9-7
LTI2419
LVT0003X
LTI2321
TRACTION MOTOR SERIAL
NUMBER
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S CERTIFICATION
LABEL
EMISSION CONTROL
INFORMATION LABEL
The serial number of the traction motor is
stamped on the traction motor as shown.
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label
contains valuable vehicle information, such
as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month
and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.
The emission control information label is
attached to the underside of the hood as
shown in the illustration.
9-8 Technical and consumer information
INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
LVT0006X
LTI2325
TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION
LABEL
AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION
LABEL
The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label affixed to
the driver's side center pillar as shown.
The air conditioner specification label is attached to the underside of the hood as
shown in the illustration.
LTI2326
To mount the front license plate, attach the
1 to the bumper faslicense plate bracket O
cia at the location marks (small dimples)
using the two provided screws.
Technical and consumer information 9-9
VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
WARNING
• It is extremely dangerous to
ride in the cargo area inside the
vehicle. In a collision, people
riding in these areas are more
likely to be seriously injured or
killed.
• Do not allow people to ride in
any area of your vehicle that is
not equipped with seats and
seat belts.
• Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a
seat belt properly.
TERMS
It is important to familiarize yourself
with the following terms before
loading your vehicle:
• Curb Weight (actual weight of your
vehicle) - vehicle weight including:
standard and optional equipment,
fluids and emergency tools. This
weight does not include passengers and cargo.
• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb
weight plus the combined weight
of passengers and cargo.
• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - maximum total combined
weight of the unloaded vehicle,
passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer
tongue load and any other optional equipment.
• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) maximum weight (load) limit
specified for the front or rear axle.
• This information is located on the
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.
• GCWR (Gross Combined Weight
Rating) - The maximum total
weight rating of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.
9-10 Technical and consumer information
• Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,
Total load capacity - maximum total weight limit specified of the load
(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle. This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and
cargo that can be loaded into the
vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow
a trailer, the trailer tongue weight
must be included as part of the
cargo load. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label.
• Cargo capacity - permissible
weight of cargo, the subtracted
weight of occupants from the load
limit.
VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Do not exceed the load limit of your
vehicle shown as “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo” on
the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not exceed the number of
occupants shown as “Seating Capacity” on the Tire and Loading Information label.
To get “the combined weight of occupants and cargo”, add the weight
of all occupants, then add the total
luggage weight. Examples are
shown in the following illustration.
Technical and consumer information 9-11
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be five 150
lbs. passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is 650
lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
or (640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)
LTI2366
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s Tire
and Loading Information label.
2. Determine the combined weight
of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
9-12 Technical and consumer information
5. Determine the combined weight
of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight
may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that you do not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
or the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) for your vehicle. For additional information, refer to “Measurement of weights” in this section.
Also check tires for proper inflation
pressures. For additional information, refer to “Tire and Loading Information label” in this section.
LOADING TIPS
• The GVW must not exceed the
GVWR or GAWR.
• Do not load the front and rear axle
to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed
the GVWR.
WARNING
• Properly secure all cargo with
ropes or straps to help prevent
it from sliding or shifting. Do
not place cargo higher than the
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo
could cause personal injury.
• Do not load your vehicle any
heavier than the GVWR or the
maximum front and rear
GAWRs. If you do, parts of your
vehicle can break, tire damage
could occur, or it can change
the way your vehicle handles.
This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury.
• Overloading not only can
shorten the life of your vehicle
and the tire, but can cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking distances. This
may cause a premature tire
failure, which could result in a
serious accident and personal
injury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the
vehicle’s warranty.
MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
Secure loose items to prevent
weight shifts that could affect the
balance of your vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and
weigh the front and the rear wheels
separately to determine axle loads.
Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the Gross Axle Weight
Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle
loads should not exceed the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These
ratings are given on the vehicle certification label. If weight ratings are
exceeded, move or remove items to
bring all weights below the ratings.
Technical and consumer information 9-13
TOWING A TRAILER
FLAT TOWING
UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.
Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on
the ground is sometimes called flat towing.
This method is typically used when towing
a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle,
such as a motor home.
DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must
conform to federal safety requirements in
addition to these grades.
CAUTION
• Failure to follow these guidelines can
result in severe reduction gear
damage.
• DO NOT tow this vehicle with all four
wheels on the ground (flat towing).
• For emergency towing procedures
refer to “Towing your vehicle” in the
“In case of emergency” section of this
manual.
9-14 Technical and consumer information
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread
shoulder and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature
A
TREADWEAR
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when
tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one
and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends
upon actual conditions of their use however, and may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TRACTION AA, A, B AND C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or
peak traction characteristics.
TEMPERATURE A, B AND C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire’s resistance to
the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires
must meet under the Federal Motor Ve-
hicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of performance
on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
speed, under-inflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and
possible tire failure.
For USA
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying NISSAN.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints,
it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved in
individual problems between you,
your dealer, or NISSAN.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400
Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C.
Technical and consumer information 9-15
TELEMATICS OVERVIEW (models
with Navigation System)
20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety
from http://www.safercar.gov.
You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.
For Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying
NISSAN.
If Transport Canada receives complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
request that NISSAN conduct a recall
campaign.
However,
Transport
Canada cannot become involved in
individual problems between you,
your dealer, or NISSAN.
You may contact Transport Canada's Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1-800-3330510. You may also report safety
defects
online
at:
https://
wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/
PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng
(English speakers) or https://
wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/
PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra
(French speakers)
In addition to Event Data Recorders (EDRs)
mentioned in this Owner's Manual, this vehicle is equipped with electronic modules
that monitor, control and record data concerning various vehicle systems, including
the motor, batteries, braking and electrical
systems. Other electronic modules record
information concerning driving conditions,
including idling, braking, acceleration, trip
and other related data, information about
your use of the car and its features such as
air conditioner or headlight usage, diagnostic trouble codes, vehicle charging, vehicle speed, direction and/or location.
Additional information concerning
motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada's
Road Safety Information Centre at
1-800-333-0371
or
online
at
www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety
(English
speakers)
or
www.tc.gc.ca/
securiteroutiere (French speakers).
Some of this data is stored by the vehicle
for use during vehicle servicing. Other data
concerning your vehicle's operation and
performance is wirelessly transmitted by
cellular connection through the vehicle onboard telematics system upon vehicle
start-up or at other intervals to NISSAN.
This data may be used by NISSAN for various purposes, including: to provide you
with NissanConnect® EV & Services or
NissanConnect® Services (For additional
information, refer to “NissanConnect®
Manual (for Leaf)”.); troubleshooting; evaluation of your vehicle's quality, functionality
and performance; analysis and research
by NISSAN designed to, among other
things, optimize performance of future
To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer
Information Centre toll free at 1-800387-0122.
9-16 Technical and consumer information
electric vehicles including improvements
in future battery life; to offer you new or
additional products or services; and as
otherwise may be required by law. Such
data may be shared with NISSAN's parents,
subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assignees; authorized NISSAN certified LEAF
dealers; NISSAN's marketing partners; your
fleet company, if your vehicle is a fleet vehicle; your rental company, if your vehicle is
a rental vehicle; and third party service providers such as cellular, information systems and data management providers.
State and provincial laws allow access and
use of data recorded by vehicle devices
with the consent of the vehicle owner or
pursuant to subscription agreement. While
you are not required to allow such access
and use, if you do not so agree NISSAN may
be unable under applicable law to activate
the vehicle telematics system in your vehicle, and certain features of your vehicle
which are dependent on vehicle telematics
will not operate as intended or designed.
These may include features such as automatic charging station map updates, remote battery state of charge check, charging complete notice, remote plug in
reminder, remote charging on, remote climate control on, drive route planning, driving tips to improve range, driving history,
billing simulation, ECO ranking, ECO forest,
maintenance reminders, etc. Other features that may be developed and offered
by NISSAN in the future may also not function without telematics data transmission.
NissanConnect® EV & Services or
NissanConnect® Services telematics services are provided by NISSAN pursuant to a
subscription services agreement covering
your vehicle. This agreement is necessary
for all owners. This agreement, and an explanation of its terms and conditions, can
be found at the NISSAN Owner’s Portal
webpage. Further, the operator of the vehicle must also touch [OK] on the Navi
screen to indicate assent each time he or
she starts the car. If you decide at any time
that you do not want your vehicle to transmit data to NISSAN, you can deactivate the
telematics account associated with this
vehicle by canceling the subscription services agreement by visiting the NISSAN
Owner’s Portal Webpage or calling NISSAN
at 1-877-NOGASEV (1-877-664-2738). The
service can be reactivated later upon request if you choose. Simply visit the same
website or call the number above. Alternatively, you can turn off the transmission of
certain categories of data through the use
of settings found in the navigation system
under Menu, NissanConnect® EV & Services
or NissanConnect® Services, Vehicle Information Sharing with NISSAN. Note, turning
off “Vehicle Information Sharing with
NISSAN” will only disable the automatic
sharing of information at vehicle start-up.
Certain categories of data may still be
transmitted if vehicle telematics features
are accessed either in the vehicle or remotely.
Your agreement to the transmission and
use of data by NISSAN can be provided in
various ways. The vehicle is equipped with
a “pop up” screen on the vehicle navigation
system that will ask for your consent to this
data transfer. A version of the following
message will appear: “Pursuant to subscription agreement, your vehicle wirelessly transmits recorded vehicle data to
NISSAN for various purposes, including
NissanConnect® EV & Services or
NissanConnect® Services, product evaluation, research and development. By touching OK, you consent to the transmission
and use of your vehicle data. See Owner's
Manual or NISSAN Owner's portal webpage
for terms and details.” If you touch [OK],
your vehicle will transmit data as designed
in connection with the vehicle telematics
system. If you touch [Decline] your vehicle
Technical and consumer information 9-17
TELEMATIC CONTROL UNIT GEN2K
will not transmit data. However, the telematics features referenced above, and perhaps others, will not be available to you. The
vehicle’s static navigation system will remain operational, and you will be able to
access your radio and climate controls.
Telematics features are dependent on cellular data transmission. Some areas may
have limited or no cellular connectivity, resulting in a loss or interruption of data
transmission and, as a result, certain features may be temporarily unavailable. Even
if areas with good signal reception, cellular
connectivity can be adversely affected by
things such as tall buildings, apartments,
tunnels, underground parking, mountainous areas, etc. Even if the signal strength
bar of the in-vehicle data communication
module indicates good reception, connectivity may be disrupted. This does not indicate a malfunction. Operate the system
again after a few minutes to restore connectivity.NissanConnect® EV & Services or
NissanConnect® Services telematics features are offered as a convenience to the
vehicle owner. NISSAN is not responsible
for, and owner assumes all risk of, interruptions in service or errors based on incomplete or inaccurate data. NissanConnect®
EV & Services or NissanConnect® Services
communications may be received at a
verified e-mail address or by SMS/text
messaging-enabled mobile phone. Standard text rates and/or data usage may apply depending on your carrier.
If your vehicle’s telematics account is active, and you are not the original owner,
please contact NISSAN at the website or
phone number above as soon as possible
to update the telematics enrollment information. Upon sale of the vehicle, please
contact NISSAN at the website or phone
number above so that NISSAN’s records
may be updated. NissanConnect® EV &
Services or NissanConnect® Services subscription services will automatically terminate at the end of the initial free term if you
do not wish to renew your subscription
agreement at the prices then in effect.
9-18 Technical and consumer information
A. INTRODUCTION
This product Telematic Control Unit Gen2K
incorporates the following software:
1. the software developed by, or developed
for, Ficosa International, S.A. (“Ficosa”),
2. the software owned by third party and
licensed to Ficosa,
3. the software licensed under the GNU
GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2
(“GPL”),
4. the software licensed under the GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2.0 or the GNU LESSER GENERAL
PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2.1 (collectively
“LGPL”), the Mozilla Public license v2
(“MPL”), the GPL-2.0 license withOpenSSL-exception (“GPLOpenSSL”) and
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version
3 with GCC exception (together with the
GPL software, jointly “Copyleft Software”), and/or
5. open sourced software licensed under
terms and conditions other than Copyleft Software.
For the software classified as (3) or (4)
above, a copy of the license text is included
with the source code in the URL indicated
below, and please also refer to the terms
and conditions of Copyleft Software licenses at the websites listed below:
GPL: and
LGPL: and
MPL:
GPL-2.0-with-OpenSSL-exception:
GPLv3 GCC Exception:
The software classified as (3) and (4) above
are copyrighted by multiple people.
Please refer to the websites below regarding the copyright notices of those people.
https://www.ficosa.com/software/
opensource/
The software licensed under the licenses
indicated in (3) and (4) above (“Copyleft
Software”) is distributed in the hope that it
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY,
without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
For at least three (3) years from delivery of a
device embedding the above product, Ficosa will give to any third party who con-
tacts us at the Contact Information provided below, for a charge no more than our
cost of physically performing source code
distribution, a complete machine-readable
copy of the source code corresponding to
the Copyleft Software indicated above.
When requesting this source code, please
specify Product: Telematic Control Unit
Gen2K and version Cx.9.
B. LICENSING ANC COPYRIGHT NOTICE INFORMATION
Furthermore, source code and licenses
corresponding to the Copyleft Software
listed above is freely available to you and
any member of the public at the website
listed below:
https://www.ficosa.com/software/
opensource/
The software classified as (5) above contains various open sourced software
(“OSS”) listed in the below website. Please
see the website indicted next for the terms
and conditions of the licenses (OSS Licenses) and other information regarding
the OSS contained this Product:
https://www.ficosa.com/software/
opensource/
Contact Information
For enquiries about open source software
at FICOSA, please contact Ficosa’s Compliance Officer by email: [email protected]
Please note that we are unable to answer
any queries regarding source code details,
etc.
In addition, it is necessary for end users to
provide their own internet connection.
The end user is responsible for any connection or line charges incurred through
browsing websites or downloading.
Technical and consumer information 9-19
EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an
EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data
that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were
operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger
safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;
and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
• Sounds are not recorded.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE:
• EDR data are recorded by your vehicle
only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR
under normal driving conditions and
no personal data (for example, name,
gender, age and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of personally
identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
• To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required and access
to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In
addition to the vehicle manufacturer
and NISSAN certified LEAF dealer, other
parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read
the information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will
only be accessed with the consent of
the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law.
ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (on
vehicles equipped with optional
ProPILOT Assist)
If your vehicle is equipped with the optional
ProPILOT Assist, it will also be equipped
with supplemental data recording function
intended to assist in understanding how
ProPILOT Assist performs in certain nontrival crash or near-crash scenarios. Specifically, supplemental recording is designed to capture the following:
• Driver operational status of the accelerator, brakes, steering, etc.
• Detection status of a vehicle ahead and
lane markers
• Vehicle information including distance to
vehicle ahead and lateral position
• Information on the operation of the ProPILOT Assist and other crash avoidance
features
• ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosis
information
• External images from the multi-sensing
front camera (Available only when the
SRS air bag or IEB system is activated)
The ProPILOT Assist does not record conversations, sounds or images of the inside
of the vehicle.
9-20 Technical and consumer information
OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
To read this supplemental data, special
equipment is required and access to the
vehicle or the recording unit is needed. This
supplemental data will only be accessed
with the consent of the vehicle owner or
lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law. If downloaded, NISSAN and third
parties entrusted by
NISSAN may use the data recorded for the
purpose of improving NISSAN’s vehicle
safety performance.
NISSAN and third parties entrusted by
NISSAN will not disclose/provide the recorded data to a third party except:
– With the consent of the vehicle owner or
with the consent of the lessee
– In response to an official request from
law enforcement, court order, governmental agency, or other legally enforceable request.
– For research purposes after the data is
modified such that it is no longer tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner (anonymized)
- With the consent of the vehicle owner or
with the consent of the lessee
- In response to an official request from law
enforcement, court order, governmental
agency, or other legally enforceable request.
- For research purposes after the data is
modified such that it is no longer tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner (anonymized)
Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this
model year and prior can be purchased. A
Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best
source of service and repair information for
your vehicle. This manual is the same one
used by the factory trained technicians
working at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.
Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also
be purchased.
For USA:
For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:
www.nissan-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:
1-800-247-5321
For Canada:
To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this
model year and prior, please contact a
NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. For the phone
number and location of a NISSAN certified
LEAF dealer in your area, call the NISSAN
Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and
a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist
you.
Technical and consumer information 9-21
CHARGING INFORMATION
LTI2429
9-22 Technical and consumer information
LTI2438
*1: V2X (Vehicle to Everything); The EV supplies electric power to a home or building, etc. e.g. Vehicle to Home (V2H), Vehicle to Building (V2B),
Vehicle to Grid (V2G), Vehicle to Load (V2L), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V).
Technical and consumer information 9-23
COLD TIRE PRESSURES
The label is typically located on the driver
side center pillar or on the driver’s door. For
additional information, refer to “Wheels and
tires” in the “Maintenance and do-ityourself” section of this manual.
9-24 Technical and consumer information
10 Index
1
12-volt battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) . . . . .5-159
Additional data recording (on vehicles
equipped with optional
ProPILOT Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . .1-49
Air bag system
Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . .1-49
Front-seat mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag system . . . . .1-58
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact
supplemental air bag system . . . . .1-58
Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . .1-62
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21
Air bag warning light,
supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21
Air conditioner
Air conditioner specification label . . .9-9
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations. . . . . . .9-3
Alarm
How to stop alarm
(refer to, vehicle security system) . . .2-44
Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . .5-9
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Antifreeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-169
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . .5-159
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Appearance care
Exterior appearance care . . . . . . . . .7-2
Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . .7-4
At home after driving . . . . . . . . . . .EV-21
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24
Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Autolight system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . .3-25
Automatic climate control
(models with Navigation System) . . . .4-35
Automatic climate control
(models without Navigation System) . .4-32
Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with
Pedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . .5-125
Avoiding collision and rollover. . . . . . . .5-7
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22
12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . .2-53
Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2, 2-7
Li-ion battery available charge
gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . .2-7
Battery replacement
Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22
Before driving your vehicle
(models with navigation system) . . . .EV-15
Before starting system . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . . . . . . .5-47
Blind Spot Warning (BSW). . . . . . . . . .5-37
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19, 5-20, 8-17
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . .5-159
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157
BRAKE system warning light
(yellow). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . .2-17
Parking brake operation. . . . . . . . .5-20
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157
BRAKE system warning light (yellow) . . .2-17
BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Brightness control
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54
Bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . .8-24, 8-25
C
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Care of wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44
Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70
Center console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63
Charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58
Charging
Charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Charging related indicator light . . .CH-50
Normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
Precautions on charging . . . . . . . .CH-2
Quick charge . . . . . . . . . .CH-35, CH-38
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11
Charging information . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Charging methods . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-43
Charging related indicator light . . . . .CH-50
Charging related remote function . . .CH-49
Charging status indicator light . . . . .CH-50
Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . .EV-12
Charging troubleshooting guide . . . .CH-56
Checking
Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
Precautions on child restraints . . . . .1-21
Top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25
Child restraint with top tether strap . . . .1-25
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . .2-24
Circuit breaker, fusible link. . . . . . . . . .8-20
10-2 Index
Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . .7-2, 7-4
Climate
Climate control system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations . . . . . .4-43
Climate control
Climate control service . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Climate control system
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
Climate control operation . . . . . . . .4-28
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
Climate Ctrl. Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Cold tire pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-169
Console
Center console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63
Coolant
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-66
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64
D
Defroster switch
Rear window and outside mirror defroster
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . .2-54
Display
Information display . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Driving
Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . .5-169
Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Precautions when starting and
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18
Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Dynamic driver assistance switch. . . . .2-59
E
ECO
ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
Eco Drive Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-154
ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13, 5-152
ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . .EV-22
Electric shift control system. . . . . . . . .5-15
Electronic parking brake. . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Emergency charge . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11
Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut
off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13, 6-3
Emergency shutoff system . . . . . . . .EV-10
Emission control information label . . . . .9-8
e-Pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
e-Pedal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
EV Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-11
Event Data recorders. . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
EVSE
(Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) . . .CH-11
EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2
EV unique information . . . . . . . . . . .EV-24
Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . .8-22
F
Flashers (See hazard warning flasher
switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Floor mat cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
Fluid
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . .8-11
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . .9-8
Fog lights
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
Front and rear sonar system . . . . . . .5-163
Front passenger air bag status light . . .1-52
Front-seat mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag system . . . . . . .1-58
Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20
G
Garage door opener, HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver . . . . . . . . .2-71, 2-73, 2-74, 2-75
Gauge
Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
Li-ion battery available charge gauge .2-9
Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . .2-7
Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62
H
Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . .6-2
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Head restraints
Headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
Heated seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56
Heated seat switches . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57
Heated steering wheel switch . . . . . . .2-57
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . . .EV-8
Hill start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-168
Hill start assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-168
Home charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver . . . . . . . . .2-71, 2-73, 2-74, 2-75
Hood release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
How to normal charge . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
How to quick charge . . . . . . .CH-35, CH-38
How to trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11
I
If the Li-ion battery becomes completely
discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12
Immediate charge . . . . . . . . .CH-48, 2-58
Immediate charge switch . . . . .CH-48, 2-58
Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Indicator lights and audible reminders
(See warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Indicators for maintenance . . . . . . . . .2-38
Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . . .2-33
Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Inside automatic anti-glare mirror . . . .3-25
Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-54
Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . .2-54
Intelligent Around View Monitor (I-AVM) . .4-11
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for vehicles
without ProPILOT Assist). . . . . . . . . . .5-69
Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) . . . . .5-150
Intelligent Forward Collision Warning
(I-FCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-139
Intelligent Key battery . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22
Intelligent Key system
Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Remote keyless entry operation . . . .3-14
Index 10-3
Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI). . . . . .5-31
Intelligent Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . .5-162
Intelligent Trace Control . . . . . . . . . .5-162
Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . .8-26
Interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
ISOFIX child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
J
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
K
Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . .8-22
Keyless entry
With Intelligent Key system
(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . .3-14
Keys
For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . .3-2
Keys, For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . .3-7
L
Labels
Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . .1-62
Air conditioner specification label . . . .9-9
Emission control information label . . .9-8
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . .9-8
Motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8
Tire and Loading Information
label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31, 9-9
10-4 Index
Vehicle identification number (VIN)
plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
Lane Departure Warning (LDW). . . . . . .5-26
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23
License plate, Installing front license
plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9
Light
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . .8-24, 8-25
Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70
Fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . .8-25
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25
Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . .8-25
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-19
Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Lights, Exterior and interior light
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26
Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2, 2-7
Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . .2-9
Li-ion battery status check . . . . . . . .CH-49
Li-ion battery temperature gauge. . . . . .2-7
Li-ion battery warmer . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5
Loading information
(Refer to vehicle loading information) . . .9-10
Lock
Automatic door lock . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6
Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . .3-6
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4
Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . .3-4, 3-6
Rear hatch lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . .2-19
Low tire pressure warning system
(Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
M
Maintenance
12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Indicators for maintenance . . . . . . .2-38
Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3
Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-5
Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . .8-2
Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-17
Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69
Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) . .3-3
Meters and gauges
Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-54
Mirror
Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . .3-25
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
Before starting system . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Starting the traction motor . . . . . . .5-15
Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
Motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8
Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . .4-22
N
NissanConnect® Manual (for Leaf) . . . . .4-2
NISSAN Intelligent Key™ . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
NISSAN Intelligent Key® system. . . . . . .5-10
Key operating range of the door lock/
unlock function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14
Normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
Home charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
Occasional charge . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
Public charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
O
Occasional charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
Off-road recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
Oil
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
Opening rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11
Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26
Owner's manual/service manual order
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
P
Panic alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19, 5-20
Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . .5-20
Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-155
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Parking brake break-in . . . . . . . . . . .5-158
Power
Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . .3-4, 3-6
Power outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61
Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-156
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66
Power economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-153
Power meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-156
Power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, 5-12
Precautions
Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-2
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-66
High voltage precautions . . . . . . . .EV-8
Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-5
Precautions on booster seats . . . . . .1-21
Precautions on child restraints . . . . .1-21
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-10
Precautions on supplemental restraint
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43
Precautions when starting and
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Road accident precautions . . . . . . .EV-9
ProPILOT Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-92
Public charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
Q
Quick charge. . . . . . . . . . . .CH-35, CH-38
R
Radio
Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-44
Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . .5-134
Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . .5-59
Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60
Rear hatch lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
RearView Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
Rear window and outside mirror defroster
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Rear window wiper and washer
switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Recorders
Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Registering a vehicle in another country. .9-7
Remote charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-49
Remote climate control . . . . . . . . . . .4-41
Remote keyless entry function, For Intelligent
Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
Repairing tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
Reporting safety defects. . . . . . . . . . .9-15
Index 10-5
Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . .EV-9
Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . .6-2
Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact
supplemental air bag system . . . . . . .1-58
S
Safety
Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . .3-6
Child seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . .9-15
Scene guide
At home after driving . . . . . . . . . .EV-21
Before driving your vehicle
(models with navigation system) . . .EV-15
Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . .EV-12
Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18
Parking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .EV-20
Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .EV-17
Seat belt
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18
Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Injured person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-10
Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Rear center seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6
Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17
Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-17
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . .1-61
10-6 Index
Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . .1-16
Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19
Three-point type . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56
Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43
Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System), engine start . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14
Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System), EV system start . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14
Servicing climate control . . . . . . . . . .4-43
Shifting
Electric shift control system . . . . . . .5-15
Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-16
Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front
seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
Stability control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-160
Starting
Before starting system . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
Precautions when starting and
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
Starting the traction motor . . . . . . .5-15
Status light, Front passenger air bag . . .1-52
Steering
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . .2-57
Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-156
Tilt steering column . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Stopping the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61
Stowing golf bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66
Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63
Sun visors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Supplemental air bag warning labels . . .1-62
Supplemental air bag warning
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21
Supplemental restraint system
Precautions on supplemental restraint
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). . .1-43
Switch
Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49
Immediate charge switch . . .CH-48, 2-58
Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-54
Power door lock switch. . . . . . . .3-4, 3-6
Rear window and outside mirror defroster
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48
Rear window wiper and washer
switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54
Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . .2-46
T
Telematic Control Unit Gen2K. . . . . . . .9-18
Telematics overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
Temperature
Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . .2-7
Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),
engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14
Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),
traction motor start . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14
Tilt steering column. . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
Tire
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
Low tire pressure warning system . . .5-4
Tire and Loading Information
label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31, 9-9
Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36
Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 6-3
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-37
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . .9-14
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28
Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
Tire pressure
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-19
Tonneau cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65
Top
Tether strap child restraints . . . . . . .1-25
Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-25
Towing
Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
TPMS, Tire Pressure Monitoring System . .5-4
Traction motor
Traction motor serial number . . . . . .9-8
Transceiver
HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver . . . . . . .2-71, 2-73, 2-74, 2-75
Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system
(Refer to Intelligent Key system) . . . . . .3-14
Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11
Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54
Type of charge and how to charge the Li-ion
battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-5
U
Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . .9-14
Unplugged status . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-49
USB/iPod® Charging Ports . . . . . . . . .4-43
V
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Vehicle
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . .9-6
Loading information. . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-160
Vehicle identification number (VIN)
plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . .2-44, 5-14
Vehicle information display . . . . .2-25, 2-26
Vehicle security system (NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System), engine
start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14
Vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
W
Warning
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2
Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . .2-33
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-19
Supplemental air bag warning
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 6-3
Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Warning light
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . .2-17
BRAKE warning light (yellow) . . . . . . .2-17
Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-21
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Washer switch
Rear window wiper and washer
switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . .2-46
Index 10-7
Washing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Weights (See dimensions and weights) . .9-6
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28
Care of wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels. . . . .7-4
Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
When traveling or registering in another
country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7
Window(s)
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
Windows
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66
Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-11
Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . .8-14, 8-16
Wiper
Pulling up the wiper arm . . . . . . . . .8-15
Rear window wiper and washer
switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47
Rear window wiper blade. . . . . . . . .8-17
Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . .2-46
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14, 8-16
Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-46
10-8 Index
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
MEMO
2020 NISSAN LEAF®
2020
LEAF
®
OWNER’S MANUAL
ZE1-D
ZE1-D
Printing : October 2019
Publication No.: OM20EA 0ZE1U0
Printed in the U.S.A.
For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.